hewlett packard officejet reflash

Transcription

1
hp confidential
Support
table of contents
product overview..................................................................................................................... 3
product features....................................................................................................................... 5
key selling points....................................................................................................................... 6
marketing statement................................................................................................................ 8
product sku............................................................................................................................. 10
graphical representation of price vs. quality.......................................................................... 12
localization............................................................................................................................. 13
dimensions.............................................................................................................................. 20
front view ............................................................................................................................... 21
print supplies area .................................................................................................................. 23
rear view ................................................................................................................................. 24
top view ................................................................................................................................. 25
side view ................................................................................................................................. 27
control panel .......................................................................................................................... 28
specifications.......................................................................................................................... 30
competitive speed test suites................................................................................................. 32
accessories, components, options, and upgrades ................................................................ 33
crew parts............................................................................................................................... 37
consumable part numbers..................................................................................................... 38
technology update ................................................................................................................ 40
value-added services ............................................................................................................. 42
education and training .......................................................................................................... 44
service and support ................................................................................................................ 45
warranty period...................................................................................................................... 46
regional repair strategy .......................................................................................................... 47
hardware setup requirements ................................................................................................ 51
contents of the box................................................................................................................ 52
overall setup procedure ......................................................................................................... 54
installing tray 2........................................................................................................................ 61
installing auto-duplex unit ...................................................................................................... 62
installing HP JetDirect print server........................................................................................... 63
installing memory modules..................................................................................................... 65
installing keyboard ................................................................................................................. 67
enabling accessories in the printer driver ............................................................................... 69
installing ink cartridges ........................................................................................................... 70
installing printheads................................................................................................................ 72
paper type matrix................................................................................................................... 74
paper capacity and weight matrix........................................................................................ 78
guidelines for loading paper .................................................................................................. 80
printing a demo page................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 82
software installation requirements ......................................................................................... 84
contents of the software CD-ROMs ........................................................................................ 87
startup page of CD browser for windows.............................................................................. 89
install software........................................................................................................................ 90
direct installation of MFP driver software for windows (Typical)............................................. 91
uninstall printer software for Windows (Typical)..................................................................... 99
direct installation of MFP driver software for windows (Lite).................................................100
1
hp confidential
Support
uninstall printer software for Windows (Lite)..........................................................................108
browse documentation ........................................................................................................109
register product .....................................................................................................................110
customization utility...............................................................................................................111
optional software ..................................................................................................................119
install the MFP driver software for Windows (network)..........................................................120
startup page of the cd browser for MAC ..............................................................................127
install the Macintosh MFP driver software - Direct .................................................................128
uninstall printer software for Macintosh (Direct)....................................................................135
install the Macintosh MFP driver software - Network .............................................................138
uninstall printer software for Macintosh (Network)................................................................143
install toolbox ........................................................................................................................146
toolbox ..................................................................................................................................147
uninstall toolbox....................................................................................................................155
web deployment of drivers ................................ ................................ ................................ ...156
setup issues ............................................................................................................................158
print a configuration page....................................................................................................159
print a JetDirect configuration page....................................................................................161
mfp overview and features ................................ ................................ ................................ ...167
menu map.............................................................................................................................169
setup menu............................................................................................................................179
control panel and error messages.........................................................................................182
loading media into trays .......................................................................................................193
printing on special media .....................................................................................................197
media and tray compatibility ...............................................................................................199
control panel .........................................................................................................................204
hardware upgrades...............................................................................................................213
firmware upgrade procedures ..............................................................................................214
cleaning the mfp................................ ................................ ................................ ...................218
software features and functions............................................................................................219
navigating the driver UI for windows - Print ..........................................................................220
navigating the driver UI for Mac - Print..................................................................................230
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Windows ................................................236
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Mac ........................................................246
performing print operation....................................................................................................257
scanning using OCR software ...............................................................................................260
contention management .....................................................................................................268
sending fax ............................................................................................................................270
performing scan operations ..................................................................................................275
toolbox ..................................................................................................................................283
overview of Mac Laserjet Utility.............................................................................................289
HP Instant Support (HPIS) .......................................................................................................296
my print mileage................................ ................................ ................................ ...................303
embedded web server ..........................................................................................................305
HP Web Jetadmin..................................................................................................................307
administrator functions and tools .........................................................................................308
administering MFP and its users .............................................................................................313
configuring options ...............................................................................................................319
cleaning and maintaining printheads................................ ................................ ...................334
2
hp confidential
Tour the Product
maintaining ink cartridges.....................................................................................................337
Paper Jam Clearance................................ ................................ ................................ ...........352
monitoring operations and status.........................................................................................354
troubleshooting print quality related problems.....................................................................355
low or excess use of ink in printouts.......................................................................................359
incorrect color printouts........................................................................................................361
print process ..........................................................................................................................365
scan process ..........................................................................................................................367
copy process..........................................................................................................................370
fax process.............................................................................................................................372
writing systems.......................................................................................................................374
Carriage System.....................................................................................................................375
ink delivery system (IDS) .........................................................................................................377
ink supply station................................ ................................ ................................ ...................378
service station........................................................................................................................379
all-in-one interfaces ...............................................................................................................380
paper path-paper feed motor and jam detection...............................................................381
electronics .............................................................................................................................385
power supply unit ..................................................................................................................386
logic PCA...............................................................................................................................387
control panel PCA.................................................................................................................388
carriage PCA .........................................................................................................................389
fax card .................................................................................................................................390
scan carriage.........................................................................................................................391
control panel .........................................................................................................................392
sensors and encoders ............................................................................................................394
firmware reflashing/upgrade.................................................................................................395
driver architecture for mac................................ ................................ ................................ ...399
Installer................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...400
I/O..........................................................................................................................................401
known issues and resolutions.................................................................................................402
crew/user replaceable parts .................................................................................................403
repackaging by customer to return to HP.............................................................................405
repackaging kit: setup the exchanged unit..........................................................................406
how HP packs to send back to customer.............................................................................407
product escalation path by region .......................................................................................408
white papers..........................................................................................................................409
demo page................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................412
diagnostic page....................................................................................................................413
serial number .........................................................................................................................414
born-on date .........................................................................................................................415
jet configuration page ..........................................................................................................416
color calibration test page................................ ................................ ................................ ...419
align printhead test page .....................................................................................................421
customer service checklist .....................................................................................................423
paper path test .....................................................................................................................424
final test utility........................................................................................................................425
diagnostic test utility..............................................................................................................426
exploded view .......................................................................................................................427
repair flow chart....................................................................................................................431
Tour the Product
hp confidential
3
shared service parts...............................................................................................................433
tools for repair .......................................................................................................................434
crew parts..............................................................................................................................436
non V-coded parts ................................................................................................................438
troubleshooting all-in-one problems .....................................................................................439
field replacement unit: customer replaceable..................................................................... 442
4
hp confidential
Tour the Product
1
table of contents
product overview..................................................................................................................... 3
product features....................................................................................................................... 5
key selling points....................................................................................................................... 6
marketing statement................................................................................................................ 8
product sku............................................................................................................................. 10
graphical representation of price vs. quality.......................................................................... 12
localization............................................................................................................................. 13
dimensions.............................................................................................................................. 20
front view ............................................................................................................................... 21
print supplies area .................................................................................................................. 23
rear view ................................................................................................................................. 24
top view ................................................................................................................................. 25
side view ................................................................................................................................. 27
control panel .......................................................................................................................... 28
specifications.......................................................................................................................... 30
competitive speed test suites................................................................................................. 32
accessories, components, options, and upgrades ................................................................ 33
crew parts............................................................................................................................... 37
consumable part numbers..................................................................................................... 38
technology update ................................................................................................................ 40
value-added services ............................................................................................................. 42
education and training .......................................................................................................... 44
service and support ................................................................................................................ 45
warranty period...................................................................................................................... 46
regional repair strategy .......................................................................................................... 47
1
hp confidential
Support
table of figures
The Printer ................................................................................................................................. 3
Product SKU................................ ................................ ................................ ............................ 10
Graphical Representation of Price vs. Quality........................................................................ 12
Front of the Printer .................................................................................................................. 21
Print Supplies Area .................................................................................................................. 23
Rear of the Printer ................................................................................................................... 24
top view ................................................................................................................................. 25
top view ................................................................................................................................. 25
Side View ................................................................................................................................ 27
Left of Control Panel .............................................................................................................. 28
Right of Control Panel ................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 28
Center of Control Panel ......................................................................................................... 29
Ejet 9100 Series all-in-one......................................................................................................... 33
Ink Cartridges ......................................................................................................................... 38
Ink Cartridges ......................................................................................................................... 38
2
hp confidential
Tour the Product
product overview
The Printer
Key Features
• Multifunctional capabilities - Printing, faxing, copying, scanning, photo card
printing, and saving photographs from a digital camera memory card
• Compatibility with multiple operating systems, such as Win98, 2k, XP, and Mac
• Operable from the control panel or a computer connected directly or through
a network
• Drop on-demand thermal inkjet printing
• Plug and play support
• High-speed color printing on any media up to 8.5 x 14 inches with high print
quality
• Robust network solutions with Internet capabilities
• Ink level gauges
• Optimized resolution of 4800 x 1200 dots per inch (dpi) for professional colored
printing
• HP enhanced Color Layering Technology with Photo Resolution Enhancement
technology (PhotoREt) III for true to life photo quality
• Internal EIO (Enhanced Input Output) networking with PCL5, PCL6, and PS
drivers
• HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) with an interface for scanners,
printers, and digital cameras (used for direct connection)
• Embedded Web server (EWS) to view status information, change settings, and
manage the all-in-one from a computer connected through network
• Toolbox to manage the all-in-one from a computer connected directly to it
• Unattended printing option for large print jobs - Enabling this option pauses
the printing process after every 100 pages to let the user empty the output
tray
Tour the Product
hp confidential
3
• HP Instant Support (HPIS) to quickly identify, diagnose, and resolve computing
and printing problems
Optional Accessories
• Tray 2 with input paper capacity of 250 sheets or 500 sheets respectively
• HP JetDirect 620n print server option to allow sharing of the printer
• 2 DIMM (Dual Inline Memory Module) slots
• 6 Localized Keyboards supporting 16 languages
4
hp confidential
Tour the Product
product features
HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one inherits several features from the earlier printers.
These include:
• 4 printheads (1 each for black, cyan, magenta, and yellow)
• 4 ink cartridges (1 each for black, cyan, magenta, and yellow)
• EWS (network connection)
• Toolbox (direct connection)
• HP Web JetAdmin
• myPrintMileage service
Some other features of the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one are:
• HP JetDirect 620n print server option
• HP Photo and Imaging Software (HP Director)
• HP Enhanced Color Layering Technology with PhotoREt III
• Localized keyboard option
• HP Instant Support (HPIS)
• Print Speed: Fast, Fast-Normal, Normal, and Best
• Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Tour the Product
hp confidential
5
key selling points
key selling points
Hardware Reliability
• Print duty cycle of 10,000 pages per month (120,000 pages over life)
• ADF duty cycle of 60,000 pages over life
• Flatbed scan duty cycle of 70,000 pages over life
Efficiency
• Speed performance
• Print speed
• Draft mode - 26 pages per minute (ppm) black text; 22 ppm mixed text
with color graphics
• Normal-default mode - 9 ppm black text; 8 ppm mixed text with color
graphics
• Laser-like mode - 9 ppm black text; 5 ppm mixed text with color
graphics
• Direct print and email from photo cards
Productivity
• Improved network performance
• Internal HP JetDirect 615/620 for sharing up to 10 persons
• PCL5, PCL6, PS3 driver support for reliable networking printing
• High capacity trays
• Tray 1: 150 sheets of plain paper, 22 envelop, 60 cards, and 30
transparencies
• Tray 2: Two options available for Tray 2 with the input paper capacity of
250 sheets or 500 sheets respectively
• Scan ahead for multi-tasking
6
hp confidential
Tour the Product
• Scan-Once-Print many, Collation
Cost-Saving
• Auto-duplex unit for printing two-sided documents, which saves money and
paper
• Separate ink cartridges for Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black
• Low cost per page (2.2 cents black and 8.4 cents mixed color)
• High capacity paper-handling with high yield supplies (1,750 pages per color)
• n-up printing for printing multiple pages on a single page
Content Management
Users can send data/documents to an application using the all-in-one and HP
AutoStore. HP AutoStore processes both image and text documents. After a
hardcopy is digitized (in TIFF format) and posted to a designated network folder,
HP AutoStore (with the Watch Folder feature) picks up the file and passes it for
downstream processing. This includes routing to a content management
application. The application not only routes the document directly to an
application in native file format, but also provides data fields that provide
instructions for indexing, processing and/or routing the document.
Expandability
• Upgrade-able memory up to 384 MB - the 128 MB memory can be upgraded
using the two Dual Inline Memory Module (DIMM) slots that accept 64 MB or
128 MB of RAM
• Localized keyboard for digital send (send-to-email, and send-to-network
folder)
• Support for multiple media, such as paper, card, envelopes, and
transparencies
• Two optional trays for expanding the paper capacity up to 650 sheets
• Upgradeable EIO for wired and wireless networking
Ease of Use
• Buttons on the control panel for a range of tasks
• Quick dials for fax, email, and network folder paths
Device Management and Security
• WJA plug-in for remote status and problem solving
• Remote device configuration and management
• Email alerts
• Backup of device settings
• PIN Authentication
Tour the Product
hp confidential
7
marketing statement
Marketing Statement
The all-in-one is positioned for small workgroup in managed SMB and corporations.
The problems that these users currently face are:
• Too many devices and supplies to manage
• Centralized all-in-one is too far away; need for balanced deployment
• Supplies deplete too fast; need frequent maintenance
• Color enhances business communication; but it is expensive
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one offers cost -effective, networkable color all-inone performance for workgroups with 5-in-1 functions:
• Print (includes direct printing from photo cards)
• Copy
• Scan
• Analog Fax
8
hp confidential
Tour the Product
• Digital Send (Send-to-Email, Send-to- Network Folder, Forward incoming faxes
into a network folder, Email from photo cards)
Therefore, the key marketing messages for the all-in-one are:
• Work group productivity
• Low cost for business
• 5-in-1 AiO Convenience/Digital Send 5-in-1 AiO
Tour the Product
hp confidential
9
product sku
prod uct sku
HP Officejet 9110
Part number: C8140A
Street price: US$ 599;
Euro 699
10
Product SKU
HP Officejet 9120
Part number: C8143A
Street price: US$ 899;
Euro 1049
hp confidential
HP Officejet 9130
Part number: C8144A
Street price: US$ 999; Euro
1200
Tour the Product
Contents of the box:
• HP Officejet
• HP Officejet
• HP Officejet 9130
9110 aio
9120 aio
aio
• Power Cord
• Power Cord
• Power Cord
• "Start Here"
• "Start Here"
• "Start Here" poster
poster
poster
• Getting Started
• Getting Started
• Getting Started
Guide
guide
Guide
• Support Flyer
• Support flyer
• Support Flyer
• Starter CDs
• Starter CD
• Starter CDs
(software and
(software and
(software and
electronic
electronic
electronic
documentation)
documentatio
documentatio
• Duplexer
n)
n)
• 4 ink cartridges (1
• Duplexer
• Duplexer
each for black,
• 4 ink cartridges
• 4 ink cartridges
cyan, magenta,
(1 each for
(1 each for
and yellow)
black, cyan,
black, cyan,
• 4 printheads (1
magenta, and
magenta, and
each for black,
yellow)
yellow)
cyan, magenta,
• 4 printheads (1
• 4 printheads (1
and
each for black,
each for black,
yellow)250/500
cyan,
cyan,
sheet 2nd tray
magenta, and
magenta, and
• JetDirect 620n EIO
yellow)
yellow)
internal network
• Readiris OCR
• 250/500 sheet
card
registration
2nd tray
• Keyboard for
card
• JetDirect 620n
Digital Send
EIO internal
• Readiris OCR
network card
registration card
• Readiris OCR
registration
card
Table Comparing HP Officejet 9100 Series all-in-one
Note
There are 2 Driver CDs and One Digital-Send CD.
Tour the Product
hp confidential
11
graphical representation of price vs. quality
graphical representation of price vs. quality
Graphical Representation of Price vs. Quality
Table of comparison of various HP all-in-one
HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one
Price (US$)
9110
599
9120
899
9130
999
Speed
Max: 25/22
Default/Normal: 9/8.5
Max: 25/22
Max: 25/22
Comparisons
12
hp confidential
Tour the Product
localization
localization
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one localization support is available in the
following regions:
• Europe
• Asia
• Americas
Celsius
Officejet 9100
Series
Identifie Corresponding Languages
r
CD 1 Americas Win
CD 2 - UFIGD
Win
CD 3 - Nordics
Win
CD 4 - URHPT
Win
CD 5 - UCHPG
Win
CD 6 - USFPA
Win
CD 7 - AP Win
1
CD 8 Macintosh
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
GSG - 1
1
(UPASFT)
GSG - 2
2
(UCHRP)
GSG - 3 (UNFSD) 3
GSG - 4 (UCSRS) 4
GSG - 5
5
(UGDIGH)
GSG - 6 (USTKTI) 6
BOX - 1
(UFIGSD) - For
Europe
Tour the Product
1
ENGLISH (EN), FRENCH (FR), SPANISH (ES),
PORTUGUESE (PT)
ENGLISH (EN), FRENCH (FR), GERMAN (DE),
ITALIAN (IT), DUTCH (NL)
ENGLISH (EN), DANISH (DA), FINNISH (FI),
NORWEGIAN (NO), SWEDISH (SV)
ENGLISH (EN), POLISH (PL), RUSSIAN (RU), TURKISH
(TR), HEBREW (HE)
ENGLISH (EN), CZECH (CS), HUNGARIAN (HU),
POLISH (PL), GREEK (EL)
PORTUGUESE (PT), ARABIC (AR)
ENGLISH (EN), KOREAN (KO), SIMPLIFIED CHINESE
(ZHCN), TRADITIONAL CHINESE (ZHTW)
ITALIAN (IT), SPANISH (ES), DUTCH (NL),
PORTUGUESE (PT), SWEDISH (SV)
PORTUGUESE (PT), TURKISH (TR), ARABIC (AR),
ENGLISH (EN), CZECH (CS), HUNGARIAN (HU),
POLISH (PL), RUSSIAN (RU),
ENGLISH (EN), DANISH (DA), FINNISH (FI),
NORWEGIAN (NO), SWEDISH (SV)
ENGLISH (EN), CROATIAN (HR), ROMANIAN (RO),
SLOVAK (SK), SLOVENIAN (SL),
ENGLISH (EN), GERMAN (DE), ITALIAN (IT), DUTCH
(NL), GREEK (EL), HEBREW (HE)
ENGLISH (EN), BAHASA INDONESIAN (ID),
KOREAN (KO), SIMPLIFIED CHINESE (ZHCN),
TRADITIONAL CHINESE (ZHTW), THAI (TH)
ITALIAN (IT), SPANISH (ES), DUTCH (NL),
hp confidential
13
BOX - 2 (USTKTI) 2
- For AP
ENGLISH (EN), BAHASA INDONESIAN (ID),
KOREAN (KO), SIMPLIFIED CHINESE (ZHCN),
TRADITIONAL CHINESE (ZHTW), THAI (TH)
PORTUGUESE (PT)
BOX - 3 (UPSF) - 3
For Americas
Table Displaying the CD Identifiers
CPL description
Voltage Power
Cord
Power Defaul CD
Cord t Tray
Part # Setting
Greece/Greek
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Turkey/Turkish
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Portugal/Portuguese 220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Germany/ German
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Spain/Spanish
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
France/French
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Netherlands/Dutch
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Norw ay/ Norwegian 220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Switzerland/German 220V
Swiss
81210519
A4
Switzerland/French
220V
Swiss
81210519
A4
Sweden/ Swedish
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
United
Kingdom/English
220V
UK
81210517
A4
14
5
and
8
4
and
8
6
and
8
2
and
8
6
and
8
6
and
8
2
and
8
3
and
8
2
and
8
2
and
8
3
and
8
2
and
8
hp confidential
GSG WW
(In- Box
Box) Graphi
cs (InBox)
EME
A
Box
Labe
l
Function
sticker
(on
ADF)
ReadIris
OCR
Registrati
on card
5
1
1
15
4
1
1
1
16
4
1
1
3
6
1
5
1
-
2
2
1
1
-
5
2
1
1
-
3
2
5
1
-
11
2
3
1
2
7
3
5
1
-
2
2
1
1
-
3
2
3
1
2
9
3
1
1
-
1
2
Tour the Product
Belgium/Dutch
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Finland/Finnish
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Denmark/Danish
220V
Denmark 81210518
A4
Italy/Italian
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Russia/Cyrillic
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Slovakia, Croatia,
Slovenia, Bulgaria,
Romania,
Yugoslavia
Belgium/French
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Austria/German
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
South Africa/English 220V
S. Africa
81210520
A4
Czech
Republic/Czech
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Hungary/Hungarian 220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Poland/Polish
220V
Euro
81210516
A4
Israel/English
220V
Israel
81206800
A4
Euro/US/ 8121UK
0516/
81208382/
81210517
UK
81210517
A4
Saudi Arabia/English 110V/
220V
Ireland/ English
220V
Tour the Product
A4
2
and
8
3
and
8
3
and
8
2
and
8
4
and
8
4
and
8
5
1
-
11
2
3
1
2
8
3
3
1
2
10
3
5
1
-
4
2
2
1
3
1
4
4
1
5
1
(English)
2 (English)
2
and
8
2
and
8
2
and
8
5
and
8
5
and
8
4
and
8
4
and
8
6
and
8
1
1
-
3
2
5
1
-
2
2
1
1
-
1
2
2
1
4
14
4
2
1
4
13
4
2
1
4
12
2
5
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
and
8
1
1
-
1
2
hp confidential
15
Table displaying the localization support for the all-in-one in Europe
Localized items for Europe
CPL
description
• 'Start Here' Poster
• GSG
• Box
• Support Flyer
• Ink Cartridges
• Printheads
• Front Panel Cover
• Digital Send Video CD
• ReadIris OCR Card
• Win XP Firewall Flyer
• Keyboard
Voltage Power
Power Defaul
Cord
Cord t Tray
Part # Setting
US Government 110V
(Made in S'pore)
US/English
110V
Canada/English 110V
and French
Lar Amer 110V/
Spanish
220V
US
81208382
US
81208382
US
81208382
Argentina/ 8121Chile/
0669 /
Brazil
81210523/
81210522
LTR
LTR
LTR
LTR
CD
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
GSG WW
(In- Box
Box) Graphi
cs (InBox)
EME
A
Box
Labe
l
Function
sticker
(on
ADF)
ReadIris
OCR
Registrati
on card
and 1
-
3
1
1
and 1
-
3
1
1
and 1
-
3
17
1
and 1
-
3
18
1
Table displaying the localization support for the all-in-one in Americas
Localized items for Americas
• GSG
• Box
• Support Flyer
• Ink Cartridges
• Printheads
• Keyboard
CPL description
Voltage Power
Power Defaul
Cord
Cord t Tray
Part # Setting
16
CD GSG WW
(In- Box
Box) Graphi
cs (InBox)
hp confidential
EME
A
Box
Labe
l
Function
sticker
(on
ADF)
ReadIris
OCR
Registrati
on card
Tour the Product
Philippines/English 110V
US
81208382
A4
-
Taiwan/ English
220V
Korean
81210516
A4
-
Korea/ English
220V
China
81210525
A4
-
China/English
-
-
-
-
-
Thailand / English 220V
UK
81210517
A4
-
Singapore
/English
220V
UK
81210517
A4
-
Malaysia/ English 220V
UK
81210517
A4
-
Hong Kong/
English
220V
Australia 81210524
A4
-
Australia/English
220V
Australia 81210524
A4
-
NZ/ English
220V
India
81210780
A4
-
India/ English
220V
Euro
81210669
A4
-
US
81208382
A4
-
Indonesia,
110V
Vietnam / English
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
7
and
8
6
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
1
5
66
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
6
-
1
5
Table displaying the localization support for the all-in-one in Americas
Localized items for Asia
• GSG
• Box
• Support Flyer
• Ink Cartridges
• Printheads
Tour the Product
hp confidential
17
Localization support for the optional accessories is given below:
Accessory Supported
Languages
Keyboard
US English,
Canadian
French,
German,
French, UK
English,
Italian,
Spanish,
Portuguese,
Polish,
Swedish,
Finnish,
Norwegian,
Danish,
Greek,
Turkish,
Hungarian,
Czech
CPL
Description
Countries
Sold in
WW Box
Graphics
Qwerty
keyboard
US and
US, Canada yes
Canada/ US
English and
Canadian
French
yes
C8240-60001
Germany/
German
yes
C8240-60002
yes
C8240-60003
yes
C8240-60004
yes
C8240-60005
Germany,
yes
Austria,
Switzerland
France/
France,
yes
French
Switzerland,
Belgium
UK
UK, Italy,
yes
International Spain,
/ UK Eng,
Portugal,
Italian,
Poland
Spanish,
Portuguese,
Polish
Nordics /
Sweden,
yes
Swedish,
Finland,
Finnish,
Denmark,
Norwegian, Norway,
Danish
Netherlands
, BelgiumDutch
18
Flyer
hp confidential
Tour the Product
Czech Int'l /
UK Eng,
Greek,
Turkish,
Hungarian,
Czech
250 sheet
Tray
Multi
language
500 sheet
Tray
Multi
language
Tour the Product
Greece,
Turkey,
Hungary,
Czech, S.
Arabia,
Russia,
Slovakia,
Croatia,
Slovenia,
Bulgaria,
Romania,
Yugoslavia
LAR
LAR /
Spanish and
Portuguese
US and AP / US, AP
US-English
Worldwide / Worldwide
multilanguage
Worldwide / Worldwide
multilanguage
hp confidential
yes
yes
C8240-60006
yes
yes
C8240-60004
yes
yes
C8240-60001
yes
yes
C8237A
yes
yes
C8238A
19
dimensions
dimensions
The dimensions of the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one series are:
Dimension
HP Officejet
HP Officejet
HP Officejet
9110
9120
9130
Width
Depth
Height
Weight
22.6 inches (574
mm)
18.1 inches (460
mm)
15.6 inches (397
mm)
44.1 lb (20 kg)
Without
printheads or ink
cartridges
21.8 inches (574
mm)
11.4 inches (460
mm)
18.2 inches (462
mm)
53.1 lb (24.1 kg)
Without
printheads or ink
cartridges
With Tray2 and
Auto-duplex unit
21.8 inches (574
mm)
14 inches (460
mm)
18.2 inches (462
mm)
53.1 lb (24.1 kg)
Without
printheads or ink
cartridges
With Tray2 and
Auto-duplex unit
Table Displaying the Dimensions of the HP Officejet 9100 Series all-in-one
20
hp confidential
Tour the Product
front view
front view
Front of the Printer
The components located at the front of the all-in-one are:
1. Print Carriage Access Door Handle: The print-carriage access door handle
is lifted to open the print-carriage access door.
2. Print Carriage Access Door: The supplies area consisting of printheads and
ink cartridges is located under the print-carriage access door. Therefore,
the print-carriage access door is the gateway to access the printing
supplies area.
3. Output Tray: The output tray is the location for collecting the output. The
output tray supports all types of media, such as paper and transparency.
The output tray can hold up to 100 sheets of plain paper. You can change
the settings in the Control Panel and the Embedded Web Server (EWS) to
pause the printing process when the output tray is full. There is no sensor
that alerts when the tray is empty. The tray is assumed empty after
counting/printing 100 pages. The printer pauses waiting for human
intervention. This is called unattended printing.
4. Tray 1: Tray 1 is used for loading media, such as paper, envelopes, cards,
transparencies, and photo paper in the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one series.
Tray 1 can hold up to a maximum of 150 sheets of paper and 30
transparencies.
5. Paper Level Indicator: The Paper Level Indicator is an indicator in tray 1
that shows the amount of paper left in the tray.
6. Memory card slot: The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one comes with a
memory card reader that can read several types of memory cards
including digital camera memory cards. The all-in-one features four slots,
one slot for each of the types of memory cards listed below.
• CompactFlash I and II
• Secure Digital
• Memory Stick
• SmartMedia
• Multimedia Card
• Secure Digital Card
Tour the Product
hp confidential
21
The all-in-one supports direct printing and digital sending from each of the
above listed formats and needs internal EIO print server card.
7. Tray 2: Tray 2 is also used for loading media and is an optional accessory
for HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one. Tray 2 (250 sheet version) comes with HP
Officejet 9120 all-in-one and HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one. (Tray 2 has two
variants, a 250-sheet tray and a 500-sheet tray)
22
hp confidential
Tour the Product
print supplies area
Print Supplies Area
The components located at the printing supplies area are:
1. Printhead latch: The printhead latch enables the installation or removal of
printheads from their color-coded slots.
2. Metal catch bar: The metal catch bar is used to secure the hook and
engage the printhead latch.
3. Printheads: Each printhead must be placed in its color-coded slot.
4. Ink cartridges: Each ink cartridge must be placed in its color-coded slot.
Caution
Do not lift the printing supplies area cover during a print job.
Tour the Product
hp confidential
23
rear view
rear view
Rear of the Printer
The components located at the rear of the all-in-one are:
1. Fax "Phone" and " Line in" ports: The "Line in" port is used to connect the
phone cord from the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one to the phone jack
on the wall, for using the fax capabilities of the all-in-one. An additional
device, such as phone or modem can be connected to the phone line
using the "Phone" port to use the phone line for email or access to the
Internet.
2. EIO slot for HP JetDirect print server: The EIO slot is used to insert the HP
JetDirect print server all-in-one card for networking.
3. Parallel port: The HP Officejet 9100 series comes with a bi-directional, and
IEEE-1284 compliant parallel port. The 1284 parallel port refers to the
connector type at the end of the parallel cable that attaches to the all-inone. Some categories of the connector type include 1284-B and 1284-C.
4. Universal Serial Bus (USB) port: The USB port is used to connect the to the
computer using a USB cable for plug and play printing support. Unlike the
parallel port, a USB port can be used to connect a single computer to
multiple peripherals at the same time.
5. Power input connection: The power input is the interface in which a power
cable is attached to the all-in-one. It provides the required power supply to
the all-in-one.
6. Auto-duplex unit: The auto-duplex unit facilitates automatic printing on
both sides of paper. This functionality is not supported for transparencies
and envelopes.
24
hp confidential
Tour the Product
top view
top view
top view
top view
The components located at the top of the all-in-one are:
1. Keyboard: The HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one consists of an additional
keyboard that provides easy access to the network folders. The keyboard is
an optional accessory for the HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one and HP Officejet
9120 all-in-one.
2. Flatbed scanner lid: The flatbed scanner lid is raised up for using the
flatbed scanner glass.
3. ADF width adjusters: The ADF width adjusters are used to guide the sheets
in to the all-in-one for copying, scanning, or faxing.
4. ADF input tray: The ADF input tray is used to load the originals with the print
side up. The first page to be scanned, copied, or faxed is placed on the
top.
5. ADF output tray: The ADF output tray collects the paper after the scanning
process is completed.
Tour the Product
hp confidential
25
6. Flatbed scanner: Originals are placed on the flatbed scanning glass for
scanning and copying. If the originals are placed on the flatbed scanner
glass as well as the ADF, then ADF takes priority.
26
hp confidential
Tour the Product
side view
side view
Side View
The components located at the top of the all-in-one are:
1. Side Cover: The Side cover is used to access the DIMM slots, small circuit
boards that hold additional memory.
2. DIMM Slots: There are two DIMM Slots that accept 64 MB or 128 MB of RAM.
The all-in-one can support up to 384 MB of memory (including the 128 MB in
the all-in-one).
Tour the Product
hp confidential
27
control panel
control panel
Left of Control Panel
The components located at the left side of the control panel are:
1. Speed dial buttons: For quick access to the first six frequently used fax
numbers, email addresses, and network folder paths.
2. Option buttons: For quick access to frequently used configuration options
for output, such as quality/resolution, reduce/enlarge, lighter/darker, and
paper size settings.
3. Contacts button: For quick access to speed dial (the remaining 93
frequently used fax numbers, email addresses and network folder paths),
last used email addresses, and LDAP search facilities (if set up).
4. List of speed dial entries: For displaying the speed dial entry of the selected
mode.
Right of Control Panel
The components located at the right side of the control panel are:
1. Keypad: Allows the user to insert text or dial fax numbers. The text or
numbers typed by the user are inserted without overwriting the characters
to the right of the cursor.
2. Backspace button: Allows the user to erase the character to the left of the
cursor in the text input fields.
3. Reset/Hold for PIN button: Allows the user to reset all modes to their default
values. If the administrator has configured users for the all-in-one, holding
28
hp confidential
Tour the Product
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
the button down for 2 seconds or more locks the all-in-one. A PIN is then
required to resume the operation.
Power button: Allows the user to turn ON/OFF the all-in-one. When the all-inone is ON, the light is green.
Stop button: Allows the user to cancel selected jobs without affecting
remote printing jobs.
Black/Color button: Allows the user to set a job that can use either color or
grayscale.
Start button: Allows the user to start any job.
Off-hook light: Lights when the fax line is in use.
Redial/Answer button: Allows the user to redial the most frequently dialed
fax number when the all-in-one is in the READY state. The Answer button
answers the phone manually for an incoming fax.
Center of Control Panel
The components located in the center of the control panel are:
1. Mode buttons: The COPY, SCAN, PHOTO, E-MAIL, and FAX mode buttons are
used to start these jobs. The mode button is lit when the user presses it, and
remains lit while the user is in the mode.
2. Help button: The Help button provides information about the messages
and menu that appear in the control panel display.
3. Attention light: The attention LED provides easy visibility in a workgroup
environment and warns user when something is wrong.
4. +/- buttons: Allows the user to cycle through the values available for an
option. In the text input fields, the + and - buttons moves the cursor left of
right.
5. (select) button: Allows the user to select or save the displayed setting.
6. (up) button and (down) button: Allows the user to move up or down for a
list of options.
7. (back) button: Allows the user to return to the previous menu level.
8. Control panel display: The control panel display shows status and error
messages, mode and setup menus and their options, help information,
and ink cartridge levels.
Tour the Product
hp confidential
29
specifications
specifications
Parameters
Print/Copy
speeds
Resolution
Values
•
Draft mode
o Black text: 26 pages per minute (ppm)
o Mixed text with color graphics: 22 ppm
• Normal default mode
o Black text: 9 ppm
o Mixed text with color graphics: 8.5 ppm
• Best mode
o Black text: 4 ppm
• Fast normal mode
o Black text: 15 ppm
• Laser-like mode
o Black text: 9 ppm
Black: Up to 1,200 by 600 dpi
Color: Up to 4,800 by 1,200-optimized dpi on premium
photo papers; 1,200 by 1,200-input dpi
Paper (plain, inkjet, photo, banner and real estate forms),
transparencies, envelopes, cards
USB, EIO, Parallel, and IEEE 1284
10,000 pages per month
Media
handling
I/O interface
Print Duty
cycle
Software
Windows 98, ME, NT 4.0, 2000, XP, Mac O.S 91.2.x and later,
compatibility OS/2, Linux, Unix
Memory
128 MB built-in RAM that can be expanded up to 384 MB
Copy
• Black 4 by 6 image, using photo paper: 0.26 ppm
• Color 4 x 6 image, using photo paper: 0.25 ppm
• Up to 99 copies from one original
• Copy reduction or enlargement from 25% to 400%
• Fit to Page, Poster, Clone, Mirror, Photo Mode, 2on-1, and Margin Shift options
• Up to 23 copies per minute black, 19 copies per
minute color
• Scan once print many
• 2,400 by 1,200 dpi
Scan
42-bit hardware image-processing, up to 48-bit color
(millions of colors limited to 1,200 dpi)
30
hp confidential
Tour the Product
Photo card
•
•
•
•
•
Fax
•
•
•
•
•
•
Compact Flash Type I and II
o Length: 41 mm (1.6 inches)
o Width: 36 mm (1.4 inches)
o Thickness: 3 to 5 mm (0.12 to 0.2 inch)
o Number of pins: 50
Memory Stick
o Length: 50 mm (2 inches)
o Width: 21.45 mm (0.84 inch)
o Thickness: 2.8 mm (0.1 inch)
Multimedia Card (MMC)
o Width: 24 mm (0.94 inch)
o Number of pins: 7
Secure Digital
o Width: 24 mm (0.94 inch)
o Number of pins: 7
Smart Media
o Width: 37 mm (1.46 inches)
Up to 99 speed-dial entries
Up to 6 one-touch speed-dial entries from the
control panel
Up to 125-page memory with 4 MB of flash memory
(Based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard
resolution. More complicated pages or higher
resolution take longer and use more memory.)
Automatic redial (up to five times)
ITU-T Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode
33.6 Kbps fax capability
Table Displaying the Datasheet for HP Officejet 9100 Series
Tour the Product
hp confidential
31
competitive speed test suites
competitive speed test suites
What are competitive test suites?
HP's laser-quality speed (LQS) is an HP-developed specification that helps
customers compare the print speeds of HP Business Inkjets and HP Color LaserJets.
In other words, the LQS benchmarks the page-per-minute speeds of the HP Business
Inkjet series printers against the HP Color LaserJets at comparable print quality. This
comparison is based solely on HP's internal tests.
Performance benchmarking is achieved using the following:
• Total of 50 plus mono and color files from more than 10 popular office
applications
• Approximately total of 280 pages (14% b/w, 86% color)
The parameters are:
• Typical applications, such as Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Netscape Navigator,
Acrobat, Word Perfect, Lotus Notes, Internet Explorer, Publisher, Corel Draw,
Photo Shop, Freelance, and Adobe Illustrator
• Complexity
• Length
What are the benefits that LQS provides to a customer?
Fair Comparison: This provides a reasonable standard to compare a HP business
inkjet against a HP color laser without the benefit of having an industry standard
speed specification across laser and ink.
Robust Testing: Using a complete suite of representative office applications,
document lengths and complexities ensure that business inkjets deliver close to
customer experiences.
Note
All current HP business inkjet printers have this specification defined.
Printer
Name
HP
Officejet
9100
series
HP
Officeje
t 7100
series
Speed of
Printing (ppm)
•
•
•
•
Draft
Black Text
Color
Text and
Graphics
Black Text
Color
Text and
Graphics
Normal
•
•
25
22
•
•
9
8.5
•
•
23
19
•
•
8
7
Competitive Speed
32
hp confidential
Tour the Product
accessories, components, options, and upgrades
accessories, components, options, and upgrades
Ejet 9100 Series all-in-one
The table describes the available all-in-one accessories:
Accessories
Tray 2 (250 sheets)
Tray 2 (500 sheets)
Parallel port connector HP IEEE-1284 A-B Parallel Cable (2
meter)
Parallel port connector HP IEEE-1284 A-B Parallel Cable (3
meter)
HP USB A-B (2 meter)
HP JetDirect620n (EIO) Internal Print Server
HP JetDirect 615n (EIO) Internal Print Server Fast Ethernet
10/100Base-TX
HP JetDirect 615n (EIO) Internal Print Server 802.11b Wireless
Ethernet USB
HP JetDirect ew2400x External Print Server Wireless Ethernet
USB
HP JetDirect 170x External Print Server 10Base-T, 1 port
(parallel)
HP JetDirect 175x External Print Server 10/100Base-TX, 1 port
(USB)
HP JetDirect 300x External Print Server 10/100Base-TX, 1 port
(parallel)
HP JetDirect 500x External Print Server 10/100Base-TX, 10Base2,
3 ports (parallel)
HP Print Server Appliance 4200
HP JetDirect en3700x External Print Server
Qwerty Keyboard - USCF SVC (Localized versions are also
available)
Tour the Product
hp confidential
Part
Number
C814067011
C814067012
C814067042
33
all-in-one Accessories
Device
Tray 1
Supported media
types
Paper
Envelopes
Transparencies
Cards
Media sizes
•
U.S. letter (216 by 279 mm; 8.5 by 11
inches)
• U.S. legal (216 by 356 mm; 8.5 by 14
inches)
• A4 (210 by 297 mm; 8.3 by 11.7
inches)
• U.S. executive (184 by 267 mm; 7.25
by 10.5 inches)
• U.S. statement (140 by 216 mm; 5.5
by 8.5 inches)
• A5 (148 by 210 mm; 5.8 by 8.3
inches)
• ISO B5 (176 by 250 mm; 6.9 by 9.8
inches)
• JIS B5 (182 by 257 mm; 7.2 by 10.1
inches)
• U.S. #10 (105 by 241 mm; 4.125 by
9.5 inches)
• A2 (111 by 146 mm; 4.375 by 5.75
inches)
• Monarch (98 by 191 mm; 3.88 by 7.5
inches)
• HP Greeting Card (111 by 152 mm;
4.375 by 6 inches)
• DL (110 by 220 mm; 4.3 by 8.7
inches)
• C5 (162 by 229 mm; 6.4 by 9 inches)
• C6 (114 by 162 mm; 4.5 by 6.4
inches)
• Japanese Chou #3 (120 x 235 mm;
4.7 by 9.3 inches)
• Japanese Chou #4 (90 x 205 mm;
3.5 by 8.1 inches)
Standard size
•
•
•
•
•
•
34
Index card (76 by 127 mm; 3 by 5
inches)
inches)
inches)
Hagaki (100 by 148 mm; 3.9 by 5.8
inches)
Ofuku Hagaki (148 by 200 mm; 5.8
by 7.9 inches)
A6 (105 by 148 mm; 4.1 by 5.8
inches)
hp confidential
Tour the Product
Custom-sized
media
Tray 2
Between 76.2 to 216 mm wide and 127 to
356 mm long (3 to 8.5 inches wide and 5
to 14 inches long)
• Same as tray 1. However, tray 2
does not support U.S statement,
A5, and ISO B5 paper sizes.
Between 182 to 216 mm wide and 257 to
356 mm long (7.2 to 8.5 inches wide and
10.1 to 14 inches long)
Same as tray 1 except U.S statement paper
size.
Paper
Custom-sized
media
Auto
Duplex
Unit
Paper
Cards
ADF
Same as tray 1.
Custom-sized
media
•
Paper
•
Special HP paper
(HP premium Inkjet
paper)
Custom-sized
media (single-sided
operation)
Custom-sized
media (doublesided operation)
Between 76.2 to 216 mm wide and
127 to 297 mm long (3 to 8.5 inches
wide and 5 to 11.7 inches long)
ADF supports all the available
media sizes for single-sided
operation. For the double-sided
operation ADF does not support U.S
statement, A5, ISO B5, and JIS B5
paper sizes.
Between 127 to 216 mm wide and 127 to
356 mm long (5 to 8.5 inches wide and 5
to 14 inches long)
Between 178 to 305 mm (5 to 8.5 inches
wide and 7 to 12 inches long)
The Compatible Media Types for HP Officejet 9100 Series all-in-one
Note
Using unsupported media in Tray 2, the Auto Duplex Unit, or the ADF can cause
jams, skew, poor pick performance, and damage the equipment.
The Model Upgrades
The HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one can be upgraded to the HP Officejet 9120 by
adding:
• 250 sheet 2nd tray
• JetDirect EIO internal network card
adding:
• 250 sheet 2nd tray
• JetDirect EIO internal network card
Tour the Product
hp confidential
35
• Localized Qwerty keyboard
adding:
• Localized Qwerty keyboard
HP also provides firmware upgrades for additional functionality. The HP Instant
Support issues a notification message when the firmware upgrade for the HP
Officejet 9100 series is available. Information about the available upgrades can
also be obtained from http://www.HP.com/support/officejet9100
36
hp confidential
Tour the Product
crew parts
crew parts
Details of the crew parts of the all-in-one:
Part Name
Grover Bulk Pack ADF Unit SVC
Grover Single Pack ADF Unit SVC
Photocard Slot Cover SVC
Assy - Output Tray SVC
ADF Input Tray Assy SVC
Paper Cassette 1 Assy 150 SVC
Assy - Qwerty Cover Top SVC
cover-dimm SVC
Nameplate Bundle Assy SVC
Cover - fax card SVC
Ramp - Tray 1 Assy SVC
Fax PCA Assy SVC
ADF Bogie Assy SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - USCF SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - G SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - F SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - UKISPP SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - SFND SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - UKGTHC SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - English SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Turkish SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Portuguese SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - German SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Spanish SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - French SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Dutch SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Norwegian SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Swedish SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Greek SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Finnish SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Danish SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Italian SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Czech SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Hungarian SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Polish SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - T. Chinese SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - Korean SVC
Control Panel Cover Assy - S. Chinese SVC
Tour the Product
hp confidential
Part Number
C8140-67002
C8140-67003
C8140-67004
C8140-67006
C8140-67007
C8140-67008
C8140-67009
C8140-67010
C8140-67013
C8140-67020
C8140-67022
C8140-67024
C8140-67025
C8140-67036
C8140-67041
C8140-67042
C8140-67043
C8140-67044
C8140-67045
C8140-67046
C8140-67047
C8140-67048
C8140-67049
C8140-67050
C8140-67051
C8140-67052
C8140-67053
C8140-67054
C8140-67055
C8140-67056
C8140-67057
C8140-67058
C8140-67059
C8140-67060
C8140-67061
C8140-67062
C8140-67063
C8140-67064
C8140-67065
C8140-67066
37
consumable part numbers
consumable part numbers
Ink Cartridges
Print Cartridges
The consumables for the all-in-one are:
Model
Part #
Volume
Black ink cartridge (in-box only)
HP No.10 Black ink cartridge
HP No.11 Cyan ink cartridge
HP No.11 Magenta ink cartridge
HP No.11 Yellow ink cartridge
C4840A
C4844A
C4836A
C4837A
C4838A
28cc
69cc
28cc
28cc
28cc
Price
$33.99
$33.99
$33.99
$33.99
Yield
700 pages
1750 pages
1750 pages
1750 pages
1750 pages
Ink Cartridges
Model
HP No.11 Black Printhead
38
Part #
Price
C4810A
$33.99
hp confidential
Yield
16,000 pages
Tour the Product
HP No.11 Cyan Printhead
HP No.11 Magenta Printhead
HP No.11 Yellow Printhead
C4811A
C4812A
C4813A
$33.99
$33.99
$33.99
24,000 pages
24,000 pages
24,000 pages
Printheads
Tour the Product
hp confidential
39
technology update
technology update
HP PhotoREt Color Layering Technology
HP's Photo Resolution Enhancement technology 3 (photoREt 3) uses small (5
picoliter), precisely placed drops of ink that visually blend together to create rich
colors, smooth gradations, and cleanly defined color boundaries. This type of
technology works with the printer resolution to deliver superb results without
creating large file sizes and without slowing down the printing process.
HP's enhanced Color Layering Technology with PhotoREt 3 for photo quality (up to
4800 by 1200-optimized dpi on premium photo papers, 1200 by 1200-input dpi)
Features
PhotoREt 3
Number of color inks
Drop volume
Drops per dot (on photo media)
Levels of shades of color
Numbers of colors
4
5 pl
29
17
3500
Digital Send
The HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one, and HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one support digital
send feature allows the all-in-one to scan the paper documents or hardcopies to
a digital format. The digitalized format can be transmitted as email, fax, or to any
network folder across the network. Some of the digital send features include:
Send-to-email
The send-to-email feature allows the user to convert a hard copy document or an
image from the photocard to an email. The email can be distributed across the
network from the control panel. The HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one and HP Officejet
9130 all-in-one contains a localized keyboard for using the send-to-email feature.
The keyboard is an optional accessory for HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one.
Send-to-network folder
The send-to-network folder feature allows the user to convert a hard copy
document to a softcopy. The softcopy can be stored in the repository and can be
distributed and shared across the network. The HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one and HP
Officejet 9130 all-in-one contains a localized keyboard for using the send-tonetwork folder feature.
40
hp confidential
Tour the Product
Digital fax archive
The digital fax archive feature allows the incoming faxes to be stored in a
designated folder in the digitalized format. All the incoming faxes are stored in the
repository without any user intervention.
ReadIris
ReadIris is an Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software that is used to import
scanned text into a preferred word-processing program for editing. This allows the
user to edit faxes, letters, newspaper clippings, and many other documents.
For direct connections, the all-in-one enables the user to specify the wordprocessing program that the user wants to use for editing. If the word-processing
icon is not present or active, either the user does not have the word-processing
software installed on the computer, or the scanner software does not recognize
the program during the installation.
The OCR software does not support the scanning of colored text. Colored text is
always converted to grayscale text before being sent to OCR. Thus, all text in the
final document is in grayscale, regardless of the original color.
CUE
The HP CUE Director provides easy software access to the main all-in-one
functions: copy, fax, scan, device settings, and help.
Note
The HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one and HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one can be upgraded to
HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one by adding the keyboard for digital send.
Tour the Product
hp confidential
41
value-added services
value-added services
HP offers various support services to troubleshoot and diagnose all-in-one
problems and provides instructions for service and repair. HP also provides online
documentation and telephone support for troubleshooting problems related to
the all-in-one. The various support services are:
myPrintMileage utility
The myPrintMileage utility tool helps the customer to track information about the
usage of the all-in-one, and maintain ink and media supplies. The tool keeps note
of the usage information and helps the user to plan for the purchase of the
supplies.
The myPrintMileage utility consists of a myPrintMileage Website and the
myPrintMileage Agent. The myPrintMileage Agent utility is installed on the
computer with the Toolbox.
The myPrintMileage website allows the customer to check the amount of ink used
by the user, the number of pages printed, and the estimated number of pages
that can be printed by the remaining ink.
The pre-requisites of using the myPrintMileage website and myPrintMileage Agent
are:
• Internet connection
• Toolbox (installed)
• Connection to the all-in-one
HP Web JetAdmin
HP Web JetAdmin is a browser-based tool for remote configuration and
management of network peripherals connected to HP JetDirect print server.
Toolbox
Toolbox is a job accounting utility that provides status and maintenance
information about the all-in-one on a standalone computer. A toolbox has an
interface that enables the user to retrieve information, such as ink supply, order
number and expiry dates of the ink cartridges, the number of print outs taken by
the user, the IP address of the machine from which the printouts are taken, and
the number of pages printed.
Embedded Web Server (EWS)
EWS is a job accounting utility that is automatically available when the all-in-one
is connected to a network. The EWS interface allows the user to view and manage
the network status from the computer instead of the control panel. The EWS
supports remote management if a Web browser, such as Internet Explorer (IE) or
42
hp confidential
Tour the Product
Netscape Navigator is installed on the computer. The EWS performs the following
browser-based functions:
• View status information, such as all-in-one model, and ink cartridges levels, ink
supplies, ink usage
• Order new supplies based on the status information
• Receive notification of all-in-one events such as ink supplies to the users
• View usage information regarding the number of printouts taken be a
particular machine
• View and change network information
• Configuring password information for the EWS
• Performing troubleshooting and maintenance tasks such as aligning
printheads and cleaning printheads
HP Instant Support (HPIS)
HPIS is a web -based tool that helps the user/administrator to manage the
activities of the all-in-one. In addition, HPIS allows the user/administrator to
diagnose and troubleshoot all-in-one related problems. You can use the HPIS from
the Embedded Web Server (EWS) if the all-in-one is connected to a network. When
the all-in-one is directly connected to a computer (with Windows operating
system) you can use the HPIS from the Toolbox.
Tour the Product
hp confidential
43
education and training
education and training
Documentation/Training
Contents
Getting Started Guide
Getting Started Guide is
available as a printed
document with the HP
product. The guide
provides information
about the setup
procedure, warranty, and
safety information about
the HP Officejet 9100 series.
Product Tour
Product Tour is available
on the starter CD for your
operating system. The
Product tour provides an
animated introduction of
the capabilities of HP
Officejet 9100 series.
Printer Driver Online Help The Printer Driver Online
Help provides information
about the printer drivers
supported by HP Officejet
9100 series and their use.
This information is
available for the Windows
operating system only.
HP Photo and Imaging
The HP Photo and Imaging
Help
Help provides online help
for using the HP Photo and
Imaging software on the
standalone computer.
HP JetDirect Print Server
Administrator's Guide
The HP JetDirect Print
Server Administrator's
Guide is available as a
.pdf file on the starter CD
of the operating system.
The guide provides
information about
configuring and
troubleshooting the HP
JetDirect Print Server for
network connection by
the HP Officejet 9100 series.
Purpose
To provide setup
procedure,
installation
procedure and
general
information about
the HP Officejet
9100 series.
To give user a brief
and quick
introduction about
the all-in-one
capabilities.
To diagnose and
solve printer
problems.
To allow the user or
the administrator
to use online help
for the HP Photo
and Imaging
software.
To provide help for
using, configuring,
and
troubleshooting
the HP JetDirect
Print Server.
Table Displaying the Various Methods of Education and Training
44
hp confidential
Tour the Product
service and support
service and support
Online Support
Customers can visit the http://www.HP.com/support/officejet 9100 website to find
information about the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one. The information includes:
• Setup procedure for the all-in-one
• Using the all-in-one
• Downloading Printer Drivers
• Ordering Supplies and Accessories
• Warranty statement
The Online support for the all-in-one is freely available worldwide during the
warranty period.
Telephone Support
Representatives at Customer Care Center answer questions regarding the setup,
configuration, installation, and operation of the all-in-one. They also help
troubleshoot and diagnose all-in-one problems and provide instructions for service
and repair. Before calling a Customer Care Center representative, the customer
should have the following information:
• Print of a configuration page
• Operating system of the computer
• Printer driver installed
• Model and serial number of the all-in-one
• Information whether all-in-one is connected to the system through USB,
parallel, or network. If the all-in-one is connected through network, then
provide information on the network operating system
• Information about the software program and the version number in which the
printing problem occurred
Tour the Product
hp confidential
45
warranty period
warranty period
HP Product
Duration of Limited Warranty
Printer software
Accessories
Ink cartridges
Printhead
All-in-one
1 year
1 year
90 days
1 year
1 year
Duration of Warranty for the all-in-one Parts
Repair and Warranty Information
"Hewlett-Packard warrants that the HP product will be free from defects for the
specified duration from the date of purchase. HP limited warranty covers those
defects that arise due to normal use."
46
hp confidential
Tour the Product
regional repair strategy
regional repair strategy
The regional repair strategy for the all-in-one in the various regions is:
• Next Day Express Exchange in North America
• Next Day Courier Assist in Europe
• Onsite in rest of the world
Tour the Product
hp confidential
47
48
hp confidential
Tour the Product
2
table of contents
hardware setup requirements ................................................................................................ 51
contents of the box................................................................................................................ 52
overall setup procedure ......................................................................................................... 54
installing tray 2........................................................................................................................ 61
installing auto-duplex unit ...................................................................................................... 62
installing HP JetDirect print server........................................................................................... 63
installing memory modules..................................................................................................... 65
installing keyboard ................................................................................................................. 67
enabling accessories in the printer driver ............................................................................... 69
installing ink cartridges ........................................................................................................... 70
installing printheads................................................................................................................ 72
paper type matrix................................................................................................................... 74
paper capacity and weight matrix........................................................................................ 78
guidelines for loading paper .................................................................................................. 80
printing a demo page................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 82
software installation requirements ......................................................................................... 84
contents of the software CD-ROMs ........................................................................................ 87
startup page of CD browser for windows.............................................................................. 89
install software........................................................................................................................ 90
direct installation of MFP driver software for windows (Typical)............................................. 91
uninstall printer software for Windows (Typical)..................................................................... 99
direct installation of MFP driver software for windows (Lite).................................................100
uninstall printer software for Windows (Lite)..........................................................................108
browse documentation ........................................................................................................109
register product .....................................................................................................................110
customization utility...............................................................................................................111
optional software ..................................................................................................................119
install the MFP driver software for Windows (network)..........................................................120
startup page of the cd browser for MAC ..............................................................................127
install the Macintosh MFP driver software - Direct .................................................................128
uninstall printer software for Macintosh (Direct)....................................................................135
install the Macintosh MFP driver software - Network .............................................................138
uninstall printer software for Macintosh (Network)................................................................143
install toolbox ........................................................................................................................146
toolbox ..................................................................................................................................147
uninstall toolbox....................................................................................................................155
web deployment of drivers ................................ ................................ ................................ ...156
setup issues ............................................................................................................................158
print a configuration page....................................................................................................159
print a JetDirect configuration page....................................................................................161
49
hp confidential
Support
table of figures
front of the printer .................................................................................................................. 52
Setup Procedure..................................................................................................................... 54
Tray 2....................................................................................................................................... 61
Auto-Duplex Unit..................................................................................................................... 62
Auto-Duplex Unit..................................................................................................................... 62
HP JetDirect Print Server.......................................................................................................... 63
Installing Keyboard ................................................................................................................. 67
Demo Page................................ ................................ ................................ ............................ 82
Startup Page of CD Browser for Windows.............................................................................. 89
Browse Documentation.........................................................................................................109
Register Product ....................................................................................................................110
HP Officejet 9100 Series all-in-one................................ ................................ ...........................119
Startup Page of the CD Browser for Mac ..............................................................................127
Configuration Page...............................................................................................................159
Configuration Page.............................................................................................................. 161
50
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
hardware setup requirements
The minimum and recommended system requirements for installing the HP
Officejet 9100 series all-in-one software are mentioned in the table below:
Operating system
Window s 98
Minimum
requirements
•
•
•
Windows ME
•
•
•
•
•
Windows NT
4.0
Windows
2000
•
•
•
Windows XP
•
•
•
Mac OS 9.2.x
•
•
•
Mac OS X (10.1
and later)
•
•
•
Recommended
requirements
Pentium
II/Celeron
(XX Mhz)
128 MB
RAM
64 MB hard
disk space
Pentium
II/Celeron
(XX Mhz)
128 MB
RAM
64 MB hard
disk space
Pentium
II/Celeron
(XX Mhz)
128 MB
RAM
64 MB hard
disk space
Pentium
II/Celeron
(XX Mhz
128 MB
RAM
64 MB hard
disk space
Power PC
32 MB RAM
64 MB free
hard disk
space
G3
64 RAM
64 MB free
hard disk
space
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Installation
time
Pentium
II/Celeron
(XX Mhz
256 MB RAM
900 MB hard
disk space
21.14 minutes
Pentium
II/Celeron
(XX Mhz)
256 MB RAM
900 MB hard
disk space
15.85 minutes
Pentium
II/Celeron
(XX Mhz)
256 MB RAM
900 MB hard
disk space
11.79 minutes
Pentium
II/Celeron
(XX Mhz)
256 MB RAM
900 MB hard
disk space
11.72 minutes
•
•
•
G3
64 MB RAM
800 MB free
hard space
•
•
•
G3
128 MB RAM
800 MB free
hard disk
space
Minimum and Recommended System Requirements
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
51
contents of the box
contents of the box
front of the printer
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one is packaged with the following components:
52
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
1. Setup poster : Present in HP Officejet 9110, HP Officejet 9120, and HP
Officejet 9130
2. Getting started guide and HP customer support guide : Present in HP
Officejet 9110, HP Officejet 9120, and HP Officejet 9130
3. Two Starter CDs (2 CDs: Present in HP Officejet 9110, HP Officejet 9120, and
HP Officejet 9130
4. Four printheads:Black, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow: Present in HP Officejet
9110, HP Officejet 9120, and HP Officejet 9130
5. Four ink cartridges:Black, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow: Present in HP
Officejet 9110, HP Officejet 9120, and HP Officejet 9130
6. Power cable: Present in HP Officejet 9110, HP Officejet 9120, and HP
Officejet 9130
7. USB cable: Present in HP Officejet 9110, HP Officejet 9120, and HP Officejet
9130
8. Parallel cable: Present in HP Officejet 9110, HP Officejet 9120, and HP
Officejet 9130
9. Duplexer: Present in HP Officejet 9110, HP Officejet 9120, and HP Officejet
9130
10. 250-Sheet Tray 2: Present in HP Officejet 9120 and HP Officejet 9130
11. HP JetDirect 620n internal print server card : Present in HP Officejet 9120
and HP Officejet 9130
12. Localized Qwerty keyboard: Present in HP Officejet 9130
Note
The USB cable/parallel cable may be available only in some countries.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
53
overall setup procedure
overall setup procedure
Setup Procedure
The setup procedure for HP Officejet 9100 series is as follows:
Step
Setup Procedure
Steps
Numb
er
1
54
Checking the
contents of the box
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
2
Preparing the
location
3
Unpacking the
printer and its
components
Setup and Configure
1. Ensure that the surface where you
place the all-in-one is sturdy, flat,
and located in a well-ventilated
area.
2. Leave space around the all-in-one,
including 50 mm (2 inches) for
ventilation. Leave enough room
behind the all-in-one to open the
flatbed scanner lid.
3. Do not allow direct sunlight on the
all-in-one.
4. Avoid presence of any chemicals
near the all-in-one.
5. Temperature requirements: 15 to 35
degree Celsius (C) (59 to 95 degree
Fahrenheit [F]).
6. Humidity requirements: 15 percent to
80 percent non-condensing.
7. Power requirements: 110 to 240 volts
AC, 50/60 hertz (Hz) (+-3 Hz).
1. Remove the packing tape from
around the paper tray and the
control panel.
2. Open the flatbed scanner lid and
remove the packing tape and
material from the scanner glass
area.
3. Close the flatbed scanner lid and
remove the packing tape from the
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
area and the ADF output tray.
4. Open the print-carriage access door
by lifting the print-carriage access
handle and unlock the scanner.
5. Unpack Tray 2 and remove the
packing tape and shipping
material. (Tray 2 is available with
9120 and 9130).
6. Place Tray 2 on the prepared
location, and then place the all-inone on the tray.
hp confidential
55
4
5
6
7
56
Replacing the
control-panel
overlay with the
preferred Language
1. Make sure that the power is off and
the power cable is unplugged
before performing this step. If
necessary, replace the existing
control-panel overlay (control panel
cover) with the overlay of the
language of your choice (available
for selected countries only).
2. Use a flathead screwdriver to loosen
the control panel cover.
3. Lift it off the control panel.
4. Align the new control panel cover
with the control panel buttons.
Insert the top portion first, and then
press down on the bottom to snap
the overlay into place.
Installing the auto- Slide the auto-duplex unit into the all-in-one
duplex unit
until it locks into place.
Installing the ADF
1. Align the tabs on the ADF input tray
input tray
with the slots on the ADF.
2. Slide the ADF input tray into the slots
until it snaps into place.
Installing the
keyboard (The
by lifting the door handle.
keyboard comes
2. The keyboard tray lock is situated
installed with 9130)
under the print-carriage access
door. Remove the keyboard tray
lock and then close the door.
3. Press and release the keyboard tray
to open the tray.
4. If there is a cover over the keyboard
tray, remove it by pressing the two
release latches under the tray.
5. Insert the back edge of the keyboard
into the tray, and then press the
keyboard down until it snaps into
place.
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
8
Loading paper into
Tray 1 and/or Tray 2
9
Connecting the
power cord and
turning on the all-inone
10
Setting the
language,
country/region,
date, and time
Setup and Configure
1. To load paper into a tray, pull the
tray out. When loading paper into
Tray 1, raise and remove the output
tray.
2. If the is paper between 279 mm and
356 mm (11 inches and 14 inches)
long, slide the latch on the tray
edge in front of the tray to the right
and lower the front of the tray. The
tray need not be lowered when
loading A4-size, letter-size, or smaller
media.
3. Place the media in the tray with the
print side down and then slide the
media length and width adjusters to
the edges of the media. The paper
capacity of Tray 1 is 150 sheets and
Tray 2 is 250 sheets.
4. Reattach and close the output tray
after loading Tray 1.
5. Slide the tray back into the all-in-one.
6. Pull out the extension on the output
tray to support the printed media.
1. Connect the power cord to the allin-one and an AC power outlet.
2. Press the (Power) button on the
control panel to turn on the all-inone.
1. After turning the power on for the
first time, the control panel prompts
the user to set the language.
2. At the prompt, use the ( up and
down ) buttons on the control panel
to move to the desired language,
and then press the (select) button.
3. The control panel prompts the user
to set the country/region.
4. Press the - or + buttons to select the
desired country/region, and then
press the (select) button.
5. Next, the control panel prompts the
user to set the time.
6. To set the date, use the keypad or
the keyboard to type the date and
then press the (select) button.
7. Type the time and then press the
(select) button.
hp confidential
57
58
11
Installing the ink
cartridges
12
Installing the
printheads
13
Printing the
printhead
alignment page
1. Remove each ink cartridge from its
package.
to gain access to the printing
supplies area.
3. Align the colored arrows and insert
each ink cartridge into its respective
color-coded socket.
4. Press in each ink cartridge to ensure
proper contact.
1. Turn on the all-in-one.
2. Open the print-carriage access door.
Remove the packing tape from the
printhead latch under the door.
3. Lift the printhead latch forward and
down to release the hook from the
metal latch.
4. Lift and push the latch toward the
rear of the all-in-one.
5. Remove foam package from the
printhead slot.
6. Remove each printhead from its
package, and then remove the
nozzle protective tape from each
printhead.
7. Insert each printhead into its
respective color-coded socket.
8. Press in each printhead to ensure
proper contact.
9. Lift the latch forward so that the
hook catches the metal latch.
10. Push the latch towards the rear of
the printer. It should snap into place.
11. Close the print-carriage access door.
The all-in-one automatically aligns the
printheads and prints two pages.
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
14
15
16a
Connecting the allin-one to a phone
line
1. If a phone cord is plugged into the
phone jack on the wall or a phone
device, such as fax machine, unplug
the cord and set it aside.
2. On the back of the all-in-one, plug
one end of the phone cord that
comes with the all-in-one into the
line-in port.
3. Plug the other end of the phone
cord into the phone jack on the
wall or a phone device. It is
important to use the phone cord
provided with the all-in-one
because it provides the current
surge protection, such as lightning
protection to the all-in-one.
Connecting the all- Connecting the network cable:Connect
in-one to the
the all-in-one to the network.
network
Connecting the all- Setting the IP address to use the e-mail
in-one to the
feature:
network (contd.)
1. Press the (MENU) button on the
control panel.
2. Press the (up) and (down) buttons to
move to Network and I/O, and then
move to Enhanced I/O, and then
move to TCP/IP, and then press the
(select) button.
move to CFG TCP/IP=NO, and then
6. Move to YES, and then press the
(select) button.
7. Press the + button on the control
panel until IP BYTE 1= appears.
8. Move to the first number in the IP
address. Press the (select) button to
select the number. Press the (select)
button) again to move on to the
next number in the IP address.
Repeat until all four parts of the IP
address are configured.
9. Press the (select) button. The controlpanel display returns to READY state
and displays the new IP address.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
59
16b
16c
16d
17
Connecting the all- Configuring the e-mail settings:Ensure that
in-one to the
the JetDirect IP/network address is set.
network (contd.)
1. In a supported Web browser on your
computer, type the IP address that
you assigned to the all-in-one, and
then click Go.
2. Click the Settings tab.
3. In the Embedded Web server (EWS)
page that appears, click Digital
Send in the left pane.
4. If necessary, change the e-mail
settings. See the onscreen user's
guide for more information about email settings.
5. Use the SMTP Server, LDAP Server,
and Network Folder tabs to
configure the e-mail features.
6. Verify that the all-in-one is connected
to the network server and that the
e-mail feature is working correctly.
Place an original or image on the
scanner glass.
7. Press E-MAIL.
8. Select or type an e-mail address,
press the Select button, and then
press START .
Connecting the all- Installing the software using the starter CD:
in-one to the
1. Insert the Starter CD into the CD-ROM
network (contd.)
drive and follow the installation
procedure according to the
operating system.
2. To use the scanning features of the
all-in-one, install the Readiris
software from Starter CD 2.
3. Configure the fax features
Connecting the all- Connect the all-in-one directly to a
in-one to the
computer with a USB or parallel cable.
network (contd.)
Registering the all- Register the all-in-one to receive important
in-one
support and technical information.
Setup Procedure
60
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
installing tray 2
installing tray 2
Tray 2
There are two vesions of Tray 2 available with the all-in-one. One version has the
capacity to hold 250 sheets of plain paper while the other version can hold up to
500 sheets of plain paper. The 250 sheet version is available with the HP Officejet
9120 and the HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one. With the HP Officejet 9110, it is an
optional accessory. The 500 sheet version is available as an accessory for all the
models.
To install tray 2, follow these steps:
1. Unpack the tray and remove the packing tape and foam.
2. Press the Power button to turn off the all-in-one.
3. Unplug the power cord.
4. To install the tray on an HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one, remove the tray ramp.
Use a screwdriver to remove the two screws that hold the tray ramp in
place.
5. Set the all-in-one on top of the tray.
6. Plug the power cord in and press the Power button to turn on the all-inone.
7. To test the installation of tray 2, print a test page from the tray. This ca n be
done by either keeping Tray 1 empty or by changing the settings from the
all-in-one properties to print using Tray 2.
Note
When replacing the 250 sheets version tray 2 with the 500 sheets version, take the allin-one off the tray first. Only one tray can be used at a time with the all-in-one.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
61
installing auto-duplex unit
installing auto-duplex unit
Auto-Duplex Unit
Auto-Duplex Unit
The auto-duplex unit is used to print on both sides of paper automatically.
To install the auto-duplex unit, follow these steps:
1. Turn off the all-in-one.
2. Slide the auto-duplex unit into the all-in-one until the unit locks into place.
62
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
installing HP JetDirect print server
installing hp jetdirect print server
The HP JetDirect print server can be used to share the all-in-one across the
network. This provides flexibility in identifying a suitable location for the all-in-one.
The HP JetDirect print server can be used in client-server as well as peer-to-peer
network.
The HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one and the HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one are available
with the HP JetDirect 620n print server installed. For the HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one,
a supported HP JetDirect print server is required to connect it to a network. The
choice of print server depends on the required functions, the type of network
connection available, and the number of devices that will be connected to the
print server.
The following table shows the print servers and their capabilities supported by the
HP Officejet 9100 series.
Prin Scan EPhoto Fax EW
t
mail
S
HP JetDirect 620n (recommended)
HP JetDirect 615n (Fast Ethernet,
10/100Base-TX)
HP JetDirect 680n (802.11b Wireless
Ethernet)
HP JetDirect 610n (Token Ring, RJ-45,
DB9)
External (EX) print servers
Y
Y
Y
-
Y
Y
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Print Server Capabilities of the HP Officejet 9100 Series
The HP Officejet 9100 series supports the following external print servers:
• HP JetDirect 380x (802.11b Wireless Ethernet, USB)
• HP JetDirect ew2400x (802.11b Wireless Ethernet, USB)
• HP JetDirect 170x (10Base-T, 1 port-parallel)
• HP JetDirect 175x (10/100Base-TX, 1 port-USB)
• HP JetDirect 300x (10/100Base-TX, 1 port-parallel)
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
63
• HP JetDirect 310x (Ethernet 10/100-TX, 1 port -USB)
• HP JetDirect 500x (10/100Base-TX, 10Base2, 3 ports-parallel)
• HP JetDirect 500x (Token Ring, RJ-45, DB9, 3 ports-parallel)
• HP JetDirect en3700x
Note
All internal print servers support copy functionality. External print servers support
copy and print functionality only.
The HP JetDirect print server is included in the HP Officejet 9120 and 9130 sku. To
install the HP JetDirect print server, follow these steps:
1. Press the (Power) button to turn off the all-in-one.
2. Unplug the power cable and any other cables.
3. Using a screwdriver, loosen and remove the two screws retaining the EIO
cover.
4. Remove the EIO cover.
5. Insert the HP JetDirect print server card into the EIO slot firmly.
6. Insert and tighten the retaining screws of the HP JetDirect print server card.
7. Connect the HP JetDirect print server card to the network using a network
cable.
To test the installation of the HP JetDirect print server, follow these steps:
1. Plug in the power cable.
2. Press the (Power) button to turn on the all-in-one.
3. Print a configuration page.
A configuration page and an EIO configuration page are printed. The
configuration page allows the user to view current settings of the all-in-one. The
EIO configuration page contains information for setting up the all-in-one on the
network.
Note
If the JetDirect configuration page is not printed, reinstall the print server card to
ensure that it is properly placed in the slot.
The HP JetDirect EIO print server contains electronic components that can be
Caution damaged by static electricity. To prevent the build up of static electricity: Maintain
contact with a bare sheet metal surface on the printer. Wear a grounding wrist
strap. Handle the print server with caution. Avoid touching the electronic
components or circuit paths.
64
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
installing memory modules
installing memory modules
The all-in-one may require additional memory for complex print jobs. Additional
memory may also be required while printing with the auto-duplex unit or printing
the Postscript documents. Such print jobs can be memory intensive. The user can
add additional memory in case of shortage of memory. However, adding
memory may not increase the processing speed of the all-in-one.
Note
Additional memory is not required for scan and fax jobs.
The all-in-one contains 128 MB of memory. In addition, it has two DIMM slots that
accept 64 MB or 128 MB of RAM. As a result, the all-in-one can support up to 384 MB
of memory (including the 128 MB in the all-in-one). To determine the size of
installed memory, print a Configuration page.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
65
Note
Additional memory is available on purchase as an accessory.
The DIMMs contain electronic components that can be damaged by static
Caution electricity. To prevent the buildup of static electricity, maintain frequent contact
with any bare sheet metal surface on the all-in-one. If possible, wear a grounding
wrist strap (or similar device). Handle the DIMMs carefully at all times. Avoid
touching electronic components or circuit paths. Failure to follow these
recommendations could result in damage to the parts.
To install memory modules, follow these steps:
1. Print a configuration page and keep it as a reference.
2. Press the (Power) button to turn off the all-in-one.
3. Next, unplug the power cord and any other cables.
4. The DIMM slots are located on the left side of the all-in-one. To gain access
to the DIMM slots, unlatch and remove the DIMM cover.
5. Next, remove the metallic DIMM shield.
6. Remove the DIMM from the antistatic package. Next, align the DIMM with
the DIMM slot and gently press the DIMM into the slots.
7. Replace the metallic DIMM shield and the DIMM cover. Thereafter, reattach
the power cord and other cables and turn on the all-in-one.
To test the installation of memory modules, follow these steps:
1. Ensure that the power cord and other cables are plugged in and that the
power is turned on.
2. Check that READY appears on the control-panel display. If an error
message appears on the display, a DIMM may be installed incorrectly.
3. Print a Configuration page. Compare the memory amount to the memory
amount on the Configuration page printed before the DIMM installation. If
the amount of memory has not increased, one of the following problems
might have occurred:
• The DIMM might not be installed correctly. Remove the DIMM and
repeat the installation procedure.
• The DIMM might be defective. Try a new DIMM.
66
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
installing keyboard
installing keyboard
Installing Keyboard
Installing Keyboard
Installing Keyboard
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
67
Installing Keyboard
The keyboard comes with the HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one. With the HP Officejet
9110 and HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one, it comes as an optional accessory.
To install the keyboard, follow these steps:
1. Press the (Power) button on the control panel to turn off the all-in-one.
2. Unplug the power cord.
3. Open the print-carriage access door by pulling up the door handle.
4. The keyboard tray lock is situated under the print-carriage access door. Pull
the keyboard tray lock and then close the door. (The lock may be
completely pulled out. However, it is not mandatory to pull out the lock.)
5. Press and release the front of the keyboard tray to open the tray.
6. If there is a cover over the keyboard tray, remove the cover by pressing the
two release catches under the tray.
7. Insert the top of the keyboard into the tray, and then press the keyboard
down until it snaps into place.
8. At the end, plug the power cord in and press the (Power) button to turn on
the all-in-one.
To verify that the keyboard is installed correctly, follow these steps:
1. Ensure that the power cord is plugged in and that the power is turned on.
2. Check that READY appears on the control-panel display. If an error
message appears, the keyboard may be installed incorrectly.
3. Print a Configuration page. If the keyboard is not listed, one of the
following problems might have occurred:
• The keyboard might not be installed correctly. Remove the keyboard
and repeat the installation procedure.
• The keyboard might be defective.
68
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
enabling accessories in the printer driver
enabling accessories in the printer driver
Accessories need not be enabled if the operating system is other than Windows or
Macintosh.
To enable accessories on Windows, follow these steps:
Use one of the following methods to open the printer driver in Windows 98,
Windows Millennium Edition (Me), Windows NT 4.0, and Windows 2000:
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers. In Windows XP click
Start, and then click Printers and Faxes. Alternatively, click Start, click
Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes .
2. Right-click the icon for the preferred printer driver, and then click
Properties .
3. Select one of these tabs: Configure, Device Settings, or Device Options.
(The name of the tab depends on the driver and the operating system.) On
the selected tab, click the accessory that needs to be enabled, click
Installed from the drop-down menu, and then click OK.
To enable accessories on Macintosh 10.1 (or later), follow these steps:
1. Open Print Center .
2. Select HP Officejet 9100 series .
3. Click Show Info.
4. Change the settings for the accessory as needed.
5. Click OK.
To enable accessories on Macintosh 10.1 (or later), follow these steps:
1. Click the desktop all-in-one icon.
2. On the Printing menu, click Change Setup.
3. On the Change pop-up menu, click the accessory that needs to be
enabled.
4. On the To pop-up menu, click Installed.
5. Click OK.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
69
installing ink cartridges
installing ink cartridges
The table below lists the ink cartridge specifications:
Part Number
Name
Pages Out
Ink Capacity
C4844A
C4836A
C4837A
C4838A
Black
Cyan
Magenta
Yellow
1750
1750
1750
1750
pages
pages
pages
pages
69
28
28
28
ml
ml
ml
ml
Ink Cartridge Specifications
Note
The coverage for black is 5% and color is 15%.
Expected Life
Install-by date: The Install-by date is printed on the retail box of the ink cartridges. It
is recommended to install the ink cartridges by this date for optimized
performance.
End-of-Warranty date: The End-of-Warranty date is printed on the ink cartridges.
The warranty period for the ink cartridges ends on this date.
Installing Ink Cartridges
To install the ink cartridges in the all-in-one, follow these steps:
1. Gain access to the printing supplies area by lifting the print-carriage access
door.
2. Remove each ink cartridge from its packaging.
3. Align the arrow on each cartridge with the arrow on its color-coded slot,
and then insert the cartridge into the slot.
4. To ensure proper contact, press the cartridge firmly until it snaps into place.
5. Ensure that the control-panel display reads READY.
70
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
Maintaining Ink Cartridges
• Replace empty ink cartridges. The ink cartridges that are low on ink need to
be removed if they are causing print quality problems.
• To reduce water vapor loss, keep the ink cartridges sealed in the original
packaging until ready to use.
• Store the ink cartridges at room temperature.
• Use a first-in first-out inventory process to avoid storing expired ink cartridges in
stock.
• Install ink cartridges before the Install-By Date
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
71
installing printheads
installing printheads
The table below lists the printhead specifications:
Part number
Name
Expected Life
C4810A
C4811A
C4812A
C4813A
Black
Cyan
Magenta
Yellow
16000 Pages
24000 Pages
24000 Pages
24000 Pages
Printhead Specifications
Expected Life
Install-by date: The Install-by date is printed on the retail box of printheads. It is
recommended to install the printheads by this date for optimized performance.
End-of-Warranty date: The End-of-Warranty date is printed on the printheads. The
warranty period for the printheads ends on this date.
Installing Printheads
1. Remove the packing tape and shipping material from the print-carriage
area.
2. Gain access to the printing supplies area by lifting the print-carriage access
door.
3. Lift the printhead latch from the rear and remove the packing tape from
the printhead latch.
4. Pull the latch forward and down to ensure that the hook is released from
the metal catch bar.
5. Lift and push the latch towards the rear of the all-in-one.
6. Remove the dummy foam printhead from the printhead slot (present in a
new unit).
7. Remove each printhead from its packaging and remove the protective
tape.
8. Insert each printhead into its respective color-coded slot, and press it firmly
to ensure proper contact after installation.
9. Pull the printhead latch all the way forward and down.
72
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
10. Engage the catch with the hook, and push the latch towards the rear of
the all-in-one. Ensure that the latch snaps into its place.
12. The all-in-one automatically aligns the printheads and prints two pages in
about five minutes. The ready light turns on, to indicate that the alignment
is complete.
13. Print a demo page to ensure correct installation of the printheads.
Maintaining Printheads
To maintain printheads, follow these steps:
1. Keep the printheads sealed in the original packaging until ready to use.
2. Keep the open printheads either in the all-in-one or sealed in a plastic bag
separately. Each printhead should have its own bag.
3. Store printheads at room temperature.
4. Turn off the all-in-one by pressing the (Power) button. Turning off with the
(Power) button ensures the carriage is at its Home position (Service Station)
and is capped. The service station caps the printhead ink nozzles to
prevent them from drying out.
5. Install the printheads by Install-by Date as mentioned in the packaging.
6. The all-in-one performs automatic pen alignment whenever any printhead
is being replaced.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
73
paper type matrix
paper type matrix
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one is designed to work with most types of office
paper including 25-percent cotton bond paper. The different types of media that
can be used in the all-in-one are:
• Paper
• Cards
• Envelopes
• Custom-size media
The media size can be between 76.2 to 216 mm wide and 127 to 356 mm or 127 to
297 mm long (3 to 8.5 inches wide and 5 to 14 inches or 5 to 11.7 inches long).
The following table lists the different media types with the resolutions:
Media Name Tray 1 Tray 2 AutoADF(SingleADF (DoubleDuplex
Sided
Sided
Unit
Operation)
Operation)
Paper
U.S. Letter (216
by 279 mm;
8.5 by 11
inches)
U.S. Legal (216
by 356 mm;
8.5 by 14
inches)
A4 (210 by 297
mm; 8.3 by
11.7 inches)
U.S. Executive
(184 by 267
mm; 7.25 by
10.5 inches)
U.S. Statement
(140 by 216
mm; 5.5 by 8.5
inches)
A5 (148 by 210
mm; 5.8 by 8.3
inches)
ISO B5 (176 by
250 mm; 6.9
by 9.8 inches)
JIS B5 (182 by
257 mm; 7.2
by 10.1 inches)
Envelopes
74
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
NA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
Y
NA
Y
NA
Y
Y
NA
Y
NA
Y
Y
NA
Y
Y
Y
Y
NA
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
U.S. #10
Envelope (105
by 241 mm;
4.1 by 9.5
inches)
A2 Envelope
(111 by 146
mm; 4.375 by
5.75 inches)
Monarch
Envelope (98
by 191 mm;
3.9 by 7.5
inches)
HP Greeting
Card
Envelope (111
by 152 mm;
4.375 by 6
inches)
DL Envelope
(110 by 220
mm; 4.3 by 8.6
inches)
C5 Envelope
(162 by 229
mm; 6.4 by 9
inches)
C6 Envelope
(114 by 162
mm; 4.5 by 6.4
inches)
Japanese
Chou #3 (120
x 235 mm; 4.7
by 9.3 inches)
Japanese
Chou #4 (90 x
205 mm; 3.5
by 8.1 inches)
Cards
Index card (76
by 127 mm; 3
by 5 inches)
Index card
(102 by 152
mm; 4 by 6
inches)
Setup and Configure
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
Y
NA
NA
Y
NA
Y
NA
NA
hp confidential
75
Index card
(127 by 203
mm; 5 by 8
inches)
Hagaki (100
by 148 mm;
3.9 by 5.8
inches)
Ofuku Hagaki
(148 by 200
mm; 5.8 by 7.9
inches)
A6 card (105
by 148 mm;
4.1 by 5.8
inches)
Custom-size
media
Tray 1:
Between 76.2
to 216 mm
wide and 127
to 356 mm
long (3 to 8.5
inches wide
and 5 to 14
inches long)
Tray 2:
Between 182
to 216 mm
wide and 257
to 356 mm
long (7.2 to
8.5 inches
wide and 10.1
to 14 inches
long)
Auto-duplex
unit: Between
76.2 to 216
mm wide and
127 to 297
mm long (3 to
8.5 inches
wide and 5 to
11.7 inches
long)
76
Y
NA
Y
NA
NA
Y
NA
Y
NA
NA
Y
NA
Y
NA
NA
Y
NA
Y
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
ADF: Between NA
127 to 216
mm wide and
127 to 356
mm long (5 to
8.5 inches
wide and 5 to
14 inches
long)
ADF: Between NA
178 to 305
mm (5 to 8.5
inches wide
and 7 to 12
inches long)
NA
NA
Y
NA
NA
NA
NA
Y
Paper Type Matrix
If media, such as envelopes and cards, are used in the auto-duplex, it can cause
Caution paper jams, and may damage the printer and the auto-duplex unit.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
77
paper capacity and weight matrix
paper capacity and weight matrix
The media type that can be used in the trays and the weight and paper capacity
specifications are given in the table below.
Trays
Media type
Weight
Paper Capacity
Tray 1
Paper
60 to 90 g/m2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
Transparencies
Envelopes
75 to 90 g/m2
(20 to 24 lb
bond
envelope)
Up to 200 g/m2
(110 lb index)
60 to 90
g/m2(16 to 24
lb. Bond)
16 to 24 lb. (60
to 90 g/m^2)
Cards
Tray 2
Paper
Autoduplex
unit
Paper
Cards
ADF
90 lb. Index (Up
to 160 g/m^2)
60 to 90 g/m2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
Paper
Special HP paper (for
example, HP Premium
Officejet paper, HP Bright
White Officejet paper)
60 to 90 g/m2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
Transparencies
60 to 90 g/m2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
Photos (special photo
60 to 90 g/m2
paper, such as HP Premium (16 to 24 lb
Photo Paper)
bond)
Real estate forms
78
hp confidential
Up to 150 sheets of
plain paper
(15mm or 0.6 inch
stacked)
Up to 30 (8 mm or
0.3 inch stacked)
Up to 22 (15 mm or
0.6 inch stacked)
Up to 60(15 mm or
0.6 inch stacked)
Up to 250 sheets
(25 mm or 1 inch
stacked)
One at a time
One at a time
Up to 50 sheets of
plain paper (5 mm
or 6 inches
stacked)
1 at a
time
Advisable to use
the flatbed
scanner
1 at a
time
Advisable to use
the flatbed
scanner
1 at a
time
Advisable to use
the flatbed
scanner
1 at a time
Setup and Configure
Output
tray
All supported media
Up to 100 sheets
plain paper (text
printing)
Paper Capacity and Weight Matrix
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
79
guidelines for loading paper
guidelines for loading paper
While loading paper, these guidelines should be followed:
• Use tray 1 for media types, such as envelopes, cards, transparencies, and
photo paper.
• Always use paper that conforms to the printer specifications.
80
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
• Always load the media print-side down such that the front edge of the media
is aligned with the front edge of the tray and the right edge of the media is
aligned with the right edge of the tray.
• Push the width and the length adjusters until they fit snugly against the left
edge of the paper stack (width adjuster) and front edge of the paper stack
(length adjuster).
• Load pre-printed forms and letterheads such that the top edge is fed into the
printer first.
• Load only one type of media at a time into the input tray to prevent jams and
unexpected behavior of the all-in-one.
• Always remove the existing media before loading new media.
Loading Tray 1 or Tray 2 :
1. Pull the tray out of the all-in-one.
2. If loading Tray 1, raise and remove the output tray cover.
3. To load paper that is 279 mm and 356 mm long (11 inches to 14 inches
long), slide the latch on the tray, as indicated in the illustration above, to
the right, and lower the front of the tray.
4. Place the media in the tray with the print-side. Push the width and the
length adjusters until they fit snugly against the left edge of the paper stack
(width adjuster) and front edge of the paper stack (length adjuster).
5. If loading Tray 1, replace and close the output tray.
6. Slide the tray into the all-in-one.
7. Pull out the extension on the output tray.
8. Always select the appropriate media type and size in the application or
printer driver when using the all-in-one.
Selecting the Tray
When using the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one, the user has the option to select
a tray. If the user does not select the tray, the all-in-one automatically selects one.
By default, the all-in-one uses Tray 2 first.
The all-in-one draws media from tray 1 when no specific tray is selected. Other
conditions under which the all-in-one draws media from tray 1 are:
• Tray 2 is not installed.
• Tray 2 does not have media loaded.
• The media type or size for the job is not supported by tray 2.
• The printer is unable to pick paper from tray 2.
To select a tray from the control panel, follow these steps:
1. On the control panel, press TRAY/DOC.TYPE .
2. Press the (up) and (down) buttons to move to the TRAY option, and then
press the (Select) button.
3. Press the -/ + buttons to select the tray, and then press the (Select) button.
When selecting a tray from the printer driver on the computer, the settings are
available in the 'Source is' or 'Paper Source' drop-down menu in Windows printer
drivers, and in the 'All pages from' pop-up menu in the Mac OS printer driver.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
81
printing a demo page
printing a demo page
Demo Page
A demo page allows the user to check the printer setup. A demo page verifies
that the all-in-one mechanisms are operating correctly. In addition, the demo
page provides information about the features and capabilities of the all-in-one. A
demo page can be printed without connecting the all-in-one to a computer.
The steps to print a demo page from the control panel are:
1. Press the MENU button on the control panel.
2. Open the Print Report menu.
3. Open the Demo page option.
4. Press the (Select) button to print the demo page.
5. Press the Up/Down button to navigate.
82
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
Note
Printing of the demo page does not indicate that the all-in-one is properly
connected to a computer. The demo page can be printed without connecting the
all-in-one to a computer.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
83
software installation requirements
software installation requirements
The following operating systems are supported by HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one:
• Windows 98
• Windows Me
• Windows NT 4.0
• Windows 2000
• Windows XP 32 bit
• Windows XP 64 bit
• Mac OS 9.1 and later
• Mac OS X
Note
If you are using Windows NT 4.0, Windows2000 or Windows XP, the user must have
administrator privileges to install the printer driver.
The all-in-one can be directly connected to the computer through a USB or a
parallel cable or on the network through HP JetDirect print server card.
USB Cable
The USB port cable is used to connect the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one to the
computer.
Parallel Cable
The HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one provides a standard bi-directional port (IEEE-1284
compliant). The parallel cable is used to connect the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one to
the computer.
The user can use either the USB cable or the parallel cable to connect and share
the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one with other computers.
Note
Do not connect a USB and a parallel cable at the same time.
EIO Slot
The EIO slot is used to directly connect the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one to the
network by installing HP JetDirect print server in the slot. This configuration provides
better performance than printing through a computer and allows sharing of
printer with both Windows and Mac OS users.
Installation Modes
The all-in-one allows two types of installation modes when directly connected to
the computer, and one type of installation mode when connected to the
network.
The two types of installation modes when the all-in-one is directly connected to
the computer are:
• Typical
84
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
• Lite
Typical Installation
Installs components by default, do not present any component selection
Installed components include:
• PCL 6 driver
• Toolbox
• User Guide
• Screen Fonts (PostScript 3)
• Screen Fonts (TrueType)
• CUE (HP Photo and Imaging 3.1)
• .Net framework v 1.1
• DirectX 9.0 (required by CUE Gallery)
• Converged I/O stack (DOT4), including MSDC driver
• TWAIN data source (and WIA in WinXP)
• HP Memories Disc Creator
• Print2Fax driver
• HP Software Update
Lite Installation
Selectable components are:
• Toolbox
• User Guide
• Screen Fonts (PostScript 3)
• Screen Fonts (TrueType)
Forces the user to choose one print driver (PCL6/PCL5c/PS). Other installed
components are:
• Converged I/O stack (DOT4), including MSDC driver
• TWAIN data source (and WIA in WinXP)
Note
Note
Ensure that the printer is in the ECP mode. This can be done from the PC BIOS.
Unix model scripts are released at - www.hp.com/go/unixmodelscripts Linux driver
should be available at - www.linuxprinting.org The OS/2 drivers are currently under
development and should be available in the next OS2 driver release pack on March
12,2004. http://www7.software.ibm.com/2bcprod.nsf/
The system requirements for the various direct and network connections are given
in the table below:
Type of Connection
RAM
Free Hard Disk
Space
Direct Connect (Typical) Minimum
Direct Connect (Typical)
Recommended
Direct Connect (Lite)Minimum
Setup and Configure
110 MB (128)
190 MB (256 or
higher)
110 MB
hp confidential
1 GB (1.1)
1.1 GB (1.2)
100 MB
85
Direct Connect
(Lite)Recommended
Network Minimum
Network Recommended
NT 4.0 Minimum (DC)
NT 4.0 Recommended(DC)
NT 4.0 Miniumum (NW)
NT 4.0 Recommended(NW)
190 MB
150 MB
110 MB
190 MB
110 MB
190 MB
110 MB
190 MB
100 MB
150 MB
100MB
150 MB
100 MB
150 MB
System Requirements
86
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
contents of the software CD-ROMs
There are two CD-ROMs that are used to install the all-in one. One CD-ROM is a
Hybrid CD and is used to install the all-in-one on Mac operating systems. The Hybrid
CD contains one installer for Mac to install the all-in-one for direct and network
connection. In addition, there is a second installer that is used to install the Print
only solution.
The contents of the software CD-ROM (Hybrid CD) for Mac:
1. Install Software and Drivers
2. Product Tour
3. User Guide
4. HP JetDIrect Admin Guide
The second CD-ROM is used to install the all-in-one on Windows 98, 2K, and XP
systems. The contents of the software CD-ROM for Windows 98, 2K, and XP systems:
1. Install Software
2. Register Product
3. Quick Tour
4. Other Software
5. Browse Documentation
1. Install Software: Installs the software required for using the HP Officejet 9100
series all-in-one on the computer connected directly or through the
network to the all-in-one.
2. Register Product: Allows the user to register the HP Officejet 9100 series allin-one through the Internet.
3. Quick Tour : Provides a short demonstration of HP Officejet 9100 series all-inone functions and software.
4. Other Software: Provides an introduction to the software including:
• HP Web JetAdmin: A network management utility that allows the user
to remotely install and manage network peripherals from a web
browser.
• Customization utility: Allows the administrator to create a custom
software installer that can be copied to a local hard drive or a
network drive.
• PANTONE Color Palettes : Allows user to download PANTONE Color
Palettes.
• Window NT 4.0 Printer Driver : The Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 printer driver
is available on the starter CD2 in the win_nt folder.
• Readiris : The Readiris OCR software is available on starter CD2 in the
Readiris folder.
5. Browse Documentation : Comprises of Release Notes and provides
installation information related to the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one. It
includes:
• User Guide: Provides information about HP Officejet 9100 series all-inone usage, maintenance, troubleshooting, and help.
HP
JetDirect User Guide: Provides information about the network,
•
setting print server, and solving printer related problems.
• Printer Website: Provides latest information and software on HP
Officejet 9100 all-in-one website.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
87
There are 8 localized CD break up for Celsius Windows software and one Mac
software CD. The details are listed below:
• Americas:
• English, French, Spanish, Portuguese
• Europe:
• English, French, Italian, German, Dutch
• English, Norwegian, Swedish, Finnish, Danish
• English, Russian, Hebrew,Polish, Turkish, Greek
• English, Czech, Hungarian,Polish, Greek
• English, Portuguese, Spanish,French, Arabic
• Asia:
• English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean
• Mac CD: The single Mac CD supports the following languages and will be
shipped for all regions:
• English US (default)
• French (European)
• Italian
• German
• Spanish
• Dutch
• Swedish
• Brazilian Portuguese
88
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
startup page of CD browser for windows
startup page of CD browser for windows
Startup Page of CD Browser for Windows
The Start up Page of the CD browser for Windows consists of the following options:
• Install Software: Install the printer drivers for HP Officejet 9100 series connected
directly to the computer or on to the network.
• Register Product: Register the product with HP through Internet.
• Quick Tour: Opens the HP Officejet 9100 product tour.
• Other Software: Opens the Other Software screen from which the user can
select the optional software to install or download.
• Browse Documentation: Provides help to troubleshoot or configure the printer.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
89
install software
install software
The all-in-one supports two types of installations:
• Direct
• Network
Direct Installation
In direct installation, the computer is directly connected to the all-in-one through
USB or a parallel cable.
Network Installation
The all-in-one can be connected to the network and can be shared by different
computers. An HP Jetdirect print server is installed to connect the all-in-one to the
network. This configuration provides better performance than working through
non-network connections, and the ability to share the all-in-one on both Windows
and Macintosh computer users.
The minimum and recommended system requirements for installing the HP
Officejet 9100 series all-in-one software on Windows are mentioned in the table
below:
Operating
Minimum
Recommended
Installation
System
Requirements
Requirements
Time
Windows 98
Windows ME
Pentium II/Celeron
(XX Mhz)
128 MB RAM
64 MB hard disk
space
Windows NT
Pentium II/Celeron
4.0
(XX Mhz)
Windows 2000 128 MB RAM
Windows XP
64 MB hard disk
space
Pentium II/Celeron (XX 17 minutes
Mhz)
256 MB RAM
900 MB hard disk space
Pentium II/Celeron (XX 14 minutes
Mhz)
256 MB RAM
900 MB hard disk space
Minimum and Recommended System Requirements
90
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
direct installation of MFP driver software for windows (Typical)
direct installation of MFP driver software for windows (Typical)
The steps to install HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one directly to the computer via a USB
cable are as follows:
1. Insert the Window driver CDROM and execute the autorun.exe. As a result,
the CD Browser window appears.
2. Click on Install Software. As a result, the Welcome to the HP Officejet 9100
series Setup Wizard appears.
3. In the Welcome to the HP Officejet 9100 series Setup wizard window, click
Next . As a result the License Agreement Window appears.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
91
4. In the Licence Agreement window, click on I accept the terms in the
licence agreement after reading the licence agreement carefully. Click
Next .The MFP Connection window appears.
5. In the MFP Connection window, select the option directly connected to
this computer and click Next. As a result, the Connector Type window
appears.
92
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
6. In the Connector Type window, select the option USB Cable, and click
Next . The Model window appears.
Note
While installing printer driver for Windows for parallel connection, select the Parallel
Cable option, and the required Port (the default being LPT1:). Click next to continue
the installation process. Remaining steps are same as below.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
93
7. Three different model names appear in the Model window. Select the HP
Officejet 9110 all-in-one option from the given set of options, and click
Next . The Installation Type window appears.
8. In the Installation Type window, select the Typical Installation
(Recommended) option.
Note
Typical installation allows the installation of the HP Photo and Imaging Software,
User Guide, and Screen fonts. In addition, typical installation installs the PCL 6 printer
driver only.
9. Click Next . The System Requirements Results window is displayed.
94
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
10. In the Systems Requirements Results window, the system is checked for the
requirements to install the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one, based on which it
decides to allow or disallow the installation process. Click on the Details
button to get more details regarding the resources. Click Continue button
to proceed.
11. In the Ready to Install window, the directory location about the software
installation is enquired. By default, C:\Program Files\HP is the default
directory. Click Change to change the directory location. As a result, the
Change Current Destination Folder window appears.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
95
12. Select the Destination Folder in the Change Current Destination Folder
Window. Click OK. Thereafter, Click Install button in the Ready to Install
Window to begin Installation.
13. The Status window appears as a result. The Installing HP Officejet 9100 series
window shows the status of the installation. It also shows the progress
about Checking System, Preparing to install, Installing, and Configuring
Your Product.
96
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
14. After the installation is complete, the Finish window appears where the
system enquires whether you want to reboot the machine at that moment
or later at a suitable time. Click Restart Later button. The Next Steps
window appears as a result.
15. In the Next Steps window, the two options available are whether you
want to Run Web Registration or View readme file. Choose either of the
two, or click on the Close button.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
97
16. The CD Browser Window appears providing the Product Info, Support, and
Supplies links. Click Exit to come out of the installation process.
98
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
uninstall printer software for Windows (Typical)
uninstall printer software for Windows (Typical)
The HP Officejet 9100 series can be uninstalled in the following two ways for the
Typical type installation:
• Uninstall HP Officejet 9100 series
• Setup Maintenance mode
To uninstall printer by using the uninstaller, follow these steps:
1. Click the Start button on Windows desktop. In the Programs menu point to
HP Officejet 9100 series submenu. Click Uninstall HP Officejet 9100 series in
the submenu.
2. Click Yes to start the uninstallation.
3. After uninstallation, click Yes to restart the computer.
Note
In the previous uninstallation method, only the printer driver will be uninstalled.
Other software and files are not uninstalled.
To uninstall the printer by using the setup maintenance mode, insert the Starter CD
in the CD drive and follow these steps:
1. On the CD Browser, click Install Printer Driver .
2. Select the Setup Language for installing the printer software and click Next .
3. Click Next on the Welcome to the HP Officejet 9100 series Setup Wizard
screen.
4. In the Setup Maintenance dialog box select Remove All to uninstall the
printer and associated software. Click Next .
5. Click Remove on Remove the Program screen to confirm the uninstallation
of the printer.
6. Click Finish on successful uninstallation of the printer.
7. After the uninstallation is complete, click Yes to restart the computer.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
99
direct installation of MFP driver software for windows (Lite)
direct installation of MFP driver software for windows (Lite)
The steps for the Lite installation of the MFP that is directly to the computer via a
USB cable are as follows:
2. Click on Install Software. As a result, the Welcome to the HP Officejet 9100
series Setup Wizard appears.
100
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
3. In the Welcome to the HP Officejet 9100 series Setup wizard window click
Next . As a result the License Agreement Window appears.
4. In the Licence Agreement window click on I accept the terms in the
Next . The MFP Connection window appears.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
101
5. In the MFP Connection window select the option directly connected to this
computer and click Next . As a result, the Connector Type window appears.
6. In the Connector Type window select the option USB Cable, and click Next .
The Model window appears.
Note
102
While installing printer driver for Windows for parallel connection, select the Parallel
Cable option, and the required Port (the default being LPT1:). Click Next to
continue the installation process. Remaining steps are same as below.
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
7.
8. Three different model names appear in the Model window. Select the HP
Officejet 9110 all-in-one option from the given set of options, and click
Next . The Installation Type window appears.
9. In the Installation Type window select the Lite Installation option.
Note
Lite installation allows the installation of software based on the user requirement,
and as a result occupies less space. However, Lite installation does not install the HP
Photo and Imaging Software or the HP Director.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
103
10. Click Next . The Printer Driver window is displayed. Select the printer driver
among a list of options which includes PCL 6, PCL 5, and PS. Click Next to
continue installation.
11. The Installation Components window is displayed that allows the user to
select components such as Toolbox, user guide, and screen fonts. Click
Next to continue the installation process.
12. The Ready to Install window appears. Choose the location to install the
all-in-one software and click Next.
104
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
13. The Status window appears as a result. The Installing HP Officejet 9100 series
window shows the status of the installation. It also shows the progress
about Checking System, Preparing to install, Installing, and Configuring
Your Product.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
105
14. After the installation is complete, the Finish window appears where the
system enquires whether you want to reboot the machine at that moment
or later at a suitable time. Click Restart Later button. The Next Steps
106
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
15. In the Next Steps window the two options available are whether you want
to Run Web Registration or View readme file. Choose either of the two or
click on the Close button.
16. The CD Browser Window appears providing the Product Info, Support and
Supplies links. Click Exit to come out of the installation process.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
107
uninstall printer software for Windows (Lite)
uninstall printer software for Windows (Lite)
The HP Officejet 9100 series can be uninstalled in the following two ways for the
Lite type installation:
• Uninstall HP Officejet 9100 series
• Setup Maintenance mode
To uninstall printer by using the uninstaller, follow these steps:
1. Click the Start button on Windows desktop. In the Programs menu point to
HP Officejet 9100 series submenu. Click Uninstall HP Officejet 9100 series in
the submenu.
2. Click Yes to start the uninstallation.
3. After uninstallation, click Yes to restart the computer.
Note
In the previous uninstallation method, only the printer driver will be uninstalled.
Other software and files are not uninstalled.
To uninstall the printer by using the setup maintenance mode, insert the Starter CD
in the CD drive and follow these steps:
1. On the CD Browser, click Install Printer Driver .
2. Select the Setup Language for installing the printer software and click Next .
screen.
4. In the Setup Maintenance dialog box select Remove All to uninstall the
printer and associated software. Click Next.
5. Click Remove on Remove the Program screen to confirm the uninstallation
of the printer.
6. Click Finish on successful uninstallation of the printer.
7. After the uninstallation is complete, click Yes to restart the computer.
108
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
browse documentation
browse documentation
Browse Documentation
Click on the Browse Documentation option to browse the latest documentation
available for the all-in-one. The following documentation can be accessed using
the CD browser:
Release Notes: Click Release Notes to view the release notes. This document
contains installation information and troubleshooting tips.
User Guide: Click the User Guide button to view the user guide. The user guide
contains information about following.
How to use HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one?
How to maintain the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one?
How to troubleshoot when problem occurs?
Where to get help?
HP JetDirect Guide: Click this button to view HP JetDirect Administrator Guide. It
provides information about setting up, using, and troubleshooting HP JetDirect
print server.
Printer Web Site: Click this button to get the latest information and software from
HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one web site.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
109
register product
register product
Register Product
The HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one can be registered by clicking the Register Product
button on the CD Browser page. The following Web site can be used for registering
the product: http://register.hp.com
Perform the following activities by accessing the HP registration Web site:
• Create a profile
• Update a profile
Access the following information on the HP registration Web site:
• Enhanced customer service
• Fast expert technical support
• Timely notices of product and software upgrades
• Free newsletters with exclusive guidelines
• Special offers specific to your requirements
110
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
customization utility
customization utility
The customization utility creates a customized installer with pre-selected options.
The customized installer can be copied on to floppy disks, CD or it can be shared
on the network.
The following steps are used to create a customized installer:
1. Start Windows and ensure that no other Windows applications are running.
2. Insert the Starter CD into the CD-ROM drive. The system setup wizard runs
automatically. The startup page of the CD browser screen is displayed.
3. On the CD Browser screen, click Customization Utility.
4. The welcome screen appears. Click Next on the Welcome to the HP
Officejet 9100 series Installer Customization Wizard screen.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
111
5. Select Language for the Installer and click Next.
6. Select the Queue Name or Printer Port to which the printer is connected
and click Next .
112
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
7. Select the Connector Type and click Next.
8. Select the printer Model that is to installed from the displayed list and click
Next .
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
113
9. Select the Features that the customized installer should install and click
Next .
10. Select Yes, allow me to configure the drivers, if the drivers support preconfiguration. However, if the user doesn't want to configure the drivers
then select No, I don't want to configure the drivers and click Next.
114
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
11. Specify a Printer Name and check Default Printer to use this printer as the
default printer for Windows and click Next.
Note
For direct connect, the printer must be physically connected when prompted by the
software installer during the installation. If printer is not physically connected,
installation will not continue and a software rollback will be initiated (removal of
pre-installed files). Add printer installation does not require physical printer
connection during the installation.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
115
12. The Printer Sharing window is displayed as a result. Select Share as and
specify a share name, if the printer is shared by others computer in a
network. However, if the printer is not shared on a network select Not
Shared and click Next.
13. Specify a Location where the utility will copy the customized installer and
click Install .
14. A window with a progress bar that shows the installation status appears.
116
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
15. After the installation is completed, the Finish window appears. Click the
Finish button to complete the installation.
16. The Next Steps window is displayed, that involve some optional steps.
Click View readme file to view readme file.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
117
118
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
optional software
optional software
HP Officejet 9100 Series all-in-one
HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one provides additional software for MFP management. To
gain access to the optional software:
Click the option Optional Software in the startup page of the CD browser to open
the Optional Software page. In the Optional Software page, the available
optional software include:
• Customization utility: Selecting the customization utility button opens the
installer in the admin mode. This allows the administrator to create a
custom software installer.
• HP Web JetAdmin: Selecting the HP Web JetAdmin button opens the URL
http://www.hp.com/go/webjetadminin the default web browser on the
user's system.
• PANTONE@ Color Palettes: Selecting the Pantone Color Palettes button opens
the URL http://www.hp.com/support/officejet9100(TBD) in the default web
browser on the user's system.
Windows
NT 4.0 Printer Driver: Selecting the Windows NT 4.0 button pops up a
•
dialog that informs user about the location to install NT 4.0 printer driver.
• Readiris: Selecting the Readiris button pops up a dialog that informs user
about the location to install Readiris.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
119
install the MFP driver software for Windows (network)
install the MFP driver software for Windows (network)
The steps to install the printer driver software for Windows on the network are as
follows:
1. Insert the Starter CD into the CD-ROM drive. The CD browser runs
automatically.
3. In the CD Browser window, click on Install Software. The welcome screen
appears.
4. In the Welcome to the HP Officejet 9100 series Setup wizard window click
Next .
120
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
5. In the Licence Agreement window click on I accept the terms in the
Next in order to continue. The MFP Connection window appears.
6. In the MFP connection window select the option Connect via the network
and click Next . The Identify Printer window appears. Here the MFP is
connected to the network or can be shared through another computer on
the network. Multiple computers on the network can access it.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
121
7. In the Identify Printer window, choose the method to identify the printer on
the network. The two options provided include:
• Search from a list of dedicated printers (recommended)
• Specify a printer by address
8. The above two options are used to obtain the IP address of the printer on
the network. The first one searches for the IP address itself and displays the
address of the printer found. The second option asks the IP address to be
entered specifically. Click Next to continue.
9. The Printer Found screen displays the printer found and gives the following
two options: Yes, install this printer and, No, install a different printer. Select
the first option and click Next . The Confirm Settings window appears.
122
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
10. The Confirm Settings window displays the Device Name and the TCP/IP
settings, which are to be confirmed. The Change TCP/IP Settings button
gives the option of changing the IP configuration. Click Next. The Model
11. The Model window allows user to select the printer model that is to be
installed. It also provides description of the three models. Click Next to
proceed. The Printer Name window appears.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
123
12. The Printer Name window takes the printer name to be specified for the
identification of the printer in the Printer Folder. A printer is created for
each driver being installed. The driver type is appended to the name
specified for each. The default printer driver is specified and can be
changed and the options to select them are present. Click Next to
continue.
13. The Printer Sharing window appears that shows two options:
• Not Shared
• Share as
The Share as option allows the user to specify the name of the printer to be shared.
A share is created for each driver type using the name specified. Select the
required option and click on Next to proceed.
124
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
14. The Client driver Support window appears that allows the installation of
additional drivers. This allows automatic downloading of driver to the
client. Click Next to continue.
15. The Printer Location and Comment window appears that require
information about the printers physical location on the network. In
addition, a comment is also provided that could be helpful to the users.
Click Next . The Ready to Install window appears.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
125
16. The Ready to Install window gives the location where the software will be
installed. Click on Install to begin installation.
126
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
startup page of the cd browser for MAC
startup page of the cd browser for MAC
Startup Page of the CD Browser for Mac
The startup page of the CD browser for Mac consists of the following options:
Install Software and Drivers: Installs the software and printer drivers for the HP
Officejet 9100 series connected directly to the computer or to the network. There
are following two options available to install the software:
Direct Installation: installs the full version of the printer software
Network installation: installs only the print and scan functions
Product Tour: Provides an introduction to the HP Officejet 9100 series and its
capabilities.
User Guide: Provides the following information about the HP Officejet 9100 series.
How to use a printer?
How to maintain it?
How to troubleshoot when problem occurs?
Where to get help?
HP JetDirect Admin Guide: Provides information about setting up, using, and
troubleshooting the HP Officejet 9100 series.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
127
install the Macintosh MFP driver software - Direct
install the Macintosh MFP driver software - Direct
The steps to install the Macintosh driver software are as follows:
automatically.
2. On the CD browser click Install Software and Drivers.
3. Type the name and password in the Name and Password or phrase text
boxes respectively. Next, click OK.
4. Read the contents of the software license agreement, and click Accept to
accept the agreement.
128
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
5. Click Continue to quit all other running applications on the computer and
start the installation process.
6. Click Restart to reboot the computer.
Note
Mac OS 10.1 does not require a restart to complete the installation.
7. The A4 radio button is selected by default. Click Next to continue with the
setup.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
129
8. The USB (Direct Connect) radio button is selected by default. Click Next to
continue with the setup.
9. Enter the name (optional), the company's name and the voice phone
number (optional) in the Name, Company/Organization , and Voice Phone
Number text boxes respectively. Click Next.
130
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
10. Select the appropriate radio button in the HP All-in-One Setup Assistant
screen, and click Next.
11. The Yes, one or both statements apply to me radio button is selected by
default. Click Next.
Note
The default settings can be changed according to the user requirements.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
131
12. Type the telephone number of the incoming fax line in the Incoming Fax
Number text box, and click Next.
Note
132
If the No, I will use one line for both radio button is selected then a screen
requesting for information about an answering or PC voice mail to answer calls at
the given telephone is displayed.
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
13. The No, I will not radio button is selected by default in the HP All-in-One
Setup Assistant screen. Click Next.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
133
14. The HP All-in-One Setup Assistant screen displays the settings entered for
use with the software. Click Finish to complete the setup.
15. Click Finish to exit the setup program.
The HP Officejet 9100 series is successfully installed and configured on the
computer.
134
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
uninstall printer software for Macintosh (Direct)
uninstall printer software for Macintosh (Direct)
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-9in-one can be uninstalled using the uninstaller for all
Macintosh versions. The uninstaller removes all the HP software components that
are specific to all-in-one.
To uninstall the HP Officejet 9100 series by using HP Uninstaller, complete the
following steps:
1. Click the HP Uninstaller icon.
2. Type the password in the Password or phrase text box, and click OK.
3. Select the Uninstall selected radio button and choose the HP officejet 9100
series option to uninstall the software.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
135
4. Clear the check box to retain the item that you do not want to uninstall.
Next, click Uninstall .
5. Click Quit to exit the Uninstaller program.
136
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
Note
Unplug the cord to disconnect the printer device from the computer. Next, restart
the computer for the settings to take effect.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
137
install the Macintosh MFP driver software - Network
install the Macintosh MFP driver software - Network
To install the driver software on the network, complete the following steps:
automatically.
2. On the CD browser, click Install Software and Drivers.
3. Type the name and password in the Name and Password or phrase text
boxes respectively. Next, click OK.
4. Read the contents of the software license agreement, and click Accept to
accept the agreement.
138
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
5. Click Continue to quit all other running applications on the computer and
start the installation process.
6. Click Restart to reboot the computer.
7. The A4 radio button is selected by default. Click Next to continue with the
setup.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
139
8. Select the TCP/IP (Network) radio button to install the printer on the
network.
9. Choose Officejet 9100 series from the list in the Network Devices screen
window.
Note
140
You should know the IP address of the printer that is installed on the network.
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
10. The IP address is displayed in the text box below the TCP/IP (Network)
option. Click Next to continue with the installation.
11. Click Finish in the HP All-in-One Setup Assistant screen window to complete
the installation.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
141
12. Click Done to exit the setup program.
142
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
uninstall printer software for Macintosh (Network)
uninstall printer software for Macintosh (Network)
The HP Officejet 9100 series on the network can be uninstalled using the uninstaller
for all Macintosh versions. The uninstaller removes all the HP software components
that are specific to all-in-one.
To uninstall the HP Officejet 9100 series by using HP Uninstaller, complete the
following steps:
1. Click the HP Uninstaller icon.
2. Type the password in the Password or phrase text box, and click OK.
3. Select the Uninstall selected: radio button and choose the HP officejet 9100
series option to uninstall the software. Click Next .
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
143
4. Clear the check box to retain the item that you do not want to uninstall.
Next, click Uninstall .
5. Click Quit to exit the Uninstaller program.
144
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
Note
Unplug the cord to disconnect the printer device from the computer. Next, restart
the computer for the settings to take effect.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
145
install toolbox
install toolbox
While installing the driver for Windows (Typical), the Toolbox is automatically
installed. The user can select the HP Officejet 9100 series Toolbox option in the
Installation Components window to install the Toolbox with the Lite installation.
Alternatively, the user can install the Toolbox after the driver is installed.
The steps to install the Toolbox are:
1. Start Windows and ensure no other application is running.
2. Insert the starter CD into the CD ROM driver. The printer setup runs
automatically. If the System Setup Wizard does not run automatically,
select the Start -> Run menu command. Type CD ROM drive:\SETUP in the
command line box. For example, type D:\SETUP if the D: is the CD ROM
drive.
3. On the CD Browser screen, click Install Printer Driver .
4. Select the Setup Language and click OK.
screen.
6. Select Modify the existing installation to install the Toolbox and click Next.
7. Select the HP Officejet 9100 series Toolbox option and click Next .
8. On the Ready to Modify screen click Install .
9. Click Finish.
146
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
toolbox
toolbox
The Toolbox provides status, maintenance information, and services information
about the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one.
To start the Toolbox click Start -> Programs -> HP -> HP Officejet 9100 series ->
Toolbox . The HP Officejet 9100 series Toolbox window appears that shows three
tabs: Printer Status, Information, and Services.
Printer Status
Displays ink levels and the Printer Status. Printer Status provides the following
information:
• Ink Level Information: Shows the ink level for each cartridge.
• Order Supplies: Provides information about the ordering information to replace
the ink cartridges, when empty.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
147
• Ink Cartridge Information: Provides information about the expiry date of the
ink cartridges. Click the Ink Cartridge Information button. As a result, the
Ink Cartridge Information window appears showing the ink cartridges
numbers for black, cyan, magenta, and yellow.
148
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
• Preferences: Allows the user to select the Toolbox notification messages in form
of email messages or an audio alert, when an error occurs. The Preferences
tab also allows the user to select paper, hardware, and ink related errors to
be received as notification.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
149
Information
Registers printer and provides help for troubleshooting and configuring the printer.
Click the Information tab. As a result, HP Officejet 9100 series Toolbox window
appears with the Printer Information, and Help options.
Printer Information
Provide links to myPrintMileage, Printer Hardware, Printhead health, and Job
accounting.
1. The myPrintMileage allows the user to track the amount of the ink used,
the average quantity of the media used in a month, the number of pages
printed, and the estimated number of pages that can be printed with the
remaining ink. Click the myPrintMileage button. As a result, the
myPrintMileage window appears that provides printer usage information
and its benefits. The user can click the Disclaimer button to gather security
information about myPrintMileage. The Submit button uploads the
information to the HP.
150
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
2. Printer Hardware provides information about the printer hardware. Click
the Printer Hardware button. As a result, the Printer Information window
appears displaying the Printer Model, Firmware Version, Service ID Number,
and the status of the Duplexer.
3. Printhead Health provides information about the health of black, cyan,
magenta, and yellow printheads. Click the Printhead Health button. As a
result, the Printhead Health window appears displaying the printhead
health as good, fair, or bad.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
151
4. To obtain information about the ink usage, and the number of logged
jobs, click the Job Accounting button. As a result, Job Accounting window
appears w hich consists of three tabs: Consumables, Job, and Track.
Consumables
Provide information about the ink usage, media usage, and the media type.
Job
Provide information about the number of logged jobs.
152
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
Track
Provide information about the jobs details. The user can enable the Tracking
enabled option and save the job details to some file on the computer, through
Browse button. Click the View Report button to view the history of more than 20
jobs.
Note
The job detail files are saved in .csv format.
Help
Provides links to HP Instant Support Professional Edition (ISPE) and HP Customer
Support for web based troubleshooting. Click the Help button. As a result, the HP
Celsius MFP help appears.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
153
Services
Allows the user to save and restore Fax Speed Dials and Fax Settings for the HP
Officejet 9100 all-in-one. Click Save Fax Speed Dials and Fax Settings button to
save the Fax Speed Dials and Fax Settings for the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one.
Similarly, Click Restore Fax Speed Dials and Fax Settings button to save the Fax
Speed Dials and Fax Settings for the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one.
Note
154
The HP Officejet 9100 Toolbox window consists of a Hide button for Printer Status,
Information, and Services tabs. The Hide button hides the current window.
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
uninstall toolbox
uninstall toolbox
The steps to uninstall toolbox are:
1. Start Windows and ensure no other application is running.
2. Insert the starter CD into the CD ROM drive. The printer setup runs
automatically. If the System Setup Wizard does not run automatically,
select the Start -> Run menu command. Type CD ROM drive :\SETUP in the
command line box. For example, type D:\SETUP if the D: is the CD ROM
drive.
3. On the CD Browser screen, click Install Printer Driver .
4. Select the Setup Language and click OK.
screen.
6. Select Modify the existing installation and click Next.
7. In the Installations Components window, click the HP Officejet 9100 series
Toolbox option to open the drop down state menu. Select the X option to
uninstall the Toolbox. Click Next.
8. On the Ready to Modify window, click Install .
9. Click Finish.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
155
web deployment of drivers
web deployment of drivers
The following table describes the drivers for Windows that are deployed on the
Web:
Drivers
Description Supported Network
Direct
Direct
Operating Connectio Connectio Connectio
System
n
n Typical n Lite
Printer
Provide
Drivers ,
access to all
PCL 6, and the MFP
Postscript features
(PS) level 3 from a
emulation) computer.
Fax driver
Gives a
computer
the ability to
send digital
documents
as faxes.
TWAIN
Gives a
scan driver computer
the ability to
send scans
over a
network.
WIA driver Provides
scan
capabilities
from a WIA
compliant
scanner.
MSDC
Gives the
driver
computer
the ability to
recognize
the memory
card as a
driver.
Windows
98,
Windows
ME,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP 32-bit,
Windows
XP 64-bit
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Windows
ME,
Windows
XP
-
-
-
Windows
ME,
Windows
XP
-
Yes
Yes
Printer Driver for Windows
156
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
Note
The PCL 5c, PCL 6, and PS level 3 emulation drivers for Windows XP 64-bit are
available only at http://www.hp.com/support/officejet9100
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
157
setup issues
setup issues
The setup issues in the installation of the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one are:
• Software Installation issues
• Hardware/Firmware
Hardware Installation Issues
• Ensure the pow er supply cord is connected securely to the printer.
• Ensure that the power cord is connected securely between the power supply
and a working power outlet.
• Ensure that all packing tape has been removed from the outside and inside
the printer.
• Ensure that the printheads and ink cartridges are installed properly. The printer
cannot work if they are not installed.
• Ensure that the tape from the printheads has been removed.
• Ensure that all of the printheads are in their correct, color-coded slot.
• Ensure that all of the ink cartridges are in their correct, color-coded slot.
• Ensure that all of the printheads and ink cartridges are firmly installed into their
slots. Press down firmly on each one to ensure proper contact.
• Ensure that the printhead latch is closed pro perly.
• Ensure that the printer is loaded with paper.
• Ensure that no lights are on or blinking except the Ready light, which should be
on. If the Attention light is flashing, check for error messages on the control
panel.
• Ensure that the printer can print a Configuration page.
• Ensure that the printer cable is in good working order.
• Ensure that the parallel cable is securely connected between the appropriate
connector on the printer and the computer or the network connection.
158
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
print a configuration page
print a configuration page
Configuration Page
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
159
The configuration page provides hardware information about the MFP such as
firmware version and the model number. In addition, configuration page also
provides information about the network settings, and the installed accessories.
The configuration page contains the following information:
Note
If the HP JetDirect print server is installed on the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one, an
additional configuration page is printed that shows the network settings for the
print server.
Printer Information
The information provided includes:
• Product name
• Product serial number
• Service ID
• Duplexer
• I/O module
• Firmware version
• Duplexer
• Keyboard
• Photo card slot
• DIMM slot
Printhead Information
• Ink level status
• HP part numbers
• Accumulated ink usage
Ink Cartridge Information
• Color
• Ink cartridge level
• Expiry date
• HP part number
Event Log Information
Includes information about the recent events such as:
• Time
• Page count
• Description
The steps to print a configuration page are as follows:
1. On the control panel, press MENU.
2. Press (Up) or (Down) to move to Print Report, and then press the (select)
button.
3. Press (Up) or (Down) to move to Device config. option and press the
(select) button.
A configuration page is printed.
160
hp confidential
Setup and Configure
print a JetDirect configuration page
print a JetDirect configuration page
Configuration Page
If an HP JetDirect print server is installed in the HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one, a HP
JetDirect configuration page is printed in addition to the configuration page. The
HP JetDirect configuration page shows the network settings for the print server.
Setup and Configure
hp confidential
161
3
table of contents
mfp overview and features ................................ ................................ ................................ ...167
menu map.............................................................................................................................169
setup menu............................................................................................................................179
control panel and error messages.........................................................................................182
printing on special media .....................................................................................................197
media and tray compatibility ...............................................................................................199
control panel .........................................................................................................................204
hardware upgrades...............................................................................................................213
firmware upgrade procedures ..............................................................................................214
cleaning the mfp................................ ................................ ................................ ...................218
software features and functions............................................................................................219
navigating the driver UI for windows - Print ..........................................................................220
navigating the driver UI for Mac - Print..................................................................................230
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Windows ................................................236
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Mac ........................................................246
performing print operation....................................................................................................257
scanning using OCR software ...............................................................................................260
contention management .....................................................................................................268
sending fax ............................................................................................................................270
performing scan operations ..................................................................................................275
toolbox ..................................................................................................................................283
overview of Mac Laserjet Utility.............................................................................................289
HP Instant Support (HPIS) .......................................................................................................296
my print mileage................................ ................................ ................................ ...................303
embedded web server ..........................................................................................................305
HP Web Jetadmin..................................................................................................................307
administrator functions and tools .........................................................................................308
administering MFP and its users .............................................................................................313
configuring options ...............................................................................................................319
cleaning and maintaining printheads................................ ................................ ...................334
maintaining ink cartridges.....................................................................................................337
Paper Jam Clearance................................ ................................ ................................ ...........352
monitoring operations and status.........................................................................................354
troubleshooting print quality related problems.....................................................................355
low or excess use of ink in printouts.......................................................................................359
incorrect color printouts........................................................................................................361
162
hp confidential
Support
table of figures
Front of the Printer .................................................................................................................167
Structure and Content of Setup Menu................................ ................................ ...................169
Structure and Content of Setup Menu................................ ................................ ...................169
Control Panel and Error Messages.........................................................................................182
Loading media into Trays ......................................................................................................194
Printing on Special Media......................................................................................................197
Loading the Originals ............................................................................................................202
Loading an Original in the ADF .............................................................................................202
Loading an Original on the Scanner Glass............................................................................202
Memory Card Operations......................................................................................................211
Firmware Reflashing...............................................................................................................214
Firmware Reflashing Continued ............................................................................................215
Navigating the Driver UI for Windows - Print .........................................................................224
Page Attributes......................................................................................................................230
Customer Paper Size..............................................................................................................231
Summary................................................................................................................................231
Copies and Pages .................................................................................................................232
Border ....................................................................................................................................232
Binding................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...232
Output Options......................................................................................................................233
Tray Switching ........................................................................................................................233
Paper Feed ............................................................................................................................233
CMYK Links.............................................................................................................................234
Image Quality........................................................................................................................234
Printer Features ......................................................................................................................234
Summary................................................................................................................................235
HP Director.............................................................................................................................236
HP Scanning................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................237
HP Scanning................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................237
HP Gallery ..............................................................................................................................237
Quick Print .............................................................................................................................238
Print Preview ..........................................................................................................................238
Scan Document.....................................................................................................................238
Start Scanning........................................................................................................................239
Saving the Scanned Document ............................................................................................239
Save Document.....................................................................................................................239
Send a Fax .............................................................................................................................240
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
163
Send a Fax .............................................................................................................................240
HP Photo and Imaging Gallery..............................................................................................241
Imaging Gallery - Edit ............................................................................................................242
Projects ..................................................................................................................................242
HP Memories Disc................................ ................................ ................................ ...................242
HP Instant Share.....................................................................................................................243
Transfer Images ......................................................................................................................243
Transfer Software....................................................................................................................243
HP Director Support ...............................................................................................................244
Troubleshooting and Support ................................................................................................244
HP Shopping..........................................................................................................................244
Discover.................................................................................................................................245
HP Software Update..............................................................................................................245
HP Software Update..............................................................................................................245
Officejet9100 Series.................................................................................................................246
HP PhotoSave........................................................................................................................247
HP Scan..................................................................................................................................247
HP Save..................................................................................................................................248
HP Scanning................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................248
Print........................................................................................................................................249
Print........................................................................................................................................249
Layout....................................................................................................................................250
Output Options......................................................................................................................250
Fax Recipients........................................................................................................................250
Fax Settings............................................................................................................................251
Receive..................................................................................................................................251
HP Gallery Window ................................................................................................................252
Welcome to QuickTime .........................................................................................................253
Support and Drivers ...............................................................................................................253
Welcome to HP Photo................................ ................................ ................................ ...........254
HP ImageZone.......................................................................................................................254
HP All-in-one Device Settings .................................................................................................255
HP All-in-one Device Settings .................................................................................................255
HP Scan to Destination ..........................................................................................................256
Custom Scan Settings............................................................................................................256
Custom Scan Settings............................................................................................................256
Page Setup............................................................................................................................258
Print........................................................................................................................................258
Open Document ................................ ................................ ................................ ...................260
Open Document ................................ ................................ ................................ ...................261
Readiris Software................................ ................................ ................................ ...................261
Clear Option..........................................................................................................................261
Graphics Zone........................................................................................................................262
Graphics Zone........................................................................................................................262
Output Text Format................................................................................................................262
Text Format............................................................................................................................263
OCR Process ..........................................................................................................................264
Save Text ................................................................................................................................264
Perform Automatic OCR .......................................................................................................265
Source Option........................................................................................................................265
164
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Sort Icon.................................................................................................................................265
Graphics or Tables .................................................................................................................266
Draw Table Window ..............................................................................................................266
Support and Drivers ...............................................................................................................266
Selection ................................................................................................................................267
Create a New File or Append an Existing Text File.................................................................267
Sending a Fax ........................................................................................................................270
Automatically Redirect Incoming Faxes from the Embedded Web Server ...........................271
Automatically Forward Incoming Faxes from the Embedded Web Server ...........................272
Automatically Reduce Incoming Faxes from the Embedded Web Server ............................273
Block and Unblock a Fax Number from the EWS................................ ................................ ...274
HP Director.............................................................................................................................277
Scan Picture................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................277
Scan Picture................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................277
Save As ..................................................................................................................................278
TWAIN Applications................................................................................................................278
Acquire ..................................................................................................................................278
Select Source .........................................................................................................................279
WIA Scan................................................................................................................................279
MFP Scanner................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................279
HP Scanning................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................280
HP Scanning................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................280
Save As ..................................................................................................................................280
HP Director.............................................................................................................................281
Scan Picture Settings..............................................................................................................281
HP Officejet 9001 Series Toolbox.............................................................................................283
Information Tab .....................................................................................................................284
Job Accounting.....................................................................................................................285
Job Accounting.....................................................................................................................286
Job Accounting.....................................................................................................................287
Toolbox ..................................................................................................................................288
HP OJ 9100 Series NPI Application..........................................................................................289
Network Print Installer............................................................................................................289
Authenticate..........................................................................................................................290
License................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...290
HP OJ 9100 Series NPI .............................................................................................................290
Congratulations ....................................................................................................................291
Network Print Setup Window ................................................................................................291
Network Print Setup Window ................................................................................................291
HP Laserjet Utility....................................................................................................................291
HP Connect Using Option to Appletalk.................................................................................292
Printer Option ........................................................................................................................292
Printer Option ........................................................................................................................292
Printer Option ........................................................................................................................292
TCP/IP ....................................................................................................................................293
Fonts Option ..........................................................................................................................293
Download Fonts....................................................................................................................293
Download Fonts....................................................................................................................293
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
165
Download Fonts....................................................................................................................294
Current Printer Window .........................................................................................................294
Self Help .................................................................................................................................297
From the Toolbox (Windows only) .........................................................................................298
Online Private Statement ......................................................................................................299
My Print Milage.......................................................................................................................304
My Print Milage Toolbox .........................................................................................................304
paper jam clearance ........................................................................................................... 352
166
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
mfp overview and features
front view
Front of the Printer
The following are the main components of the all-in-one.
The following are the main components of the all-in-one.
1. Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ADF allows automatic feeding of
originals into the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one for copying, scanning, or
faxing. The ADF can hold up to 50 sheets of paper.
2. Memory card slots The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one has four memory
card slots in the front to read five different types of memory cards. The allin-one can be used for saving, printing, or e-mailing photos from these
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
167
3.
4.
5.
6.
memory cards. However, the all-in-one supports only one memory card at
a time.
Keyboard tray The keyboard tray holds the keyboard.
Input tray 2 Tray 2 (250 sheet version) is available with the HP Officejet 9120
and 9130 all-in-one. It is an optional accessory with the HP Officejet 9110
all-in-one. It can also be upgraded to a 500-sheet tray.
Keyboard The keyboard is used to type the email addresses and network
folder destinations from the control panel. The keyboard is available with
the HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one and is an optional accessory with the HP
Officejet 9110 and 9120 all-in-one.
Control Panel The control panel provides access to menus such as scan,
print, copy, fax, and email. In addition, the control panel has buttons to
manage settings related to these menu options. The control panel also has
a display that shows the all-in-one status and messages. The control panel
consists of Speed-dial buttons, Option buttons, and Contact buttons.
ADF scan window
7. Flatbed scanner glass The flatbed scanner is used to scan the originals that
cannot be fed through the ADF. It also produces better quality scans. It
facilitates copying or scanning of any original by placing it on the scanner
glass. If originals are present both in the ADF and on the flatbed scanner
glass, the ADF takes priority.
8. Output tray The output tray holds the printed output from the all-in-one.
The output tray can hold up to 100 sheets of paper.
9. Input tray 1 Input tray 1 holds up to 150 sheets of paper. Paper guides hold
the paper tightly; this aligns the paper that goes to the input trays. The
paper guides can be adjusted according to the paper dimensions.
10. Paper level indicator The paper level indicator provides a visual indication
of the amount of paper left in the input tray 1 and tray 2 (250 sheet and
500 sheet versions).
11. Auto-Duplex unit The auto-duplex unit facilitates double sided printing.
12. HP JetDirect print server card The HP JetDirect print server card connects
the all-in-one to the network. It is available with the HP Officejet 9120 and
9130 all-in-one. To connect HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one to a network, a
supported HP JetDirect print server should be installed. The HP JetDirect
print server card is inserted in the EIO slot at the back of the all-in-one.
13. Phone Line-in-port The Phone Line-in-port connects the all-in-one to a
phone line through a phone cord. This enables the all-in-one to use the fax
features. The all-in-one also has a Line-out-port for a telephone or a
telephone accessory
Note
168
The five types of memory cards supported by the all-in-one are CompactFlash I and
II, Secure Digital, Memory Stick, SmartMedia, and Multimedia Card.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
menu map
menu map
Structure and Content of Setup Menu
Structure and Content of Setup Menu
Menu map shows the structure and contents of all the setup menus on the control
panel, and the current menu settings.
Print Report Menu
This menu contains the information pages that provide details about the all-in-one
and its configuration. The various options available in the Information menu and
their respective functions are listed in the table below.
Sub Menu
Description
option
1. Menu Map
Info
Use and Maintain
Prints a map of the setup menus, which includes
information about the current settings for setup options.
hp confidential
169
2. Last
transaction
(log)
Prints a copy of the last fax transaction that was
processed by the all-in-one (received or sent). The
following information is included:
• Transmission date and time
• Type (whether received or sent)
• Fax number
• Duration
• Number of pages
• Result (status) of transmission
3. Fax Log
Prints a copy of the fax log, which contains information
about the last 20 faxes sent from the control panel and
received by the all-in-one. The following information is
included:
• Fax number
• Duration
• Number of pages
4. Speed -dial Prints lists of the speed -dial entries set up for fax numbers
list
and fax number groups, e-mail addresses and e-mail
address groups, and network folders.
5. Speed -dial Prints a list of the first six speed-dial entries set up for fax
template
numbers or groups, e-mail addresses, and network folders.
6. Auto reports Enables and disables the option for printing a transaction
report each time a fax is sent from the control panel .
7. Device
Prints a Configuration page, which provides the following
config.
information:
• Product name, model number, serial number,
service number, asset number, and firmware
version
• Accessories installed, printhead part numbers, and
accumulated ink usage
• Ink cartridge part numbers, ink levels, and
expiration date
• Event log
If an HP JetDirect print server is installed on the all-in-one, an
HP JetDirect Configuration page also prints and includes the
following information:
• Configuration information about the print server
• Security settings
• Network statistics
• Protocol settings
8. Demo
Prints a demonstration page that helps verify that the
printout
printing mechanism is operating correctly.
9. PCL font list Prints a list of the PCL fonts available on the all-in-one.
10. PS font list Prints a list of the PS fonts available on the all-in one.
170
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
11. Reprint
faxes in
memory
12. User Print
Summary
Prints a copy of all received faxes currently stored in
memory.
Prints a summary page that indicates the number of users
and the amount of ink consumed.
Print Report Menu
COPY SETUP menu
This menu contains settings for Copy options. The various options in the COPY
SETUP menu and their functions are outlined in the table below.
Sub Menu Option
Description
1. Set Copy default
2. Set copy presets
3. Color Intensity=0
4. Enhancements=None
Saves the current copy settings as the default
settings for future copy jobs.
Saves the current copy settings as a preset,
which can then be selected for future copy
jobs.
Sets the default color intensity for copy jobs
(from 1 to 5). Use this option to make the colors
on copies more vivid or subtle.
Sets the default enhancement for
copy jobs.
• TEXT - Sharpens the edges of black text.
• PHOTO - Improves the colors of
photographs.
• MIXED - Enhances both the sharpness of
text and the colors of photographs.
• NONE - Specifies that no enhancements
need to be applied.
Use PHOTO or MIXED if the following problems
occur:
• Stray dots of color surround some text on
copies.
• Large, black typefaces look splotchy
(not smooth).
• Thin, colored objects or lines contain
black sections.
• Horizontal grainy or white bands appear
in light- to medium-gray areas.
COPY SETUP Menu
FAX SETUP menu
The options on this menu affect the fax settings. The table below describes the
options and their function.
Sub Menu Option Description
1. Fax speed dial
2. Fax Default
Use and Maintain
Sets up speed -dial entries for faxing.
Sets or restores the current and default setting for
faxing.
hp confidential
171
3. Autoanswer=On Sets the answer mode to automatic or manual.
• ON - The all-in-one answers incoming calls after
a specified number or rings or upon
recognition of special fax tones.
• OFF - The all-in-one never answers calls.
4. Fax Header
Configures the fax number and name for fax headers.
5. Rings to answer Sets the number of rings before fax picks up.
6. Dial type=Tone Sets the all-in-one to tone dialing or pulse-dialing.
Pulse-dialing option is not available in all
countries/regions. Therefore, confirm the available
dial type to set this option correctly.
FAX SETUP Menu
ADV FAX SETUP menu
The menu allows the user to set advanced settings for fax. The table below lists the
various options.
Sub Menu
Description
Option
1. Auto Reports Sets the all-in-one so that it automatically prints a report
Options include: of the last fax sent or received. The fax report includes
ALL ERRORS
the following information:
SEND ERRORS
RECV ERRORS
ALL FAXES
• Fax number
SENT FAXES
• Duration
OFF
• Number of pages
2. Ans. ring
Sets the all-in-one to answer the correct ring pattern if
pattern
the ring pattern service is in use. The following options
are available:
• ALL RINGS
• SINGLE
• DOUBLE
• TRIPLE
• SINGLE and DOUBLE
• SINGLE and TRIPLE
• DOUBLE and TRIPLE
3. Blocked
Blocks/unblocks the ability of the all-in-one to receive
numbers
faxes from up to 30 fax numbers.
4. Busy redial=Off Sets the busy redial option for fax transmissions. If this
option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically
on receiving a busy signal.
5. No answer
Sets the no-answer redial option for fax transmissions. If
redial=Off
this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials
automatically if the receiving fax machine does not
answer.
172
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
6. Automatic
reduction=On
Determines how the all-in-one handles long faxes:
• ON - The all-in-one automatically reduces long
faxes up to 75 percent to fit information on the
default paper size.
• OFF - The all-in-one prints long faxes at full size on
multiple pages.
7. Automatic fax Sets the all-in-one to automatically redirect incoming
forwarding=Off faxes to another fax number.
8. Error
Turns error-correct mode on or off. Normally, the all-incorrection
one monitors the signals on the phone line while it is
mode=On
sending or receiving a fax. If the all-in-one detects an
error signal during the transmission and the errorcorrection setting is on, the all-in-one can request that a
portion of the fax be re-sent. The Error correction mode
is turned off when the errors in the transmission are
acceptable. For example, in case of sending a fax to
another country using a satellite phone connection, it is
useful to turn off this mode.
9. Silent
Controls receipt of faxes from older-model fax machines
detect=Off
that do not emit a fax signal during fax transmissions. if
there is a frequent exchange of faxes with an oldermodel fax machine.
ADV FAX SETUP Menu
SCAN SETUP menu
Items in this menu affect the scan settings.
Sub Menu Description
Option
1. Folder
Sets up speed-dial entries for network folders. To set up speed
speed dial dial entries:
• Press Menu on the control panel.
• Open the SCAN SE TUP menu option with the help of
(up) and (down) buttons.
• Select the Folder speed dial option.
• Add or change the network folder information using
the +/- buttons, and then press (select).
• To delete any speed dial entry, use (up) and (down) to
select the speed dial entry. Press +/- to select DELETE
and press (select) .
SCAN SETUP Menu
E-MAIL SETUP menu
Items in this menu affect the E-mail settings.
Sub Menu
Description
Option
1. E-mail
Sets up speed-dial entries for e-mail addresses.
speed dial
2. Set e-mail Saves the current e-mail settings as the default settings for
defaults
e-mail jobs.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
173
3. Auto
BCC=Off
Sets the all-in-one so that it automatically sends a blind
copy of all e-mail messages sent from the control panel to
the specified e-mail addresses.
4. Configure Sets the SMPT server name and port number, authentication
SMTP
logon account name and password, and e-mail
attachment size. To configure SMTP:
• Press Menu on the control panel.
• Open the E-MAIL SETUP menu, and select the
Configure SMTP option. SMTP outgoing IP Address
0.0.0.0
• Type the appropriate IP address using +/- buttons.
E-MAIL SETUP Menu
PRINTER menu
Items in this menu affect the printer settings.
Sub Menu
Description
Option
1. Configure
printing
Opens the CONFIGURE PRINTING submenu, which helps
configure the default for the following options:
• Copies (default number of copies to print)
• Default paper size
• Default paper type
• Default print quality
• Duplex (either on one side of a sheet of media or
on both sides)
• Override A4 or Letter (print an A4-size job on
letter-size paper when no A4 paper is loaded, or
print a letter-size job on A4-size paper when no
letter-size paper is loaded)
2. Configure tray Opens the CONFIGURE TRAY submenu, which helps
configure the default for the following options:
• Tray 1 paper type
• Tray 1 size
• Tray 2 paper type
• Tray 2 size
• Default tray (the tray that the all-in-one uses if a
tray is not selected in the printer driver)
• Automatic media type sense (when enabled, the
all-in-one detects the type of media and
automatically selects the media type and the
most suitable print quality for the job)
174
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
3. Configure PCL Opens the CONFIGURE PCL submenu, which is used to
configure the following settings for PCL when using the
PCL 5c or PCL 6 printer driver:
• Font number
• Font pitch
• Point size
• Symbol set
• ISE fonts
• Append CR to LF (determines whether a carriage
return is appended to each line feed
encountered in backward-compatible PCL jobs)
4. Print PostScript Determines whether a PS error page prints.
errors
• ON - A PS error page prints on the occurrence of
PS errors.
• OFF - The PS error page never prints.
5. Unattended
Sets the printer to take one of the following actions
printing
during large print jobs (after every 100 pages):
• ON - The all-in-one pauses so that the output tray
can be cleared.
• OFF - Printing continues.
6. Personality
Sets the default personality to one of the following
options:
• Automatic switching
• PCL 5
• PCL 6
• PostScript emulation
PRINTER Menu
NETWORK AND I/O menu
This menu allows the user to make changes to printer interface and network
settings.
Sub Menu
Description
Option
1. I/OK as is. Sets the time (from 5 to 30 seconds) during which the all-intimeout
one waits for remaining data for a print job. After the
waiting time lapses, the all-in-one prints the print job.
2. Enhanced Opens the ENHANCED I/O submenu, which helps configure
I/O
the following protocol options:
• DLC/LLC (Data Link Control/Logical Link Control)
• IPX/SPC (Internetwork Packet Exchange/Small
Peripheral Controller)
• TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
Protocol)
• Atalk (AppleTalk)
3. Show IP
Shows the IP address for the all-in-one on the control-panel
addr
display.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
175
4. Configure
LDAP
Opens the CONFIGURE LDAP submenu, which
helps configure the following options for the LDAP
feature:
• LDAP server name
• Account name and password
• LDAP search=5 (maximum search time in seconds,
maximum number of matches to return, search root
of the directory server, and search method)
The search root for LDAP in the case of HP, is "o=hp.com".
This will depend on the configuration setting of the
organisation.
NETWORK and I/O Menu
ADMIN SETUP menu
This menu allows the user to change the printer's default settings for Administration
setup. An administrator PIN is required to open this menu.
Sub Menu Option
Description
1. Set admin PIN
2. Configure users
3. Reset usage
counter
4. Fax archive
5. Color copying
6. Color faxing
7. Photo mode
8. Email from
9. Restore device
factory defaults
10. Language
176
Sets the PIN for the administrator.
Configures authorized users for use of the all-in-one
from the control panel.
Resets the following counters that are maintained
for every authorized user:
• Pages printed (one sheet of paper printed as
duplex is counted as two pages)
• Black ink used (in ml)
• Total color ink used (in ml)
Enables and disables the archiving of received
faxes in a network folder.
Enables and disables color copying.
Enables and disables color faxing.
Enables and disables the ability to use the photo
mode.
Disables editing of the Email From field. Options
include LOCK and UNLOCK.
Restores all options to the predefined factory values
for the all-in-one.
Selects the language for the all-in-one, which
controls the following settings:
• Language used for messages on the controlpanel display
• Keyboard functionality for the language
configured (if a keyboard is installed)
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
11. Country/region
12. Memory card
Selects the country/region where the all-in-one is in
use, which controls the following settings:
• Rings-to-answer setting for fax (determines
the number of times that the phone rings
before answering the call)
• How the cloning feature works for the copy
function (different cloning sizes are set for
different countries/regions)
Enables or disables the memory card.
ADMIN SETUP Menu
MAINTENANCE menu
The Maintenance menu allows the user to adjust aspects of print quality, including
calibration, printhead alignment, and quality level.
Sub Menu
Description
Option
1. Set Date
and Time
2. Check ink
level
3. Clean
printheads
4. Align
printheads
5. Calibrate
color
6. Calibrate
linefeed
7. Ring and
beep
volume
8. Set Power
Save mode
time
Use and Maintain
Sets the date in the format: mm-dd-yy
Sets the time in the format: hh:mm
Shows the level of ink in the four ink cartridges.
Starts the procedure for cleaning the printheads.
Starts the procedure for aligning the printheads.
Starts the procedure for calibrating color.
Starts the procedure for calibrating linefeed.
Determines the volume of sound for rings and beeps on
pressing keys on the control panel .
Sets how long the printer remains idle before it switches to
PowerSave mode. PowerSave mode:
• Minimizes the amount of power consumed by the allin-one when it is idle.
• Reduces wear on electronic components in the all-inone (turns off the display backlight, but the display is
still readable).
The all-in-one automatically switches out of the PowerSave
mode when a job is initiated. Pressing a control-panel
button or opening the print-carriage access door also
results in the same outcome.
hp confidential
177
9. Paper
path test
10. Print
diagnostic
page
Opens the PAPERPATH TEST submenu, which starts the test.
The paper path test causes the pick mechanism in the all-inone to pull paper from the selected tray. The test is useful for
checking whether the pick mechanism is working properly.
The PAPERPATH TEST submenu also contains the following
options for running the test.
• Source (to select a tray- Tray 1 or Tray 2; the paper
path test does not test the ADF input tray)
• Duplex (determines whether the media moves
through the auto duplex unit during the test)
• Copies (selects how many sheets of media from the
selected tray are to be used for the test)
Prints a diagnostic page used for troubleshooting and
maintenance tasks, such as testing media paths, aligning
printheads, and cleaning printheads.
Maintenance Menu
178
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
setup menu
setup menu
The all-in-one allows the user to set copy, scan, fax, and e-mail options from the
control panel. These include:
1. COPY SETUP
The user can change the defaults settings for all copy jobs. To set COPY
defaults from the control panel:
1. Press Menu on the control panel .
2. Press (up) or (down) to move to COPY SETUP, and then press
(select) .
3. Press (down) to move to the desired option, and then press (select).
4. Press -/+ to select a value, and then press (select).
Note
If there is no - or + around the setting, the setting cannot be changed.
Using Presets
The user can apply a set of predetermined copy options to a copy job. To
apply presets to a copy job from the control panel:
1. Press COPY on the control panel .
2. Change the copy settings to be saved as presets.
3. Press the MENU button.
4. Press (down) to move to Set Copy presets.
5. Press -/+ to select the desired preset, and then press (select).
6. Use the keypad or keyboard to type a name for the preset, or
accept the default name. Then press (select).
Note
The name provided by the user is optional. A default name, such as Preset 1/2/3 is
used if a name is not provided.
2. FAX SETUP
The user can store a group of fax numbers as speed dial entries. To set up
speed -dial entries from the control panel:
1. Press MENU on the control panel . Open the FAX SETUP menu, and
then select the Fax speed-dial option.
2. Press -/+ to add or change an entry. Type the fax number, and then
press (select).
3. Include any pauses or other needed numbers, such as an area
code, an access code for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a 9
or 0), or a long-distance prefix. Type the name, and then press
(select) .
4. Press (up) or (down) to move to the speed -dial, and delete one
entry or all entries
5. Press -/+ to select DELETE or DELETE ALL, and then press (select) .
Setting the answer mode
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
179
The user can set the answer mode to manual or automatic. To set the
answer mode from the control panel:
• Press MENU, open the FAX SETUP menu, and select the Autoanswer
option.
Configuring the time, date, and fax header
The all-in-one allows the user to configure time, date, and fax header so
that when fax is transmitted, the current date and time are printed along
with it. To set or change the date, time, and fax header from control
panel:
1. For date and time, press MENU, open the MAINTENANCE menu,
and select the Set date and time option.
2. For fax header, press MENU, open the FAX SETUP menu, and select
the Fax header option.
Setting the dial type
The user can change the all-in-one to fax-dialing or tone-dialing mode. To
set the dial type from the control panel :
• Press MENU, open the FAX SETUP menu, and select the Dial type option.
2. Adv FAX SETUP
Setting the answering ring pattern
The user can choose a unique ring pattern for more than one phone
numbers on a line. To set the answer ring pattern from the control panel:
• Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUP menu, and select the Ans. ring
pattern option.
Blocking fax numbers
A user can block specific fax numbers. To block a fax number from the
control panel:
1. Press MENU, on the control panel.
2. Press (up) or (down) to move to ADV FAX SETUP, and then press
(select) .
3. Press (down) to move to Blocked numbers, and then press (select).
4. To specify the fax number to be blocked:
• Type the number on the keypad or keyboard, and then press (select).
• Press CONTACTS , and select one of the choices in the resulting list and
then press (select) .
Setting the redial options
The user can set the redial options if the attempt to send a fax fails. To set
the redial options, from the control panel:
• Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUP menu, and select the No-answer
redial option.
Reducing incoming faxes automatically
The user can automatically reduce the incoming faxes using the Autoreduction feature. To automatically reduce incoming faxes from the
control panel:
(select) .
3. Press (down) to move to Automatic reduction, and then press
(select) .
4. Press -/+ to select either ON or OFF, and then press (select).
Forwarding incoming faxes automatically
180
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
The user can automatically forward the incoming faxes to another fax
number. To automatically forward incoming faxes from the control panel:
(select) .
3. Press (down) to move to Automatic fax forwarding, and then press
(select) .
5. On selecting OFF, the user proceeds to the next step.
6. On selecting ON, the user needs to do the following:
• Use the keypad or keyboard to type the fax number to which the
incoming faxes need to be forwarded.
• Type an end time and date and press (select) .
2. SCAN SETUP
The user can set up the speed dial entries for a group of e-mail addresses to
which information is sent on regular basis. To set up speed-dial entries from
the control panel:
1. Press MENU, open the SCAN SETUP menu, and then select the Folder
speed-dial option.
2. To add or change an entry, press -/+ to specify an unused entry
number, or type a number on the keypad or keyboard. Add or
change the network folder information, and then press (select).
3. To delete an entry, press (up) or (down) to reach the speed-dial
entry, or type the number on the keypad or keyboard.
4. Press -/+ to select DELETE, and then press (select).
2. E-MAIL SETUP
Configuring automa tic blind copy
The user can send an automatic blind copy of every email message to the
e-mail address of choice. To configure automatic blind copy from the
control panel:
• Press MENU, open the E-MAIL SETUP menu, and select the Auto BCC
option.
Configuring SMTP
The user can configure information such as the SMTP server name, port
number, login name and password. To configure SMTP from the control
panel:
• Press MENU, open the E-MAIL SETUP menu, and select the Configure
SMTP option.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
181
control panel and error messages
control panel and error messages
Control Panel and Error Messages
Following are the messages that can appear on the control panel :
Status Messages
Status messages reflect the current state of the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one.
They inform the user about the current operation that the all-in-one performs and
do not require any action to be removed. They change as the state of the all-inone changes. Whenever the all-in-one is ready, not busy, or has no pending
warning messages, the status message displayed on the control panel is READY .
Warning Messages
Warning messages display information about events that require a user's
attention. An example of a warning message is CYAN INK LOW. Warning messages
do not stop the all-in-one operation and remain displayed until the user resolves
the condition.
Error Messages
Error messages convey that some action, such as adding media or clearing a
media jam needs to be performed. A blinking red Attention light usually
accompanies these messages. To continue with the operation, the user needs to
take the appropriate action to rectify the fault. If the error message shows an error
code, press (POWER) to turn off the all-in-one, and then turn it on again. This solves
the problem in most situations. However, if the error message persists, the all-inone might need service. Write down the error code, and then go to HP Instant
Support to learn more about the possible causes for the message.
Critical Error Messages
Critical error messages often indicate device failure. Some of these messages can
be addressed by pressing the (POWER ) to turn off the all-in-one, and then turning it
on again. However, if the error message persists, it indicates that the all-in-one
requires servicing.
182
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
The various Control Panel messages are listed below:
Control Panel Message Description
Action to be Taken
ADF COVER OPEN.
CLOSE ADF INPUT TRAY
ADF PAPER JAM. OPEN
ADF COVER TOALS.
PRESS (select) TO
CONTINUE
AUTHENTICATION IS
REQUIRED BY SERVER.
PRESS (select) TO
CONTINUE
AUTO DUPLEX MISSING.
INSERT AUTO DUPLEX
UNIT. or [TRAY X] NOT
AVAILABLE... PRESS
(select) TO CONTINUE
CANNOT CONNECT TO
SPECIFIED SERVER.
CHECK SETUP. PRESS
The ADF cover is open. To continue, close the
cover.
Media is jammed in
Clear the media jam
the ADF. Open the ADF after opening the ADF
cover and clear all
cover. Press (select) to
jammed media. Press continue.
(select) to continue.
Authentication is
Type in the user name
required by the server. and password, and then
press (select) button.
The specified tray or
To use media from
auto duplex unit is not another tray, or print
available.
without duplexing, press
(select) button to
continue.
The all-in-one is unable Check the connection
to connect to the
and setup, and ensure
specified server.
that the specified server
is configured correctly
with the required
services. Check the IP
addresses and port
numbers specified in
SMTP and LDAP settings.
[COLOR] INK
The all-in-one has
Replace with an HP ink
CARTRIDGE UNKNOWN. detected a non-HP ink cartridge to clear the
PRESS TO CONTINUE
cartridge. Damage to messages.
the all-in-one that
results from modifying
or filling HP ink
cartridges, or from
using non-HP ink
cartridges, is not
covered under the
warranty.
[COLOR] INK
Specifies that an ink
Replace the ink
CARTRIDGE EMPTY
cartridge is empty.
cartridge.
[COLOR] INK
Replace the ink
CARTRIDGE EXPIRED
cartridge is in use
cartridge.
beyond its expiration
date.
[COLOR] INK
• Install the ink
CARTRIDGE MISSING
cartridge is missing or
cartridge in the
not correctly installed.
correct slot.
• Ensure that the
cartridge fits into
its place.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
183
[COLOR] INK EXPIRING
•
Press (resume
button) to clear
this message.
• Be prepared to
replace it with a
new ink
cartridge.
[COLOR] INK IS LOW
• Press (resume
cartridge is running
button) to clear
low on ink.
this message.
• Be prepared to
replace it with a
new ink
cartridge.
COLLATION MEMORY
The all-in-one memory Press (select) button to
FULL. COPY OUTPUT MUST is full. The collation
continue with the
BE RESORTED. PRESS
feature requires the
current job, and sort the
use of internal
printed copy output
memory. All the pages accordingly after the job
of the job currently in is completed.
progress cannot fit
Alternatively, cancel the
into the all-in-one's
job, and then split the
internal memory.
job into several smaller
jobs, each with fewer
pages.
CARRIAGE STALL. CLEAR The printhead carriage Lift open the print
CARRIAGEON. PRESS TO has stalled. This could carriage access door
CONTINUE
cause an obstruction and clear the jammed
to the printhead
media or obstruction.
carriage path, such as Press (select) button to
jammed paper or
continue. Turn off the allmedia.
in-one; wait for some
time, and then turn on
again.
COMMUNICATION
Check the cable
Make sure that the cable
ERROR. CHECK ALL
connecting the all-in- is properly connected,
CONNECTIONS TO THE
one to the computer and then press (select)
PRINTER AND PRESS TO
or network.
button to continue.
CONTINUE
DOOR OPEN. CLOSE
The all-in-one covers
Close all covers to
PRINT-CARRIAGE
are open or not closed continue printing.
ACCESS DOOR
completely.
184
cartridge is nearing its
expiration date.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
EMAIL ATTACHMENT IS
The size of the
TOO LARGE FOR SERVER. attachment is too
PRESS TO CONTINUE
large for the server.
FAX CARD MISSING OR
DAMAGED
The all-in-one fax
module is not
responding.
FAX CARD NOT
RESPONDING. PRESS?
FOR HELP.
The all-in-one fax
module is not
responding.
FAX CARD NOT
RESPONDING. IT MUST BE
REMOVED FOR OTHER
FUNCTIONS TO WORK.
TURN OFF AND REMOVE
FAX CARD FROM
DEVICE. TURN ON
AGAIN.
FAX MEMORY FULL. USE
REALTIME FAX OPTION TO
SEND FAX.
The all-in-one fax
module is not
responding.
Check with the network
administrator for the
permitted size of email
attachments. Reduce
the maximum
attachment size
specified in the all-in-one
SMTP settings
accordingly, and then
try sending the e-mail
again.
Make sure that the
phone cord is
connected at both
ends. If the problem
persists, turn off the
power to the all-in-one,
wait 5 seconds, and
then turn on the power.
If the problem continues,
the fax module might be
either missing or
damaged.
Make sure that the
phone cord is
connected at both
ends. If the problem
persists, turn off the
power to the all-in-one,
wait 5 seconds, and
then turn on the power.
If the problem continues,
the fax module may
have failed.
Remove the fax card to
continue using other
features of the all-in-one.
Turn off the all-in-one;
remove the fax card,
and then turn on the allin-one again.
To send the fax, go to
the Fax Moded menu,
and then select REALTIME
in the Time sub menu.
FAX SEND FAILED.
The all-in-one failed to Check the fax number
CHECK THE FAX NUMBER send the fax.
and phone line
AND TRY AGAIN.
connection and try
again.
Use and Maintain
The fax memory is full.
hp confidential
185
INCOMPATIBLE [COLOR]
PRINTHEADS
IP ADDRESS NOT YET
AVAILABLE OR NOT
CONFIGURED
LDAP SERVER NOT
CONFIGURED. PRESS
LOAD [SIZE] TRAY [X].
PRESS (select) TO
CONTINUE.
An incorrect printhead
is installed.
The IP address is
unavailable.
Replace the printhead
with the correct one.
Check the connection
and network settings.
Go to the Network and
I/O menu or use the EWS
to configure it.
The specified tray is
Load the specified
configured for a
media size into the tray,
specific media size
and then press (select)
required for a print job button to continue.
that has been sent,
but the tray is empty.
LOAD [TYPE] [SIZE] IN
The specified tray is
Load the specified
TRAY [X]. PRESS (select) configured for a
media into the tray, and
TO CONTINUE.
specific media type
then press (select)
and size required for a button to continue.
print job that has been
sent, but the tray is
empty.
NETWORK CONNECTION The all-in-one is unable Make sure that the
ERROR. TRY AGAIN
to connect to the
network cable is
LATER. PRESS (select) TO network.
connected at both
CONTINUE.
ends. High network
traffic, network failure,
or server failure might
cause this error. Try to
perform the task again
later
ONE OR MORE EMAIL
One or more of the e- Make sure that the eADDRESSES ARE INVALID. mail addresses are
mail addresses are
PRESS (select) TO
invalid.
correctly formatted and
CONTINUE
do not contain any
characters that are not
allowed.
OUTPUT TRAY IS FULL.
The output tray is full. Remove the printed
REMOVE PRINTED PAGES.
pages and press (select)
PRESS (select) TO
button to continue
CONTINUE.
printing.
186
The LDAP server is not
configured.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
SCANNER LOCKED.
PRESS? FOR HELP.
SCANNER NOT
RESPONDING. PRESS?
FOR HELP.
SERVICE STALL. PRESS
(select) TO CONTINUE.
SHARENAME IS
INCORRECT. PRESS
[[COLOR] PRINTHEAD
MISSING
Use and Maintain
Scanner is locked.
Unlock the scanner
from underneath the
print-carriage access
door.
See Printing supplies
area for information
about finding the
scanner lock. Refer to
the Getting Started
Guide for more
information about
unlocking the scanner.
After the scanner is
unlocked, press the
(select) button to
continue.
The all-in-one scanner Ensure that the scanner
is not responding.
is unlocked. If the
problem persists, turn off
the power to the all-inone, wait 5 seconds,
and then turn on the
power. If the problem
continues, the scanner
module may have
failed.
An all-in-one motor
Press (select) button for
has stalled.
the all-in-one to attempt
automatic recovery and
clear the message. If the
message persists,
contact an HPauthorized service or
support provider
The sharename is
Use the control panel or
incorrect.
the EWS to correct the
sharename.
Specifies that a
• Check that the
printhead is missing or
protective tape
not correctly installed.
has been
removed from
the printhead.
• Install the
printhead in the
correct slot.
• Ensure that the
printhead fits into
its place.
hp confidential
187
[RELOAD ACTION] XXX
PAGES INTO TRAY [X] ].
PRESS RESUME TO
CONTINUE
[TRAY X OR ACCESSORY]
NOTILABLE... PRESS
RESUME OR CANCEL
ATTENTION
CANCELLING JOB
CARRIAGE STALL..CLEAR
CARRIAGE OBSTRUCTION
AND PRESS RESUME TO
CONTINUE
Control Panel Message
CLOSE ALL COVERS
188
This message appears
when the first side has
finished printing during
manual duplexing to
print a document.
•
Remove and
reload the media
to print on the
second side.
• Follow the
instructions to
reload the
printed pages
into the
indicated tray,
and then press
(resume button)
to continue
printing.
Informs that the
• Press (resume
specified tray or autobutton) to use
duplex unit is not
media from
available.
another tray, or
print without
duplexing.
• OR
• Press (cancel)
button to cancel
the job.
Informs that some
Follow the instructions
action must be
that accompany the
performed.
message.
Informs that the all-in- No action required.
one is canceling a
print job.
Informs that some
• Open the top
obstruction is
cover.
preventing the
• Clear the
carriage from moving.
obstruction.
• Press (resume)
button.
Description
Action to be Taken
Informs that the all-inClose all covers.
one covers are open or
not closed completely.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
COMMUNICATION
ERROR...CHECK ALL
CONNECTIONS TO THE
PRINTER ANDE TO
CONTINUE
Informs that the all-inone is not properly
connected to the
network/computer.
COMMUNICATION
ERROR...POWER OFF AND
Informs halted
operation due to a
communication error.
INCOMPATIBLE [COLOR]
PRINTHEAD
Informs that an
incorrect printhead is
installed.
INITIALIZING
Informs that the all-inone is initializing.
Informs about the
insufficient memory to
hold the data.
INSUFFICIENT MEMORY
•
Check the
cable
connecting
the all-in-one
to the
computer or
network.
• Ensure that it
is properly
connected.
• Press (resume
button).
Press (POWER)
button to turn the
all-in-one off, and
then turn it on
again.
Remove the
printhead and
replace it with the
correct printhead.
Wait.
•
•
LOAD [SIZE] MEDIA IN TRAY Informs that the tray is
[X].PRESS RESUME TO
configured for a specific
CONTINUE
media size, but the tray
is empty.
•
•
LOAD [TYPE] [SIZE] IN TRAY
[X].PRESS RESUME TO
CONTINUE
Use and Maintain
Informs that the
specified tray is
configured for a specific
media type and size,
but the tray is empty.
hp confidential
•
•
Install
additional
memory to
print large/
complex
documents.
Press (resume)
button to
clear this
message.
Load the
specified
media size
into the tray.
Press (resume)
button to
continue
printing.
Load the
specified
media into
the tray.
Press (resume)
button to
continue
printing.
189
PAPER JAM, REMOVE REAR Inform s that a media
ACCESSPANEL/AUTOjam has occurred in the
DUPLEX UNIT TO
all-in-one.
CLEARPAPER. PRESS
RESUME TO CONTINUE
•
•
PAPER STALL.. PRESS
RESUME TO CONTINUE
Informs that the all-inone motor has stalled.
•
•
The all-in-one is
preparing to turn off.
PRINTED PAGE IS DRYING... Informs that the all-inPRESSRESUME TO CONTINUE one is waiting for the
printed page to dry
before continuing to
print.
Remove the
rear access
panel or the
auto-duplex
unit.
Remove the
jammed
media. Press
(resume
button) to
continue
printing.
Press (resume)
button for
the all-in-one
to attempt
automatic
recovery and
clear the
message.
If the
message
persists,
contact an
HPauthorized
service or
support
provider.
POWERING OFF
•
Remove the
page from
the output
tray (handle
it carefully to
avoid
smearing the
ink).
• Press (resume)
button to
start printing
the next
page.
PRINTHEAD ACCESS LATCH Informs that printhead Ensure that the
OPEN
access latch is open.
printhead latch is
properly secured and
all covers are closed.
PROCESSING JOB
The all-in-one is printing Wait.
a document.
190
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
•
PUMP STALL..PRESS RESUME Informs that the all-inTO CONTINUE
one motor has stalled.
•
Press (resume)
button for
the all-in-one
to attempt
automatic
recovery and
clear the
message.
If the
message
persists,
contact an
HPauthorized
service or
support
provider.
READY
The all-in-one is idle and
ready to accept print
jobs.
REAR ACCESS PANEL OPEN The rear access panel is Push it in firmly until it
not closed completely. locks into place.
REMOVE PRINTED PAGES
The output tray is full.
Remove the printed
FROM OUTPUTBIN, PRESS
pages and press
RESUME TO CONTINUE
(resume) button.
REPLACE [COLOR] INK
An ink cartridge is
Replace with a new
CARTRIDGE
empty or expired.
ink cartridge.
Control Panel Message
Description
Action to be Taken
REPLACE [COLOR] PRINTHEAD
SERVICE STALL..PRESS RESUME
TO CONTINUE
Informs that a
printhead has
failed.
Informs that
the all-in-one
motor has
stalled.
Replace with a new
printhead.
•
•
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
Press (resume)
button for the allin-one to attempt
automatic
recovery and
clear the
message.
If the message
persists, contact
an HP-authorized
service or support
provider.
191
UNKNOWN [COLOR] INK
CARTRIDGE.PRESS
RESUMEHEWLETT-PACKARD IS
NOT RESPONSIBLEFOR DAMAGE
FROM USE OF NON -HP
INK.PRESS RESUMEREPLACE INK
CARTRIDGE OR PRESSRESUME
TO ACCEPT USE OF NON -HP INK
192
Informs user
Replace with an HP ink
about the
cartridge to clear the
detection of a message. Please note
non-HP ink
that damage to the allcartridge.
in-one resulting from
modifying or refilling HP
ink cartridges, or from
using non-HP ink
cartridges, is not covered
under the warranty.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
loading media into trays
cancelling jobs from the control panel
The user can cancel most types of jobs that are currently being processed from the
control panel. The jobs that cannot be cancelled are:
• Email transmission that is in progress
• Incoming fax archiving in a network folder
Note
An appropriate message is displayed if the above jobs are cancelled.
Control Panel
• To cancel a job from the control panel , press the STOP button.
• For all other types of job such as copy, scan, or fax, press the respective mode
button, followed by the STOP button. For example, to cancel a copy job,
the user will need to first press the COPY button followed by the STOP
button.
• If more than one job is being processed, a list of the jobs appears on the
control-panel display. Select the job that needs to be cancelled by pressing
the Up or Down button to reach the desired task and press the Select
button. Then, click the STOP button.
• The time taken to cancel a job depends on the size of the job.
Note
In some cases, a cancelled job might continue for a short while after cancellation.
For example, if paper has fed only halfway into the ADF, the job continues until the
paper has been fully fed and ejected.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
193
Loading media into Trays
194
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Loading an Original in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
The all-in-one has an ADF with a maximum capacity of 50 originals. To load an
original in the ADF, follow these steps:
1. Ensure that no originals are placed on the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Place all originals in the ADF input tray with the print-side up and with the
first page to be scanned/copied/faxed on top of the stack.
3. Adjust the paper-width guides to fit the size of the originals.
Loading an Original on the Scanner Glass
An original can also be copied/scanned by placing it on the scanner glass. To
load an original on the scanner glass, follow these steps:
1. Ensure that no originals are placed on the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Lift the flatbed scanner lid.
3. Place the original facedown on the scanner glass in the bottom-right
corner, with the sides of the original touching the right and bottom edges.
It is important to place the original in the lower-right corner. Otherwise, part of the
original might be clipped in the resulting scan.
Note
Some all-in-one options will not work correctly if the scanner glass and lid backing
are not clean.
Note
When copying from a transparency, place a blank sheet of paper between the
transparency and the flatbed scanner lid.
To prevent damaging the all-in-one, do not allow the scanner lid to fall on the
Caution scanner surface. Always keep the lid closed when the all-in-one is not in use.
Loading Media into Trays 1 and 2
To load Tray 1 or Tray 2, follow these steps:
1. Pull the tray out of the all-in-one.
2. To load the paper in Tray 1, raise and remove the output tray.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
195
3. To load paper between 11 inches (279 mm) and 14 inches (356 mm) long,
move the latch on the tray to the right and lower the front of the tray.
(There is no need to lower the front of the tray for letter-size or A4-size
paper.)
4. Place the media with the print side down in the tray and slide the media
width and length guides to the edges of the media.
5. When loading Tray 1, reattach and close the output tray.
6. Slide the tray into the all-in-one.
7. Pull out the extension on the output tray.
8. Select the appropriate media type option in the application or printer
driver.
Do not raise the front of the tray if legal-size media is loaded, or damage to the
Caution media or all-in-one can result.
The all-in-one speed specification is based on tray 1. When tray 2 is installed, it
becomes the default tray (unless otherwise specified by the user). As a result, any
job sent to the all-in-one with tray 2 selected or as autoselect, the job will print
slower as compared to the quoted speed specifications. This is because tray 2 has
a longer paper path and the printing is, therefore, slower than tray 1.
Manual Duplexing
Users can also perform manual duplexing with the all-in-one. From the software
program, print one side of the document. Turn the paper over in the tray and then
repeat the print job, this time printing the second side.
196
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
printing on special media
printing on special media
Printing on Special Media
The four types of special media on which the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one can
print are:
• Cards and Envelopes
• Transparencies
• Photo paper
• Custom size
Using Cards or Envelopes
To use cards or envelopes, follow these steps:
1. Remove Tray 1 from the printer.
2. Remove the output tray and then remove all media from Tray 1.
3. Insert the cards or envelopes into the tray (envelopes should be loaded
with the flaps facing up and to the right).
4. Slide the media width and length guides to the edges of the cards or
envelopes.
5. Replace the output tray and insert Tray 1 into the printer.
6. Start the job from the computer, after selecting the correct media size and
type.
Using Transparencies
To use transparencies, follow these steps:
3. Insert the transparencies into the tray, with the rough side down and the
adhesive strip pointing forward.
4. Slide the media width and length guides to the edges of the
transparencies.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
197
6. Start the job from the computer, after selecting the correct media size and
type.
7. Remove each transparency as it prints and set it aside to dry. Allowing wet
media to stack up might cause smearing.
Using Photo Paper
Photographs taken using a digital camera can be printed using the all-in-one. The
printing can be done either directly from the memory card or from a software
program, such as the HP Photo and Imaging software. Use Best print quality to
print photographs. However, this takes longer to print and requires more memory.
The all-in-one can produce 4,800 by 1,200 optimized dpi resolution when using the
PCL 6 driver for Windows 98/XP/ME/2000 operating systems. In addition, all-in-one
supports the PS driver for Windows 2000/XP, Mac 9.2.x, and Mac (10.1 and later)
operating systems.
To print digital photographs from a program:
1. Load the appropriate paper in Tray 1.
2. Start the job from the computer after selecting appropriate print-quality
setting, media size, and media type.
3. Remove each sheet of media as it prints and set it aside to dry. Allowing
wet media to stack up might cause smearing.
Using Custom-size Media
When printing on custom-size media, adjust the length and width guides in the
tray, and, if necessary, extend the tray size to accommodate larger media.
Use Tray 1 when printing on paper that is 3 to 8.5 inches wide and 5 to 14 inches
long (76.2 to 216 mm wide and 127 to 356 mm long). Customize the media size
before printing the document if the application supports custom-size media. If the
application does not support custom-size media, set the size in the printer driver,
create the document, and print it. Reformatting might be needed on existing
documents to print them correctly on custom paper sizes.
To use custom-size media:
3. Insert the custom-size media into the tray.
4. Slide the media width and length guides to the edges of the media.
6. Start the job from the computer after selecting appropriate media size and
type.
Note
198
The 4X6 photocard is not supported from the driver. Therefore, use either the index
card or the custom size.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
media and tray compatibility
media and tray compatibility
Paper type matrix
The following table lists the different media types:
Media Name
Tra Tra Auto
ADF
y 1 y 2 Duple (Singlex unit
Sided
Operation)
Standard paper sizes
N.A.
U.S. Letter (216 by 279
Yes
mm; 8.5 by 11 inches)
U.S. Legal (216 by 356
Yes
A4 (210 by 297 mm; 8.3 by Yes
11.7 inches)
U.S. Executive (184 by 267 Yes
mm; 7.25 by 10.5 inches)
U.S. Statement (140 by 216 Yes
A5 (148 by 210 mm; 5.8 by Yes
8.3 inches)
ISO B5 (176 by 250 mm;
Yes
6.9 by 9.8 inches)
JIS B5 (182 by 257 mm; 7.2 Yes
by 10.1 inches)
Envelopes
N.A.
U.S. #10 Envelope (105 by Yes
241 mm; 4.1 by 9.5 inches)
A2 Envelope (111 by 146 N.A.
Monarch Envelope (98 by N.A.
191 mm; 3.9 by 7.5 inches)
HP Greeting Card
N.A.
Envelope (111 by 152
DL Envelope (110 by 220 N.A.
C5 Envelope (162 by 229 N.A.
C6 Envelope (114 by 162 N.A.
Japanese Chou #3 (120 x N.A.
235 mm; 4.7 by 9.3 inches)
Japanese Chou #3 (90 x N.A.
205 mm; 3.5 by 8.1 inches)
Cards
N.A.
Use and Maintain
ADF
(DoubleSided
Operation)
N.A. N.A.
Yes Yes
N.A.
Yes
N.A.
Yes
Yes
N.A.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
N.A. N.A.
Yes
N.A.
N.A. Yes
Yes
N.A.
N.A. Yes
Yes
N.A.
Yes
Yes
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
Yes
hp confidential
199
Index card (76 by 127
mm; 3 by 5 inches)
mm; 4 by 6 inches)
mm; 5 by 8 inches)
Hagaki (100 by 148 mm;
3.9 by 5.8 inches)
Ofuku Hagaki (148 by 200
A6 card (105 by 148 mm;
4.1 by 5.8 inches)
Custom-size media
Between 76.2 to 216 mm
wide and 127 to 356 mm
long (3 to 8.5 inches wide
and 5 to 14 inches long)
Custom-size media (tray
2) Between 182 to 216
mm wide and 257 to 356
mm long (7.2 to 8.5
inches wide and 10.1 to
14 inches long)
Between 76.2 to 216 mm
long(3 to 8.5 inches wide
and 5 to 11.7 inches long)
Custom-size media (ADF)
Between 127 to 216 mm
long (5 to 8.5 inches wide
and 5 to 14 inches long)
Custom-size media (ADF)
Between 178 to 305 mm
(5 to 8.5 inches wide and
7 to 12 inches long)
Yes
N.A. Yes
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A. N.A.
Yes N.A. N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. Yes
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A. Yes
N.A.
N.A.
N.A. N.A. N.A.
Yes
N.A.
N.A. N.A. N.A.
N.A.
Yes
N.A.
Different Media Types
Paper capacity and weight matrix
The following table lists the minimum weight and capacity of papers in various
trays:
Tray
Media Type
Weight
Paper Capacity
Tray 1
Paper
60 to 90 g/m2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
Transparencies
200
hp confidential
Up to 150 sheets of
plain paper (15mm
or 0.6 inch stacked)
Up to 30 sheets (8
mm or 0.3 inch
stacked)
Use and Maintain
Envelopes
Cards
75 to 90 g/m2
(20 to 24 lb
bond
envelope)
Up to 200 g/m2
(110 lb index)
Up to 22 sheets (15
mm or 0.6 inch
stacked)
Up to 250 sheets
(25 mm or 1 inch
stacked)
Up to 60 sheets (15
mm or 0.6 inch
stacked)
Tray 2
Paper
60 to 90
g/m2(16 to 24
lb. Bond)
Autoduplex
unit
Paper
16 to 24 lb. (60 One at a time
to 90 g/m2)
Cards
90 lb. Index (Up
to 160 g/m2)
60 to 90 g/m2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
ADF
Paper
Special HP paper (for
example, HP Premium
Inkjet paper, HP Bright
White Inkjet paper)
60 to 90 g/m2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
Transparencies
60 to 90 g/m2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
Photos (special photo
60 to 90 g/m2
paper, such as HP Premium (16 to 24 lb
Photo Paper)
bond)
Real estate forms
Output
tray
All supported media
One at a time
Up to 50 sheets of
plain paper (5 mm
or 6 inches
stacked)
1 at a
time
Advisable to use
the flatbed
scanner
1 at a
time
Advisable to use
the flatbed
scanner
1 at a
time
Advisable to use
the flatbed
scanner
1 at a time
Up to 100 sheets
plain paper (text
printing)
Paper Capacity and Weight Matrix
Loading the originals
Originals can be loaded in two places:
• Automatic document feeder (ADF)
• Flatbed scanner
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
201
Loading the Originals
The steps to load an original in the ADF are:
1. Make sure that no originals are loaded on the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Place all originals in the ADF input tray with the print-side up and with the
first page to be scanned, copied, or faxed on top of the stack.
3. Adjust the paper-width guides to fit the size of the originals.
Loading an Original in the ADF
Loading an Original on the Scanner Glass
The steps to load an original on the scanner glass are:
1. Make sure that no originals are loaded in the ADF.
2. Lift the flatbed scanner lid.
3. Place the original facedown on the scanner glass in the lower-right corner,
with the sides of the original touching the right and bottom edges. It is
important to place the original in the bottom-right corner. Otherwise, part
of the original might be clipped in the resulting scan.
4. Close the flatbed scanner lid.
202
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
To prevent damaging the all-in-one, do not allow the scanner lid to fall onto the
Caution flatbed scanner surface. Always close the flatbed scanner lid when the all-in-one is
not in use.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
203
control panel
control panel
Control panel menus help view and change settings for the all-in-one and the
modes in which it can be used. The changes made in mode menus affect the
current job being performed. The changes made in set-up menus will remain as
the defaults for all future jobs.
Reaching and using a mode menu:
• On the control panel, press the respective mode button (COPY, SCAN, PHOTO,
E-MAIL, or FAX). The menu appears in the control-panel display.
• Press the up or down buttons to navigate to the desired option, and then press
the Select button.
• Press the -/+ buttons to select the desired value, and then press the Select
button to save the setting.
The various control panel modes menu include: Copy mode menu, Scan mode
menu, Photo mode menu, E-mail mode menu, and Fax mode menu.
Copy mode menu
Items in this menu affect copy mode settings.
Sub
Description
Menu
Option
COPIES
Normal
copy
204
Sets the number of copies for the current copy job.
Selects normal copy or one of the following special copy
options:
• COPY FULL PAGE: Reduces the original by 91 percent
and makes copies without clipping any part of the
original.
• LEGAL-LETTER: Reduces the size of the original from
legal-size to letter-size.
• A4-LETTER: Reduces the size of the original from A4-size
to letter size.
• COPY 2 ON 1: Reduces two pages of originals and
places them on a landscape-size page.
• MIRROR COPY: Makes a mirror copy of the original.
• MARGINSHIFT: Shifts the margin on the original left or
right to accommodate the space needed for a
binding.
• POSTER: Enlarges the original to a poster size that is 1 to
4 pages wide (can be used only from the scanner
glass).
• CLONE: Clones (replicates) the original onto a page up
to 9 times (can be used only from the scanner glass).
• FIT TO PAGE: Reduces or enlarges the original to fit the
page size specified for the copy job.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Glass or
ADF
Zoom
Collation
Quality
Contrast
Tray
Use and Maintain
Indicates whether the ADF or the scanner glass is the source
for the copy. Options for copying include the following
choices:
• 1-1 SIDED: Copies a 1-sided original to a 1-sided copy.
Both the ADF and the scanner glass can be used.
Only the scanner glass can be used.
Pressing 2-SIDED OPTIONS on the control panel can also access
the double-sided options.
Reduces or enlarges the copy by a percentage.
Enter the zoom percentage using any of the
following two ways:
• Press - or + to decrease or increase the size in
increments of 1 percent. If hold down - or + for more
than 2 seconds, the rate increases to 5 percent every
additional 0.2 second.
• Type a percentage on the keypad or keyboard.
The zoom option can also be reached by pressing
REDUCE/ENLARGE on the control panel.
Turns on or off copy collation. Turning on the collation
produces sets of copies in the exact order that they were
scanned. More than one original must be copied to use this
feature, which is available for use only with the ADF. Collation
is available only for the following copy options: Normal copy,
COPY FULLPAGE, MARGINSHIFT, LEGAL -LETTER, and A4-LETTER.
Normal copy, COPY FULLHIFT, LEGAL-LETTER, and A4-LETTER.
Selects the setting for copy quality:
• FAST: Produces draft-quality copies at the fastest speed.
The text is of comparable quality to the FAST NORMAL
setting, but graphics might be of poor quality. This
setting reduces the frequency of ink cartridge
replacement because it uses less ink.
• FAST NORMAL: Copies a 2-sided original to a 2-sided
copy. Both the ADF and the scanner glass can be
used.
• BEST: Produces the highest quality for all media and
eliminates the banding (striping) effect that sometimes
occurs in solid areas. BEST copies slower than the other
quality settings.
The quality option can also be accessed by pressing
QUALITY/RESOLUTION on the control panel .
Adjusts the lightness and darkness of copies (from -4 to +4).
Press LIGHTER/DARKER on the control panel to access the
contrast option.
Selects the input tray to use for media.
hp confidential
205
Papersize Selects the paper size:
• LETTER: U.S. letter size (8.5 by 11 inches)
• A4: A4 size (210 by 297 mm)
• LEGAL: Legal size (8.5 by 14 inches)
The option sets the size for both the original and the output,
because it is assumed that these are to be identical. The
option is not available for the following copy options: LEGALLETTER and A4-LETTER.
Preset
Applies a preset (a set of predetermined copy options) to a
copy job.
Setup
Opens the COPY SETUP menu.
Copy Mode Menu
Scan mode menu
Items in this menu affect scan mode settings.
Sub Menu
Description
Option
host\sharename For network connections only. Use this area to specify
the path of a network folder destination.
Glass or ADF
Indicates whether the ADF or the scanner glass is the
source for the scan. Options for copying include the
following choices:
• 1-1 SIDED: Copies a 1-sided original to a 1-sided
copy. Both the ADF and the scanner glass can
be used.
be used.
copy. Only the scanner glass can be used.
be used.
Press the 2-SIDED option on the control panel to access
the double-sided option.
Doc. Type
Selects the document type:
• TEXT: Use this option when the original contains
only text and the job requires producing
editable text in the scan (scans at 300 dpi).
• PHOTO: Use this option when the original
contains only photographs (scans at 200 dpi).
• MIXED: Use this option when the original contains
both text and photographs and to edit the text
in the resulting document (scans at 300 dpi).
Pressing TR AY/DOC. TYPE on the control panel can also
access the document type option.
206
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Format
Resolution
Contrast
Papersize
Setup
Selects the format for the file that is produced by the
scan:
• Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF)
• JPEG graphics format
• TIFF graphics format
Selects the setting for resolution:
• 300 DPI
• 150 DPI
• 75 DPI
Pressing QUALITY/RESOLUTION on the control panel can
also access the resolution option.
Adjusts the lightness and darkness of scans (from -4 to
+4). Pressing LIGHTER/DARKER on the control panel can
also access the contrast option.
Selects the paper size: LETTER U.S. letter size (8.5 by 11
inches) A4 A4 Size (210 by 297 mm) LEGAL Legal Size (8.5
by 14 inches) The option sets the size for both the
original and the output, because it is assumed that
these are to be identical. Pressing TRAY/DOC. TYPE on
the control panel can also open the paper size option.
Opens the SCAN SETUP menu.
Scan Mode Menu
Photo mode menu
Items on this menu affect photo mode settings.
Sub Menu
Description
Option
xx PHOTOS
Indicates how many photo files were found on the memory
FOUND
card inserted in the memory card slot of the all-in-one.
Print photos Starts the procedure for printing photos from the memory
card.
E-mail
Starts the procedure for sending photos as attachments to
photos
an e-mail message.
Print proof Starts the procedure for printing a proof sheet of the photos
sheet
that are on the memory card.
Scan proof Starts the procedure for scanning a proof sheet of the
sheet
photos that are on the memory card.
Save photos Starts the procedure for saving photos that are on the
to
memory card to a computer.
Save to
Starts the procedure for saving photos that are on the
network
memory card to a folder on the network.
Photo Mode Menu
E-mail mode menu
Items in this menu affect e-mail mode settings.
Sub Menu Description
Option
Enter e-mail Use this area to specify an e-mail address for the e-mail
message.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
207
Subj: Digital Use this area to type text for the SUBJECT line of the e-mail
sen...
message.CT line might be pre-configured. User can also
change the text, unless the all-in-one has been set up so that
the SUBJECT text cannot be changed.
From: ...
Use this area to type text for the FROM line of the e-mail
message. The FROM line can also be pre-configured. User can
change the text, unless the all-in-one has been set up so that
the FROM text cannot be changed.
Glass or
ADF
for the scan. Options for scanning include the following
choices:
• 1-1 SIDED
• 1-2 SIDED
• 2-1 SIDED
• 2-2 SIDED
Pressing 2-SIDED OPTIONS on the control panel can also
reach the double-sided options.
Doc. type Selects the document type:
• TEXT: Use this option when the original contains only
text and the job requires producing editable text in
the scan (scans at 300 dpi).
• PHOTO: Use this option when the original contains only
photographs (scans at 200 dpi).
• MIXED: Use this option when the original contains both
text and photographs and to edit the text in the
resulting document (scans at 300 dpi).
Pressing TRAY/DOC. TYPE on the control panel can also reach
the document type option.
Format
Selects the format for the file that is produced by the scan:
Adobe Portable Document Format(PDF),JPEG graphics
format, or TIFF graphics format
Resolution Selects the setting for resolution: 300 DPI, 150 DPI, or 75 DPI.
Pressing QUALITY/RESOLUTION on the control panel can also
reach the resolution option.
Contrast
Adjusts the lightness and darkness of scans (from -4 to +4).
Pressing LIGHTER/DARKER on the control panel can also
reach the contrast option.
Papersize
Selects the paper size:
• A4: A4 size (210 by 297 mm)
The option sets the size for both the original and the output,
because it is assumed that these are to be identical. Pressing
TRAY/DOC. TYPE on the control panel can also reach the
paper size option.
Setup
Opens the E-MAIL SETUP menu.
Email Mode Menu
Fax mode menu
Items in this menu affect Fax mode settings.
208
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Sub Menu
Option
Enter fax #
Send Black
Fax or Send
Color Fax
Glass or ADF
Send
Resolution
Contrast
Papersize
Setup
Description
Use this area to enter a fax number.
Indicates whether the all-in-one has been set to send a
grayscale fax or a color fax by means of the BLACK/COLOR
button on the control panel .
for the scan. Options for scanning include the following
choices:
• 1-1 SIDED: This is the only option available for color
faxing.
• 1-2 SIDED
• 2-1 SIDED
• 2-2 SIDED
Pressing 2-SIDED OPTIONS on the control panel can also
reach the double-sided options.
Selects the method in which a grayscale fax will be
transmitted:
• REALTIME: In this method, the fax is transmitted
directly from the scan. This is the fastest option.
However, it is not advisable to use this option for
long faxes because there might not be enough
memory in the all-in-one for a long fax. If a real-time
fax is interrupted, it needs to be sent again.
• NON-REALTIME: In this method, the fax is first scanned
into memory, and then transmitted. If a nonrealtime fax is interrupted, the user need not resend
the entire fax job.
In case of color faxing, the option of non-realtime faxing is
not availiable. Color faxes are automatically sent in realtime because color faxes cannot be pre-scanned into
memory.
Selects the setting for resolution:
• 300 DPI
• 150 DPI
• 75 DPI
Pressing QUALITY/RESOLUTION on the control panel can also
reach the resolution option.
Adjusts the lightness and darkness of faxes (from -4 to +4).
Selects the paper size:
• A4: A4 size (210 by 297 mm)
The option sets the size for both the original and the
output, because it is assumed that these are to be
identical.
Opens the FAX SETUP menu.
Fax Mode Menu
Scan Operations
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
209
To send a scan as an e-mail attachment from the control panel:
1. Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF.
2. If prompted, type PIN using the keypad or keyboard.
3. Press E-MAIL .
4. To specify the destination or destinations, use one of the following
methods:
5. Type the e-mail address on the keypad or keyboard.
6. Press a speed-dial dial button for an e-mail address or e-mail address
group, if speed -dial entries have been set up.
7. Press CONTACTS and select an e-mail address or e-mail address group from
the control-panel display (up to 99 entries might be configured).
8. Press CONTACTS three times to select an e-mail address from the address
book, if an address book has been configured (the number of entries is
unlimited).
9. To set scan options, use one of the following methods:
10. Press a control-panel option button (for example, RESOLUTION), select the
value, and then press (select).
11. Select option from the control-panel display (for example, Contrast), select
the value, and then press (select).
12. Press START .
Photo Operations
Photos can be saved directly from a memory card to a computer (direct
connection) or on the network (network connection). They can be viewed and
edited in a photo-editing program such as the HP Photo and Imaging software.
The HP Officejet 9100 series supports the memory cards listed below.
• CompactFlash I and II
• Secure Digital
• Memory Stick
• SmartMedia
• Multimedia Card
To save photos from the control panel (direct connection):
For Windows:
Files are saved by default in month and year folders depending on the time the
photos were taken. The folders are created under the C:\My Documents\My
Pictures\ folder, or C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\My
Pictures\ folder for Windows 2000.
For Macintosh:
Files are saved in the default location HD: users:username:Pictures. The default
folder can be changed.
The steps to save photos from the control panel are:
1. Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one.
2. If prompted, type PIN using the keypad or keyboard.
3. Press PHOTO. The control-panel display shows the number of photos on the
memory card.
4. Press (down ) to move to Save photos to PC, and then press (select).
210
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Memory Card Operations
Memory Card Operations
To print from a memory card
Control panel can be used to print photos from a memory card, even if the all-inone is not connected to a computer. The user can print a proof sheet to select
individual photos to print. Photos can also be printed using the Digital Print Order
Format (DPOF), if digital camera supports DPOF.
To print a proof sheet:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one.
Type the PIN, if required.
Press PHOTO.
Press (down) to move to Print proof sheet, and then press (select).
Press (down) to move to the desired photo-set option, and then press
(select).
To print individual or all photos
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one.
If prompted, type PIN using the keypad or keyboard.
Press PHOTO.
Press the ( up or down ) button to move to Print photos, and then press
(select).
5. Press +/- to select ALL and then press (select), to print all photos.
Alternatively, press +/- to select MANUAL, press (select), and type the
number of photos for the individual printing of the photos.
6. Press START . The photos are printed.
To save photos to a network folder
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot in the all-in-one.
If prompted, type PIN using the keypad or keyboard.
Press PHOTO.
Press the (up) or (down) button to move to the Save to network option,
and then press (select) button.
5. Specify the path name for the network, using any of the following steps:
• Type the path name of the network folder with a keyboard and then press the
(select) button.
• Press the speed dial button for the desired network folder, if speed dial en tries
have been created for the network folder. Next, Press the (select ) button.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
211
• If prompted, type the username and password, and then press the ( select)
button.
Scan from a multimedia memory card (MMC)
Using the MMC users can scan thumbnails and save them to a network folder.
To scan thumbnails and save them on network follow these steps:
1. Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot in the all-in-one.
2. Place the document on the flat-bed scanner glass.
3. Press the PHOTO button.
4. Use the (up) or (down) buttons to move to the Scan thumbnails option,
and press (select) to scan the document.
5. Press the (up) or (down) buttons to move to the Save to network option,
and press (select) button.
6. Specify the path name for the network folder, and press the (select)
button.
212
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
hardware upgrades
hardware upgrades
The accessories available to upgrade the printer are:
• Tray2 (250 sheet and 500 sheet versions)
• Keyboard
• Additional memory
• HP JetDirect print server
Upgrade the printer by installing the following accessories to the base printer:
Trays
Part
Number
Tray 2 - 250 sheet input tray (included with the HP Officejet
9130)
Tray 2 - 500 sheet tray
C8237A
C82238A
Accessories
Keyboards
Part Number
Danish, Finnish, Norwegian, Swedish
English (U.S.), French (Canada)
English (U.K.), Italian, Portuguese, Polish, Spanish
English (U.K.), Czech, Greek, Hungarian, Turkish
French
German
C8240A#UUW
C8240A#A2L
C8240A#ABU
C8240A#AKB
C8240A#ABF
C8240A#ABD
Accessories
Dual Inline Memory Module (DIMM)
HP 64 MB SDRAM DIMM
HP 128 MB SDRAM DIMM
Part Number
Q1887A
C9121A
Accessories
HP Print Servers
Part
Number
HP Jetdirect 620n (EIO) Internal Print Server
HP Jetdirect 615n (EIO) Internal Print Server Fast Ethernet
10/100Base-TX
HP Jetdirect 615n (EIO) Internal Print Server 802.11b Wireless
Ethernet USB
HP Jetdirect ew2400x External Print Server Wireless
EthernetUSB
HP Jetdirect 170x External Print Server10Base-T, 1 port
(parallel)
HP Jetdirect 175x External Print Server10/100Base-TX, 1 port
(USB)
HP Jetdirect 300x External Print Server10/100Base-TX, 1 port
(parallel)
HP Jetdirect 500x External Print Server10/100Base-TX, 10Base2,
3 ports (parallel)
HP Print Server Appliance 4200
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
J7934A
J6057A
J6061A
J7951A
J3258B
J6035B/C
J3263A
J3265A
J4117A
213
HP Jetdirect en3700x External Print Server
J7942A
firmware upgrade procedures
firmware upgrade procedures
Firmware reflashing is required to upgrade firmware. The various methods for
firmware reflashing are:
1. Firmware Download Utility (FDU)
2. MS-DOS prompt
3. Memory card
4. FTP
5. WJCS
The HP Firmware Download Utility (FDU) detects and displays all locally
enumerated printer ports when launched. This provides an initial list of ports.
The HP FDU also displays the printer, which is attached to the port in its Printer List.
The Printer List displays the following:
• Printer Model - For available printers, which are attached to the corresponding
port.
• Hardware Address - Displays the Hardware (Mac) Address of the network
printer. This is only available after Network Printer Discovery.
• Port - Displays the systems ports available for the HP FDU.
• IP Address - Displays the IP Address of the network printer. This is only available
after Network Printer Discovery. User-defined IP Address can also be
displayed using the Add Network Printer.
• Base Firmware Version - Displays the base Firmware Version of the network
printer. This is only available after Network Printer Firmware Query.
Note
When the all-in-one is already directly installed, DOS flashing does not work. In such
cases, the FDU can be used for flashing by pointing to the Dot 4 port.
Add Network Printer
This is one of the HP FDU features used to insert custom (user-defined) network
printer to its Printer List. This allows system administrators to easily insert a network
printer without having to perform Network Printer Discovery over the network.
Firmware Reflashing
214
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
The add Network Printer Feature creates a new network port with custom (userdefined) printer IP.
Firmware Reflashing Continued
After user selects Download , the personality portion of the printer firmware
upgrade file will be downloaded to the printer.
It then goes into a printer-monitoring stage where it waits (5-6 minutes) for the
printer to be ready for the next printer firmware upgrade (base portion) to be
downloaded to the printer.
During this period, both the Download and Exit buttons will be disabled to prevent
user from terminating the utility to ensure a complete and correct printer firmware
upgrade process.
The entire printer firmware upgrade process will complete after the base portion of
the printer firmware upgrade file will be downloaded into the printer.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
215
The above screen capture shows that Multiple Printer Firmware Upgrade
Download Mechanism.
The status bar of the HP Firmware Upgrade Utility, which is located at the bottom
of the window, reflects the current status of the printer upgrade process.
Network Printer Firmware Query
The HP Firmware Download Utility provides user the ability to query the printer
firmware version of the existing network printers.
Current Limitations:
• Tested/Working in TCP/IP network environment
Cancelling the Network Printer Firmware Query is now available for users to
terminate this process.
Network Printer Discovery
216
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
The Network Printer Discovery of HP Firmware Download Utility scans, detects, and
resolves all available HP printers in the TCP/IP network environment.
Network Printer Discovery will provide the following information about the
network printer:
• Printer model
• Printer hardware address
• Printer IP address
Due to the nature of the Network Printer Discovery, this process may take time
before completion. The tested file duration is approximately 2-3 minutes. However,
this discovery process is highly dependent on the current network conditions.
MS-DOS prompt
FDU is used to download the latest firmware to enhance the functionality of the
MFP. To upgrade the firmware using the MS-DOS prompt follow these steps:
Power ON the all-in-one, and wait for the all-in-one to initialize. Enter the PIN, if
necessary. On the MSDOS prompt, type copy /b firmware file name.fmw port
name: , where firmware file name is the name of the firmware upgrade file, and
port name is the port name through which the printer is connected.
Press ENTER to start the firmware upgrading process. The user can check these
internal processes on the control-panel display. After the firmware is upgraded, the
all-in-one is turned OFF automatically.
Turn ON the all-in-one.
The Language option appears on the control-panel display. The option selected by
default is ENGLISH . To change the option to some other language, click the (
Select ) button and use + or - buttons to set the language option. Follow similar
steps to change the Country/Region option on the control-panel display.
The old firmware file is upgraded by the latest version. The user can check the
latest version of the firmware on the lower-right corner of the control-panel
display.
Note
M S-DOS prompt allows firmware reflashing using direct connect, and network
connect. The Web JetAdmin is used to upgrade the firmware using network
connect.
Memory card
To upgrade firmware using Memory Card:
1. Create a directory named HP in the root directory/folder of the memory
card.
2. Rename the flash file to autoprn.pcl and copy it to the HP directory.
3. Insert the memory card. The all-in-one automatically upgrades the
firmware.
4. When the all-in-one auto reboots, pull out the memory card.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
217
cleaning the mfp
cleaning the mfp
Following are the procedures to keep the all-in-one in the working condition:
Cleaning the Scanner Glass
Scanner glass over a period of time gets dirty from fingerprints, smudges, and hair.
This can slow down the scanning performance and affect the copy speed as well
as accuracy of special features such as fitting copies to a certain page size.
To clean the scanner glass:
2. Unplug the power cord from the electrical socket.
3. Open the flatbed scanner lid.
4. Clean the scanner glass with a soft cloth or sponge that has been
moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.
5. Dry the scanner glass with a chamois or cellulose sponge to prevent
spotting.
The ADF scan window should be cleaned in a similar manner.
6. Close the flatbed scanner lid; plug in the power cord, and turn the all-in
one on.
Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on
Caution the scanner glass; these can damage the all-in-one. Do not place liquids directly on
the scanner glass. They might seep under the scanner glass and damage the all-inone.
Cleaning the ADF Lid Backing
The white document lid backing located underneath the flatbed scanner lid can
get spoilt with small debris that get accumulated.
To clean the ADF lid backing:
2. Unplug the power cord from the electrical socket.
3. Lift the ADF.
4. Clean the white document lid backing with a soft cloth or sponge that
has been moistened with a mild soap and warm water. Wash the backing
gently to loosen debris; do not scrub the backing.
5. Dry the backing with a chamois or soft cloth.
Cleaning the Exterior
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off the exterior
surface of the case. The exterior of the all-in-one does not require cleaning. To
avoid damages, fluids should be kept away from the interior of the all-in-one as
well as from the control panel.
218
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
software features and functions
software features and functions
The software features of the printer are:
1. Paper Type: This feature allows the user to specify the type of paper to be
used for printing, such as plain paper or transparencies.
2. Print Quality : The options for print quality are: Best, Normal, and Fast. Best
prints the best quality possible. Normal is the recommended mode for
everyday printing. Fast uses less ink, but the quality is not as high as normal.
3. Print in Grayscale: To activate grayscale printing, change the Print Color
as Grey setting. This prints documents in black and white (monochrome,
greyscale). Greyscale means shades of gray, starting with white and ending
with black. When a color document is printed in greyscale, colors are
converted to their greyscale equivalents. This means that different colors
are represented as different shades of gray.
4. Pages Per Sheet: The Pages per Sheet feature, also known as layout or Nup, specifies the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper. The
multiple pages appear decreased in size and arranged based on the
number of pages printed on the sheet. The Pages per Sheet feature does
not work effectively with all page setup options. Combining page setup
options while using the Pages per Sheet feature might produce
unexpected print results.
5. Watermark Printing: The Watermark Printing feature allows specifying that
text be placed underneath (in the background) of an existing document.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
219
navigating the driver UI for windows - Print
navigating the driver UI for windows - Print
To navigate the user interface and change the default document properties for a
printer click Start ->Settings -> Printers. Right-click the HP Officejet 9100 series PCL
6. Click the Printing Preferences button to open the Printing Preferences dialog
box.
The five tabs in the Printing Preferences dialog box are Advanced , Paper/Quality,
Finishing, Effects, and Color .
• Advanced Tab - The Advanced tab enables a user to set
properties/preferences, such as the number of copies of a printout, printer
features, and paper orientation. The Advanced tab consist of the following
options/settings/properties:
• Paper/Output - This option/setting/preference enables the user to
specify the number of copies to be printed or the Copy Count. The
default value for this option is 1. If the Collated option is selected,
the pages are printed consecutively for each copy of the
document. If the copies are not collated, the printed copies of each
page print together.
220
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
• Graphic
- This option/setting/preference enables the user to manage image
color. It consists of two sub-options. These are the ICM Method
and the ICM Intent.
The ICM Method option enables the user to specify how to print
colored graphics. It enables the users to select from the following
options:
1. ICM Disabled: Is the default value for this option.
2. ICM Handled by Host System - Performs the calculations for
color matching to be performed on the host computer
before it sends the document to the printer.
3. ICM Handled by Printer - Performs the calculations for color
matching to be performed on the users printer.
The ICM Intent option enables the user to specify how color images
can be created to produce the best images on printed pages. It
enables the users to select from the following options:
1. Graphics - Use this option for printing a chart or a graphic
using fully saturated and bright colors.
2. Pictures - Use this option to print photographs or pictures in
which colors blend together to maximize contrast.
3. Proof - Use this option to print documents that need to
match the color exactly.
4. Match - Use this option to preview the color settings from
another printer.
The default value for this option is set to Pictures.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
221
• Document Options - The Documents Options option/setting/preference
has the following features:
1.
Enables or disables advanced printing features such as
metafile spooling, pages order, and booklet printing. By
default, advanced printing features are enabled.
2.
Specifies the color-printing mode as true color or
monochrome. The default value for the color-printing mode is
True Color (24 bpp).
3.
Enables or disables print optimizations. By default, the
print optimizations are enabled.
4.
Specify printer features, such as dry time for a page,
printing all text in black, and sending true type fonts as bitmap.
The values for dry time range from -15 to 30 and its default
value is 0. If a positive value is chosen for extra dry time, the
printer will hold onto the printout until the dry time has elapsed.
5.
Enables the printing of text on a print document in
black color, regardless of its color settings. By default, this
option is disabled.
6.
Enables or disables sending text as bitmap if some
textual characters in the print document display unexpected
results. This option is disabled by default.
7.
Enables PCL 6 has an additional printer feature that
enables the user to specify the mode for sending a raster or a
vector graphic. By default, the value for this option is set to
Send Graphics as Vector.
8.
Specifies the layout options, such as paper orientation
and page order. Paper orientation is used to specify whether
the page to be printed has landscape or portrait orientation.
The Page Order feature specifies the sequence in which to print
the document, for example, front to back or back to front.
2. Paper/Quality Tab
The options of the Paper/Quality tab for PCL 6 printer driver are:
Print Task Quick Sets - This section enables saving the current driver settings
for reuse. These can be saved and selected for most printer driver tabs. The
222
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
user has the option to create a customized quick set and save it for future
reuse.
Paper Options - It has various options including check boxes for choosing
margins. The options are:
1. Checking the Use different paper option enables the user select a
specific page, such as first page or the back cover, to be printed.
2. Size is option enables the user to select the size of paper that is to
be printed. There are various paper sizes that range from 11X17 to a
statement size paper.
3. Source is option specifies the source of loading media. The user can
select from any of the items listed in the box, which include
Automatically Select, Manual Feed in Tray 1, Printer Auto Select, Tray
1, and Tray 2.
4. Type is option is used to select the kind of media that is to be
printed. The user can choose options such as Plain Paper or HP
premium paper.
5. Emulate LaserJet Margins automatically scales the document to fit
the margin if the document is formatted for a LaserJet.
6. Symmetrical Margins is used to print transparencies. It makes the
side and length margins equal in portrait and landscape views.
2. Print Quality : There are four choices : Best, Normal, and Fast. By default,
Normal is selected
Finishing Tab
The Finishing tab is used for styling the document to be printed. The
features of the Finishing tab for the PCL 6 printer driver are:
1. Print Task Quick Sets - This section enables saving the current driver
settings for reuse. Print task Quick Sets can be saved and selected
for most printer driver tabs.
2. Document Options • Print On Both Sides (Manually) - Enables printing on both sides
of a paper manually. Selecting this option enables the Flip
Pages Up check box and Booklet Layout list box. Flip Pages
Up enables the user the option to print pages by flipping
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
223
them. The Booklet Layout drop-down menu lists the left side
and right side binding options.
• Pages per Sheet and Posters - Specifies the number of pages to
be printed per sheet of paper and poster. If more than 1
page per sheet is selected, then the Print Page Borders
checkbox and Page Order list box options are enabled. The
Print Page Borders option enables the printer to print pages
with borders. The Page Order list box is used to specify the
order in which the various pages will be printed on a sheet
of paper
Navigating the Driver UI for Windows - Print
• The Select Tiles button is enabled on selecting posters in the
Pages Per Sheet and Posters list box. The Select Tiles button is
used to select individual tiles for printing. Click the Select Tiles
button to open the second level dialog box, Tiling Selection.
By default, all tiles are selected and gray in color. By clicking
224
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
individual tiles, users can toggle between removing and
selecting the tile.
Effects Tab
The Effects tab for the PCL 6 printer driver has the following features:
3. Print Task Quick Sets - This section enables saving of the current
driver settings for reuse. Print task Quick Sets can be saved and
selected for most printer driver tabs.
4. Resizing options - The Resizing Options can be used to specify the
size of the paper and to change the size of the page to be printed.
5. Actual Size : This feature enables the user to print the page or
document without changing its actual size.
6.
Note
Print Document On : Print Document On drop-down menu presents
a choice of various sizes of paper, such as A4, Legal and Executive.
If the Print Document On option is selected, the Letter list box and
the Scale to Fit check box will be enabled. The Letter list box allows
the user to select a target paper size, such as Letter or Legal. The
default value for this list box is Letter. When the Scale to Fit check
box is selected, it enables the user to scale the document to fit on
the selected paper size. Uncheck this option if the user does not
want to reduce or enlarge the size of the document.
The Print Document On option is not supported if the Pages per Sheet are set to
more than 1.
7.
Use and Maintain
% Of Normal Size : This feature is used to customize the size of the
page that is printing. The user can specify the size of the page with
a whole number or by using the slider bar.
hp confidential
225
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
226
Creating Watermarks - The user can print watermarks on a
document using the watermark feature. To do this, select the
required watermark option from the Watermarks list box. Selecting
a value other than the default value enables the First Page Only
checkbox. Selecting this option will ensure that the watermark is
printed on the first page only.
The Watermark Details dialog box contains Current Watermarks : Enables the user to view and select an
available watermark. The user can create a new watermark to the
existing list using the New button. An existing watermark can be
deleted by using the Delete button.
Watermark Message : Enables the user to specify the text for a new
watermark or modify the text of an existing watermark.
Message Angle : Enables the user to specify the angle of the
watermark text. For example, if the user selects the Diagonal
option, then the watermark text will appear diagonally on the
printer page. For the Angle option, the user can specify a value
ranging from 0 to 360.
Font Attributes : Enables the user to specify the font attributes, such
as font name, color, and shading, of the selected watermark.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
The user can also preview the page with the watermark on the right hand
top corner of the Watermark Details window. The page preview displays a
sample document with the currently specified printer driver settings.
Color Tab
1.
The Color tab specifies color and grayscale settings in a documen t. This
Color tab for the PCL 6 printer driver has the following options:
Print Task Quick Sets : This section enables saving of the current driver settings
for reuse. Print task Quick Sets can be saved and selected for most printer
driver tabs.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
227
2. Color Options : The Color Options feature is used to change the
printing quality of a document. Color options enable the user to print in
grayscale. Printing in Grayscale enables users to quickly preview
preliminary copies of slides and hardcopy output or for color documents
that will be photocopied or faxed. Change the quality of printing by
selecting the High Quality and Black Ink Only radio buttons. High Quality
radio button enables the usage of all colors to print in high quality
grayscale. Black Ink Only radio button enables the usage of only black ink
to print in grayscale.
228
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
229
navigating the driver UI for Mac - Print
navigating the driver UI for Mac - Print
In the Mac operating system, the Page Setup and Print dialog boxes allow
changing the all-in-one settings. The default printer can also be set from here.
To change the Page Setup settings:
1. Open the document to be printed.
2. On the File menu, click Page Setup .
The following options are available on the Page Setup dialog box:
Page Attributes
Users can set the following page attributes:
• Format for : Enables selecting the printer that will be used to print the
document.
Paper
Size: Enables selecting the paper size, such as A4, B4, and B5 for the print
•
job.
• Orientation : Enables specifying the paper orientation - landscape or portrait.
Scale:
Page Attributes
Custom Paper Size
Users can set the following options for the Custom Paper Size:
• New : Create a new page size by specifying the paper size and the page
margins.
• Duplicate: Edit the existing custom size.
• Delete: Delete the existing custom size.
• Save: Save the specified custom size.
• Paper Size: Specify the height and width of the paper to be used for printing.
• Printer Margins : Specify the top, right, bottom, and left page margins.
230
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Customer Paper Size
• Summary: Displays the settings used to print a document.
Summary
To change the print settings complete the following steps:
1. Open the document to be printed.
2. On the File menu, click Print .
The following options are available in the Print dialog box.
• Copies and Pages : It is used to change the following printer settings:
• Copies : Specify the number of copies to be printed.
• Pages : Print a specific number of pages, or all pages of the document.
• Collated: Collate the multiple copies.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
231
Copies and Pages
• Layout: It is used to change the following printer settings:
• Pages per Sheet: Specify the number of pages to be printed on a sheet.
• Layout direction : Specify the layout direction of the contents in a page, if the
number of pages to printed is more than one.
• Border : Specify the border type for the document to be printed, such as Single
hairline and Single thin line.
Border
• Duplex: It is used to change the following printer settings:
• Print on Both Sides : Select the option to print the document on both sides of
the paper.
• Binding: Specify the format for binding. This option is available only if the Print
on both Sides option is selected.
Binding
• Output Options: It is used to change the following printer settings:
• Save as File: Select this options to save the print job as a file.
• Format: Specify the format of the file, such as PDF or PostScript. This option is
available only when the Save as File option is selected.
232
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Output Options
• Error Handling : It is used to change the following printer settings:
• PostScript Errors: Specify whether an error report is to be printed for the
document.
• Tray Switching : Specify the method in which the trays will be switched.
Tray Switching
• Paper Feed : It is used to specify the method in which the tray will be used to
perform the print jobs, such as Tray 1 and Tray 2 .
Paper Feed
• Color Options : It is used to change the following printer settings:
• Print Color as Gray : Select this option for monochrome printing.
• CMYK links: Choose the color options, such as SWOP, Euroscale, and Dic that
are to be used by the printer to interpret the CMYK data while printing.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
233
CMYK Links
Image Quality
Select the resolution and the print quality to be used for print jobs.
Image Quality
• Printer Features : Choose the Media Type to specify the type of medium used
for performing the print job, such as plain paper , and HP premium paper.
Printer Features
234
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
• Summary: Lists the various settings, such as Output Options , Layout, and
Duplex specified for the print job.
Summary
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
235
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Windows
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Windows
The HP Photo and Imaging software is also known as HP Director. HP Director is
installed on a computer for direct connections. The software provides a common
interface for HP devices, such as all-in-ones, scanners, photo printers, and digital
cameras. The software gives these devices the ability to work together, and can
be used to scan originals, send images by e-mail or fax, and to view, edit, and
print images. Most all-in-one procedures performed using the control panel can
also be performed from a computer that has the HP Photo and Imaging software.
Note
Typical installation is required for Windows computers in order to install the HP Photo
and Imaging software.
To open the HP Photo and Imaging software on Windows computers:
1. Double-click the HP Director icon on the desktop or in the Windows
taskbar, click Start, point to Programs or All Programs, point to HP, and
then click HP Director . The HP Director window appears.
HP Director
2. In the Select Device dialog box, click to see a list of installed HP devices.
3. Click the all-in-one.
The HP Photo and Imaging Software consists of several options. These include:
Scan Picture
Allows the user to scan and save a photo, picture, or drawing. Following are the
steps to scan a picture:
Click the Scan Picture option. The HP scanning window appears. This window
allows the user to perform image processing and resizing.
236
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
HP Scanning
Click the Accept button to start the scanning process.
HP Scanning
After the scanning process is completed, the HP Gallery is launched with the
scanned document.
HP Gallery
For the scanned document to be printed, click the Print option on the left pane of
the HP Gallery.
The Quick Print window appears, which describes the printer name and settings.
The paper setting involves the Size and Type options for the user to choose the size
and type of the paper media.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
237
Quick Print
Click the Print option to print the scanned document.
Print Preview
Scan Document
Allows user to scan a document with text or text and pictures. Following are the
steps to scan a document:
Select the Scan Document option from the HP Director. As a result, the HP
scanning window appears.
Scan Document
Click the Document option. Choose the location to save the scanned document
by selecting the drop down list of the Scan to option.
238
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Start Scanning
Click Scan to start the scanning process.
Saving the Scanned Document
The Save as dialog box appears. Save the scanned document to a selected
location.
Save Document
Send a Fax
Allows the image or document to be send as fax. Following are the steps to send
a fax from the HP Director:
Select the Send a Fax option from the HP Director. As a result, the HP Officejet 9100
series-Send Fax window appears.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
239
Send a Fax
Send a Fax
The user can choose the following options from this window:
1. The user enters a title, first and last names, fax and voice numbers, and
company name of fax recipient; this information may be typed in or
selected from the Address Book , Recent Faxes , or the Fax To option. Only
the fax phone number is required.
2. A title may be chosen from a drop down list box, Title. Some of these title
includes: Dr., Miss, Mr., Mrs., Ms., or Prof.
3. The user may select a recipient from the most recent faxes list by clicking
the down arrow in the Last Name edit box or by clicking the Recent Faxes
button. The user highlights a name to select it. Information entered in the
Fax To box may be removed by clicking the Clear Entry button.
4. The user can add new entries to the recipient list by clicking the Add To List
button.
5. The user removes names from the recipient list by choosing a name in the
list and clicking the Remove button. The user may add any number of
recipients to the list, depending on the computer memory.
6. The user may access the Windows Address Book by clicking the Address
Book , Select From button. If the Window s Address Book is not found on the
users PC, the Select From button will display a message explaining that the
Windows Address Book is not installed.
7. Information in the Fax To group box may be added to the Windows
Address Book by clicking the Address Book , Add To button.
8. The user may designate the fax quality (resolution): Standard, Fine, or
Photo. The resolutions offered are based on those supported by the
firmware. The user may choose to send the fax in Black and White or Color .
The user can select a setting. These settings are retained for the next fax.
240
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
9. The user may choose to include a PC generated cover page and/or pages
scanned from the MFP (Page(s) in unit box is checked) with the current fax.
When the user chooses PC-Generated Cover Page , the Edit Contents
button is active and when clicked, takes the user to the cover page data
dialog box where the user can add text to the cover page (Subject and/or
Message).
10. By clicking the Log and Settings button, the user has access to the fax log,
fax settings and speed dial settings.
11. If the user chooses to preview the current fax by clicking the Preview Fax
button, the HP Fax Viewer is launched, the page(s) in the device are
scanned up and the viewer opens, displaying all of the fax components.
12. The user pushes Send Fax button to send the current fax. Pages are
scanned and uploaded from the device, if necessary, and a thumbnail of
the current page is displayed as the fax is being sent.
13. The user pushes Help to open online help for Send Fax, or Cancel to end
the current operation and return to the previous state.
Note
If the receiver cannot receive the fax for any reason, the all-in-one will inform the user
that the fax failed and the user must re-send the fax.
Note
Once a PC Fax is in progress it cannot be cancel led from the PC side. It can only be
cancelled from the Front Panel of the device.
HP Gallery
Allows the user to find, edit, view, print, send or share the images.
Double-click the HP Photo and Imaging Gallery icon on the desktop or in the
Windows taskbar. The HP Photo and Imaging Gallery windows appear. The
window consist of five tabs including:
My Images: Select the My Images tab to view all the images in the HP Gallery.
HP Photo and Imaging Gallery
Edit: The Edit tab allows the user to edit the images. Some of the important
editing functions includes Sharpen, Crop, Rotate, and Flip the image.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
241
Imaging Gallery - Edit
Projects: The Project tab allows the user to open major imaging projects.
Projects
HP Memories Disc: The HP Memories Disc tab allows the user to preserve the
images, share the images on TV, video, or computer.
HP Memories Disc
HP Instant Share: The HP Instant Share tab allows the user connect online with the
HP Instant Share service to retrieve professional prints and online albums.
242
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
HP Instant Share
Transfer Images
Allow the user to save images to the PC from camera or memory card. Following
are the steps to transfer images:
Select the Transfer Images option from the HP Director.
Transfer Images
As a result, the HP Image Transfer Software window appears. Save the images
from the memory card or a digital camera to the computer hard disk using the
Save to , and In subfolder options. Click Start Transfer to start the image transfer
process.
Transfer Software
Support
Provides computer and printer support information to assist in troubleshooting.
Following are the steps to invoke Support:
Select the Support option from the HP Director.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
243
HP Director Support
HP
Photo
and
Imaging
help appears displaying the troubleshooting
As a result, the
and support page.
Troubleshooting and Support
HP Shopping
Provides online purchase of HP products. Following are the steps to invoke HP
Shopping:
Select the HP Shopping option from the HP Director.
HP Shopping
As a result, the HP home page appears, displaying the purchase option.
244
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Discover
Software Update
Allows user to update the HP software to the latest version. Following are the steps
to invoke Software Update:
Select the HP Shopping option from the HP Director.
HP Software Update
HP
Software
Update
As a result, the
window is displayed.
HP Software Update
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
245
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Mac
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Mac
The HP director provides access to various features of HP devices, such as digital
cameras and scanners. Device functions, such as scanning, copying, and faxing
can be initiated by using HP director. In addition, HP it can also be sued to open
HP Gallery to view, modify and manage images in the computer.
Note
The HP director is installed on the computer for direct connections.
To open HP director, click the HP Director (All-in-One) icon in the dock. As a result,
the HP director menu is displayed.
Officejet9100 Series
The menu contains the following options:
1. PhotoSave: This software enables reading the attached memory cards and
saving the files or photos in the computer.
246
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
HP PhotoSave
2. Scan Picture:
Allows the user to scan and save a picture, photo, or drawing and display
it in HP Photo and Imaging Gallery.
To scan a picture complete the following steps:
Place the document on the flatbed scanner glass, and close the flatbed
scanner lid.
On the HP Director (All-in-One) menu, click Scan Picture . The HP Scan
HP Scan
Select the area to be scanned, and adjust the scan settings, such as Image
Type and color.
Select the Save as file radio button to save the document to a folder. Next
click the Accept button to start the scanning process.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
247
Note
Selecing the Open in application radio button, allows saving the picture in the HP
Gallery.
Specify the name of the picture and the location to save the picture. Next,
click Save .
HP Save
Scan
Document
3.
: Allows the users to scan and save the document to a file.
In addition users can open the scanned document in a text editor. To open
the scanned document in a text editor complete the following steps:
scanner lid.
On the HP Director (All-in-One) menu, click Scan Document . The HP Scan
Select the area to be scanned and adjust the scan settings.
Select the Open in application radio button.
HP Scanning
248
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Choose the OCR to TextEdit option from the spin box, and click Accept.
The document opens in a text editor. Users can also open the scanned
document in other applications, such as MS Word.
4. Send Fax: Allows the users to fax documents. To fax a document complete
the following steps:
scanner lid.
1. On the HP Director (All-in-One) menu, click Send Fax. The Print
Print
Select the Copies and Pages option to specify the number of copies and
pages to be sent as fax.
Print
Select the Layout option to specify the layout, such as no pages in a sheet,
layout direction, and border.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
249
Layout
Select the Output options option to specify the output for the fax.
Output Options
Select the Fax Recipients option to specify the name and telephone
numbers of the people to whom the fax needs to be sent. Users can select
names and fax numbers of the fax recipients by clicking the Open Phone
Book button. In addition, users view the list of most commonly use fax
numbers by clicking the Open Speed Dials button.
Fax Recipients
Select the Fax Settings option to specify the fax settings, such as resolution,
contrast, and paper size.
250
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Fax Settings
Click the Send Fax Now button to send the fax.
To receive a fax, click the Receive button. Users can set the answer mode
to receive the fax automatically or manually.
Receive
5. HP Gallery: The HP Gallery is an application that is used to work with image
files.
Note
The HP Gallery can be used to unload images from a video clips from an HP digital
camera, to initiate scanning of images and video clips, print images in different
styles, share images through email or website and creating a multimedia CD.
6. To open the HP Gallery, click HP Gallery on the HP Director (All-in-One)
menu.
7. The HP Gallery window is displayed, as a result.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
251
HP Gallery Window
8. The HP Gallery interface displays the following:
9. Toolbar: Using the toolbar, users can capture images from HP devices,
organize and browse files and folders. In addition, users can view, edit,
and print images.
10. Main Window: displays the images and video files and folders.
11. Share bar: Using the Share bar, users can print posters and banners, use
borderless printing features, put sequence of frames from a video clip, and
send email messages.
12. Status bar: displays information about the current folder or the currently
selected image.
13. Quick time Player:
Using the Quick Time Player, users can publish synchronized graphics,
sounds, text, and video files.
To open the QuickTime Player choose QuickTime Player from the More
Applications submenu in the HP Director (All-in-One) menu.
252
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Welcome to QuickTime
14. HP on the Web:
Using the HP on the Web option users can connect to the HP site for any
kind of support. In addition, users can share photos on the site
hpphoto.com.
To access online support choose Access HP online support from the HP on
the Web submenu in the HP Director (All-in-One) menu. The site HP.com is
displayed.
Support and Drivers
To share photos select Share your photos at hpphoto.com from HP on the
Web submenu in the HP Director (All-in-One) menu. The site hpphoto.com is
displayed.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
253
Welcome to HP Photo
15. HP ImageZone Help: This option enables users to access help on HP
director. Users can enter their search criteria in the Ask a question text box
to find information on a particular subject.
To open the HP ImageZone help choose HP ImageZone help from the HP
Help submenu in the HP Director (All-in-One) menu. The HP ImageZone Help
HP ImageZone
16. Settings: This option enables users to select a device and change the
settings, such as fax and scan settings.
To change the settings complete the following steps:
On the HP Director (All-in-One) menu, click Settings. The Settings submenu is
displayed. The Settings submenu displays the following options:
• Choose Device: Users can select a device type from a list of available
items.
• Fax Speed Dial Settings: This option enables users to add names and
fax numbers of individuals or groups to their fax list to whom they
need to send faxes frequently.
254
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
HP All-in-one Device Settings
• Fax Send Settings: This options enables users to change the fax
resolution settings, such as standard, fine, and superfine. In addition,
users can change the dial mode and redial settings.
HP All-in-one Device Settings
• Scan to Setup Settings: This option enables users to set the scan settings,
such as picture settings and document settings.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
255
HP Scan to Destination
Users can either specify the location to store the scanned document or
picture or change the following scan settings:
• Scan Picture Settings: Select this setting to change the resolution,
image type, and location of the scanned picture.
Custom Scan Settings
• Scan Document Settings: Select this setting to change the resolution,
image type, and location of the scanned document.
Custom Scan Settings
Front
Panel
Scan
Settings:
•
Select this option to change the resolution
and image type settings in the scan window.
256
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
performing print operation
performing print operation
Printing through the printer drivers
In most situations, user can print documents from computer through the printer
driver. Although specific options vary depending on the software program being
used, user can usually gain access to the printer driver by clicking File and then
Print in the software program.
Making copies from the control panel
The steps for making copies from the control panel are:
2. If prompted, type the PIN using the keypad or keyboard.
3. Press COPY.
4. To make color copies, press BLACK/COLOR to turn the color setting on.
5. To set copy options, use one of the following methods:
6. Press a control-panel option button (for example, LIGHTER/DARKER), select
7. Select an option from the control-panel display (for example, Contrast),
select the value, and then press (select).
8. Press START.
Performing automatic duplexing
The all-in-one includes an auto-duplex unit for performing automatic duplexing.
To perform automatic duplexing on Windows computers:
1. Load the appropriate paper in tray 1 or tray 2. Be sure to load the paper
with the front side facing down.
2. On the File menu of the program, click Print, and then click Properties.
3. On the Finishing tab, click the Print on Both Sides check box.
4. When duplexing, the top margin might need to be increased slightly to
make sure that the pages align. This might cause the contents of a page
to overflow to the next page. Selecting the Preserve Layout option reduces
the page contents and ensures that the page layout is not affected.
5. Select or clear the Flip Pages Up check box as per the binding
requirements.
6. Click OK to close the dialog box.
7. Click OK to print the document.
To perform automatic duplexing on Mac OS X (10.1 and later) computers:
2. On the File menu of the program, click Print.
3. On the Two Sided Printing panel, select the Print on Both Sides option and
select a binding orientation.
To perform automatic duplexing on Mac OS 9.2.x computers:
2. On the File menu of the program, click Page Setup.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
257
Page Setup
3. On the Layout panel, select the Print on Both Sides option and select a
binding orientation.
Print
Changing common settings for a job
The all-in-one allows user to change the common settings to other than default,
on the Windows and Mac operating systems.
To change settings on a Windows computer:
1. Open the document in the software program .
3. Select the printer driver (PCL 5c, PCL 6, or PS), and then click Setup or
Properties.
4. Change the settings, and then click OK.
5. Click Print or OK to print the document.
To change settings on a Macintosh computer
In the Mac OS, the Page Setup and Print dialog boxes allow changing the all-inone settings. The often -used default printer can also be set from here. To change
the page setup settings:
1. Open the document in the software program.
2. On the File menu of the program, click Page Setup.
3. From the Format for pop-up menu, select the device, and then change the
preferred settings (such as, the page size).
4. On the Paper Size pop-up menu (Mac OS X, 10.1 and later) ) or the Paper
pop-up menu (Mac OS 9.2.x), select the media size.
258
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
To change the print settings:
1. Open the document in the software program.
3. Select the location of the media and the type of media.
4. Mac OS X (10.1 and later): On the pop-up menu, click Paper Feed, click All
pages from, and then select the media source. Click Printer Features to
change the media type.
5. Mac OS 9.2.x: On the pop-up menu, click All pages from, and then select
the media source or the media type.
6. Change any other settings (such as the print quality).
7. Click Print to print the document.
Setting defaults for all print jobs
The user can set the default settings for all print jobs in all-in-one.
To set defaults from the printer driver (Windows computers):
1. From the Windows desktop, use one of the following methods to open the
printer driver.
2. Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, and Windows 2000: Click Start,
point to Settings, and then click Printers.
3. Windows XP: Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
4. Or, click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes.
5. Right-click the all-in-one icon, and then select the operating system:
• Windows 98 and Windows Me: Click Properties.
• Windows NT 4.0: Click Document Defaults or Properties.
• Windows 2000 and Windows XP: Click Printing Preferences or Properties.
6. Change the settings, and then click OK.
Restoring print settings
The user can restore the print settings as set earlier.
To restore factory defaults:
2. Press (down) to move PRINTER, and then press (select).
3. Press (down) to move to Restore print factory settings, and then press
(select).
4. Press - or + to select RESTORE, and then press (select).
5. Press (down) to move to Exit, and then press (select).
Note
Copy settings can also be restored in a similar way by selecting copy option in the
second step.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
259
scanning using OCR software
scanning using OCR software
Readiris is Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software that is used to import
scanned text into preferred word-processing program for editing. This allows user
to edit faxes, letters, newspaper clippings, and many other documents.
For direct connections, the all-in-one lets user specify the word-processing program
that user wants to use for editing. If the word-processing icon is not present or
active, either user does not have word-processing software installed computer, or
the scanner software did not recognize the program during the installation.
The OCR software does not support scanning colored text. Colored text is always
converted to grayscale text before being sent to OCR. Thus, all text in the final
document is in grayscale, regardless of the original color.
Using OCR software for Macintosh
The Readiris software is included in the installation for Macintosh computers. The
software can be used to edit the scan text and figures. The Readiris software
imports the scanned document and converts it to text, RTF, HTML, or PDF as the
output format. The text format consists of only text part, irrespective of the
presence of graphics in the scanned document. The RFT format consists of both
the text and the graphics. Both HTML and PDF format consists of both text and
graphics.
There are two procedures to edit a scanned document through Readiris:
• Manual procedure
• Automatic procedure
Manual procedure
Readiris also provides an option for the user to edit the scanned document text, or
picture according to the requirements. User can enable the text zone drawing
mode button to select the area text area to be modified in the output format.
Similarly, graphic zone drawing mode button, and table zone drawing mode
button are used to select the graphic and table area to be modified.
To perform manual OCR:
Click File- Open Document and select the location and name of the scanned
document.
Open Document
260
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Open Document
The selected document opens and the Readiris software automatically selects the
text and graphics area.
Readiris Software
Click the Layout menu and select the Clear option to clear the text and graphics
area selected by the OCR software.
Clear Option
Click the text zone drawing mode button, and select the text area of the scanned
document. To select the text area, click the mouse at the required point to start
the selection. Next, release the mouse and drag to select the required text,
graphic, or table.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
261
Finally, click the mouse at the required point to end the selection.
Similarly, select the graphic area by using the graphics zone drawing mode
button.
Graphics Zone
Graphics Zone
Click the Choose the output text format button, to select the output format.
Options include Text, RTF, PDF, and HTML. The Text Format window is displayed.
Output Text Format
262
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Text Format
The Text Format window consists of Layout group box, PDF group box, and the
output group box.
The Layout group box consist of:
• The option Create Body Text avoids any text formatting by the Readiris
software, and the user can perform all the formatting.
• The Retain Word and Paragraph Formatting option maintains the font size,
style, and type. Tables are recaptured correctly whereas graphics is not
recaptured.
• The Recreate Source Document option recreates a facsimile copy of the
source document.
The PDF group box consists of Include Page Image and Create Bookmarks radio
buttons. Since the output format can be a PDF, the Include Page Image allow to
create two types of PDF files:
• When this option is disabled - as is the case by default - Readiris creates a PDF
file that contains the text result. Graphics may occur but only when graphic
zones occur on the page - photographs, and artwork.
• When this option is enabled - Readiris creates a searchable PDF file that
contains the recognized text and the page image. The page image is
contained above the text in a two-layered PDF file.
In addition, there are general options such as Merge Lines into Paragraphs
and Include Graphics.
• The Merge Lines into Paragraphs enables the automatic paragraph
detection.
• Include Graphics includes the graphics in auto-formatted text files.
Check the Ask filename and location option of the Output group
box. By default this option Is unchecked.
Click the Perform OCR button to start the OCR process.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
263
OCR Process
Click the finish button to complete the OCR process
After the OCR process completes, the Save Text (RTF) As option
appears. Select the name and location of the output file and click
Save to save the file to the required location.
Save Text
Automatic procedure
Following are the steps to edit a scanned document through Readiris
automatically:
1. To start the Readiris application, click Macintosh HD-> Applications->
Readiris 7 Pro-> Readiris 7.0.
2. The Readiris application window appears.
3. To perform automatic OCR, follow theses step in this order:
• Select the Perform Automatic OCR button. This button is located to the topleft corner of the Readiris application.
264
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Perform Automatic OCR
• A progress bar appears showing the converting page1 and recognizing scan
options.
• The Open Document window appears. Select the location of the scanned
image or document, and click Open.
The Readiris software automatically selects the text and graphics area of the
scanned document. In addition, the Save Text as window is displayed. Save the
document in the required output format, such as RTF, PDF, and HTML.
Using OCR software for Windows
Select the Source option to scan the page with the scanner or open the image
file.
Note
If the Page Analysis option is enabled, the text windows, graphics and tables are
detected automatically.
Source Option
1. To select the windows of interest and define their order, click the Sort icon
and press delete to deselect the text, graphics, and tables.
Sort Icon
2. To select the text, graphics, or tables, click the Draw text window, Draw
graphic window, and Draw table window respectively.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
265
Graphics or Tables
Draw Table Window
Support and Drivers
3. Click the mouse at the required point to start the selection. Next, release
the mouse and drag to select the required text, graphic, or table. Finally,
click the mouse at the required point to end the selection.
266
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Selection
4. Click the Recognize option to start the character recognition.
5. Save the recognized text in a text file, and send it directly to a target
application, copy it to the clipboard. This allows the user to create a new
file or append an existing text file.
Create a New File or Append an Existing Text File
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
267
contention management
contention management
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one can process different jobs, such as printing,
faxing, copying, and scanning at the same time. For example, it can process a
copy job while scanning an original for a fax job. These jobs can be performed
remotely using a computer connected to the all-in-one or using the control panel
of the all-in-one. To handle any contention that may arise due to multiple job
instructions, the all-in-one has "job managers" that release a resource as soon as it
is no longer needed so that the next job can start. The various controlled resources
that are required for job execution and contention management are:
• Printer
• Scanner
• "Digital-Send" network connection
• Fax phone line
• Photocard writing
Jobs that are started using the control panel (Walk-up usage) take priority over
jobs started using a computer on the network. However, a currently printing job
must finish before any new printing job can begin. Salient points about "Walk-up"
usage:
• A walk-up user is considered present when the control panel is touched, or
when documents are placed on the ADF.
• Walk-up usage expires after a timeout period, when
• the control panel is no longer in use.
• all walk-up initiated jobs are completed.
• no errors resulting from walk-up usage are displayed.
• A walk-up user can "logout" by holding the "Reset" button for 2 seconds.
• When walk-up user is present, the user name is displayed on the IDLE screen as
READY (ADMIN). If users are not configured, an asterisk (READY*) indicates
walk-up presence.
Control of the all-in-one resources for contention management
Printer:
• Remote print jobs are blocked when a walk-up user is using the all-in-one.
However, a remote print job that has already started will continue till
completion.
• Remote print jobs begin when walk-up user expires, or "logs out".
Scanner:
• Remote TWAIN scan has the same priority as a walk-up user. The all-in-one does
not distinguish between a walk-up user and a remote scan and executes
scan jobs on a "first-come first-served" basis.
• Scan-ahead - The all-in-one processes a walk-up scan job simultaneously with
printing/copying or sending to the scan destination. After all the pages are
scanned, the scanner is available for the next (different) walk-up job even
though the current job has not fully completed.
• Any new jobs requiring the scanner (ADF or Glass) are blocked when the
scanner is in use.
Copy:
268
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
• Scan-ahead for all ADF jobs - ADF copy jobs can be started even when the
printer is busy because compression and decompression are handled by
separate CPUs and take place.
• Glass jobs do not "scan-ahead" because images are not compressed
sim ultaneously. Therefore, both scanner and printer must be available when
the job starts.
Digital Send:
• Only one digital send connection remains active at any given time.
Fax:
• Default fax send method is "Non real-time". Pages are first scanned to memory
and then transmitted in the background. Up to 10 outgoing fax jobs can be
queued.
• Up to 4MB of faxes can be received and stored in non-volatile memory while
the printer is busy. When memory is full, incoming calls are not answered.
• An incoming fax is completely received into memory before printing starts.
• If "Fax archive" is enabled (ADMIN menu), received faxes are transmitted via
digital send only after walk-up digital send jobs have completed.
• Color fax send jobs are always performed "real-time", rather than queued in
memory. This is because negotiation with the destination fax machine must
first be done to determine if color fax is available.
• Color fax printing requires portions of the scanner hardware, and blocks other
scan jobs from starting.
• Fax printing is treated as a walk-up job, rather than a remote print job.
Photo Card:
• Photo cards can be accessed via USB/Centronics ports, if the MSDC driver is
installed.
• When a walk-up photo print or photo digital-send job starts, MSDC is set to
read-only. This prevents the remote computer from modifying photos on the
card as they are being processed.
• When MSDC is writing to the photo card, walk-up photo jobs cannot start.
When MSDC write completes, the photo card is once again scanned to
count the number of photos.
• The OS or software installed on the remote computer may periodically write to
the photo card. This occasionally prevents a photo job from starting even
though it appears as though no job is in progress.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
269
sending fax
sending fax
There are three ways to send a fax:
• Sending fax from HP Photo and Imaging software
• Sending fax from a third party program
• Sending fax from the Control Panel
A confirmation message indicating that a fax was successfully sent appears briefly
on the control-panel display after each transaction. By default, the all-in-one prints
a report only when a problem occurs.
Sending a fax from the computer with the HP Photo and Imaging software
(direct connection only)
To send a fax from HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director):
Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF.
Double-click the HP Director icon on the desktop or in the Windows
1.
Sending a Fax
Select the Send a Fax, and use the options from the Send Fax , as
discussed earlier to send a fax.
Sending a fax from a third-party program
User can send a fax from a third-party program, such as Microsoft Word.
Sending a fax from the Control Panel
To send a fax from the Control Panel:
2. Open a document in a third-party program.
3. Click the File menu, and then click Print.
4. Select the fax print driver from the printer drop-down list. The fax
software appears.
5. Type the fax number of one or more recipients.
6. Include a cover page (optional).
7. Click Send Now.
Changing common settings in the Fax mode menu
The user can change settings to other than default. Following are the steps to
change settings in the fax mode menu:
1. On the control panel, press FAX.
2. Press (down) to move to the option that user wants, and then press
(select).
3. Use -/+ to select a value, and then press (select).
270
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Setting advanced options
The user can also set advanced options in the fax mode. Some of the advanced
options are as follows:
• To automatically redirect incoming faxes from the Embedded Web Server
(EWS)
• To automatically redirect incoming faxes from the control panel
• To automatically forward incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
(network connection only)
• To automatically archive incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
• To automatically archive incoming faxes from the control panel
• To automatically reduce incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
• To automatically reduce incoming faxes from the control panel
• To block and unblock a fax number from the embedded Web server
• Receiving a fax automatically or manually
• Using Reports
To automatically redirect incoming faxes from the Embedded Web Server
(EWS) (network connection only)
The user can automatically redirect the incoming faxes from the EWS as follows:
1. Open the EWS. The user can open the EWS in two ways. Firstly, type the IP
address that has been assigned to the all-in-one in the Web browser. The IP
address of the all-in-one is mentioned in the configuration page. Secondly,
the user can launch EWS through as follows: Start-> Programs-> HP
Officejet 9100 series -> HP Officejet 9100 series Toolbox. Finally, click the
Launch button of the Information tab to open the EWS.
3. Click Fax in the left pane.
4. Click the Forward/Archive tab.
Automatically Redirect Incoming Faxes from the Embedded Web Server
5. Complete the fields under Fax Forwarding.
6. Click Apply .
To automatically redirect incoming faxes from the control panel
2. Press (down) to move to ADV FAX SETUP and then press (select).
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
271
3. Press (down) to move to Automatic fax forwarding, and then press
(select).
4. Press - or + to select either ON or OFF and then press (select).
5. If selected OFF, go to the next step.
6. If selected ON , use the following steps:
7. Use the keypad or keyboard to type the fax number for forwarding
incoming faxes.
8. Type an ending time and date.
9. Press (select).
To automatically forward incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
1. Open the EWS.
3. Click Fax in the left pane.
4. Click Forward/Archive.
5. Under Fax Archiving , complete the Archive Fax to E-mail field.
6. Click Apply .
Automatically Forward Incoming Faxes from the Embedded Web Server
To automatically archive incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
2. Press (down) to move to ADMIN SETUP.
3. Press (down) to move to Fax archive, and then press (select).
4. Specify the Network Folder and press the Select button.
5. Specify the user name and press the Select button.
6. Specify the password and press the Select button.
7. Enter an ending time and date, and then press (select).
To automatically archive incoming faxes from the control panel
2. Press (down) to move to ADV FAX SETUP .
3. Press (down) to move to Automatically fax forwarding, and then press
(select).
4. Enter an ending time and date, and then press (select).
272
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
To automatically reduce incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open the EWS.
Click the Settings tab.
Click Fax in the left pane.
Click the Advanced tab.
For Automatic Reduction, select ON .
Click Apply .
Automatically Reduce Incoming Faxes from the Embedded Web Server
To automatically reduce incoming faxes from the control panel
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
On the control panel, press MENU.
Press (down) to move to ADV FAX SETUP .
Press (down) to move to Automatic reduction, and then press (select).
Press - or + to select either ON or OFF, and then press (select).
Press (down) to move to Exit, and then press (select).
To block and unblock a fax number from the embedded Web server
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Use and Maintain
Open the EWS.
Click the Settings tab.
Click Fax in the left pane.
Click the Blocked Faxes tab.
To block a fax number, type the number in the list.
To unblock a fax number, clear the number from the list.
Click Apply .
hp confidential
273
Block and Unblock a Fax Number from the EWS
Receiving a fax automatically or manually
To receive a fax automatically:
1. On the Control Panel, press Menu.
2. Press the down button to move to FAX SETUP .
3. Press the down button to move to Autoanswer .
To receive a fax manually:
1. The setting for Autoanswer must be set to off to receive faxes manually.
2. When receiving faxes manually, user must be available to respond in
person to the incoming fax call, or the all-in-one cannot receive faxes.
3. Make sure that no originals are loaded on the scanner glass.
4. When the all-in-one rings, press REDIAL/ANSWER on the control panel.
Using reports
User can print a log of faxes that have been received and sent by the all-in-one.
Each entry in the log contains the following information:
1. Transmission date and time
2. Type (whether received or sent)
3. Fax number
4. Duration
5. Number of pages
6. Result (status) of transmission
7. To view the fax log from the embedded Web server (network connection
only)
8. The logs list faxes that have been sent from the control panel and all faxes
received.
9. Open the embedded Web server.
10. On the Information tab, click Log .
11. Click the Incoming Fax or Outgoing Fax tab.
274
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
performing scan operations
performing scan operations
The all-in-one allows the user to perform scan operations from the Control Panel or
the HP Photo and Imaging software.
Sending scans to a program on a computer (direct connection only)
To send a scan to a program on a computer from the control panel
3. Press SCAN .
4. Press (down) to move to USB or Parallel.
5. Press -/+ to select a program.
To set scan options, use one of the following methods:
1. Press a control-panel option button (for example, RESOLUTION), select the
value, and then press (select) .
2. Select an option from the control-panel display (for example, Contrast),
select the value, and then press (select) .
3. Press START .
Sending scans to a network folder (network connection only)
The all-in-one facilitates scanning originals directly into a network folder without
any computer-based software. The shared folder can reside on a file server or on
any computer on the network.
To send a scan to a network folder:
3. Press SCAN .
4. With the cursor next to Network folder, press (select).
5. To specify the destination, do one of the following:
• Type the pathname for a network folder on the keypad or keyboard.
• Press a speed-dial button, if speed-dial entries have been set up for
network folders.
6. To set scan options, use one of the following methods:
• Press a control-panel option button (for example, RESOLUTION), select
• Select an option from the control-panel display (for example,
Contrast), select the value, and then press (select).
7. Press START . Connection might take some time.
8. If prompted, type the user name and then press (select).
9. If prompted, type the password and then press (select).
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
275
Sending a scan from a TWAIN-compliant program to a computer on the
network
The all-in-one is TWAIN-complaint and works with Windows and Macintosh
programs that support TWAIN-compliant scanning devices. While user is in a
TWAIN-compliant program, user can gain access to the scanning feature and scan
an image directly into the program.
TWAIN is supported for all Windows and Macintosh operating systems, for both
network connections and direct connections.
To send a scan from a TWAIN-compliant program:
1. Generally, a software program is TWAIN-compliant if it has a command
such as Acquire, File Acquire, Scan, Import New Object, Insert from, or
Scanner. If user is unsure whether the program is compliant or does not
know what the command is called, refer the software program Help or
documentation.
2. Start the scan from within the TWAIN-compliant program. Refer the
software program Help or documentation for information about the
commands and steps to use.
Changing common settings for a job
To change common settings in the scan mode menu:
1. On the control panel, press SCAN.
2. Press (down) to move to the option that user wants, and then press
(select).
3. Press -/+ to select a value, and then press (select) .
Setting defaults for all scan jobs
To change common settings in the scan mode menu:
1. On the control panel, press SCAN.
2. Change the scan settings to those that user wants to save as the defaults.
3. Press MENU.
4. Press (down) to move to SCAN SETUP.
5. Press (down) to move to Set scan defaults, and then press (select). The
following question appears: Save current settings as default
6. Press -/+ to select SAVE, and then press (select).
Scanning using HP Photo and Imaging Software
To open the HP Photo and Imaging software on Windows computers:
1. Double-click the HP Director icon on the desktop or in the Windows
276
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
HP Director
2. In the Select Device dialog box, click to see a list of installed HP devices.
3. Click the all-in-one.
The HP Photo and Imaging Software consists of several options. These include:
Scan Picture
Allows the user to scan and save a photo, picture, or drawing. To scan a picture:
1. Click the Scan Picture option from the HP Director. The HP scanning
window appears. T his window allows the user to perform image
processing and resizing. The Accept button performs the actual scanning.
Scan Picture
2. A progress bar shows the scanning process. After the process completes
the Save As dialog box appears. The user enters the name and the location
of the file to be saved.
Scan Picture
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
277
Save As
TWAIN Scan
The all-in-one allows the users to perform a Scan from a TWAIN compatible
application.
Examples of such applications are:
1. Photoshop
2. Paint Shop Pro
3. Microsoft Word
TWAIN applications have a scan path made available via some menu item. For
example in Paint Shop Pro, it’s File-Import-TWAIN-Acquire.
TWAIN Applications
Select the Acquire button. As a result, the scan preview dialog is shown.
Acquire
Click the scanner source button to select the scanner source.
278
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Select Source
The Select Source dialog appears that lists the scanners on the system. This
Windows dialog will remember the last selected scanner.
WIA Scan
Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) scanning is supported in Windows XP and
Windows ME. Only USB and LPT connections will support WIA. Network WIA is not
supported.
WIA Scan
When the WIA drivers are installed in Paint Shop Pro, a new menu item From
Scanner or Camera appears. Click the From Scanner or Camera option; a
window appears that requires user input regarding the type of picture to be
scanned. Options include Color picture, Grayscale picture, Black and White
picture or text, and Custom Settings. Select the Scan option to start the scanning
process.
MFP Scanner
Scan Document
Scans a document with text or text and pictures. To scan a document:
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
279
1. Click the Scan Document option from the HP Director. As a result, the HP
scanning window is displayed. The window prompts users with the
scanning options. After selecting options, click Scan. A progress bar shows
the scanning process.
HP Scanning
HP Scanning
2. After the scanning completes the Save As window appear for the user to
save the scanned document to the desired location.
Save As
The user can use the settings menu of the HP Photo and Imaging software.
280
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
HP Director
The Scan settings and Preferences menu consist of the following tabs:
1. Scan settings
2. Save settings
3. Preferences
Scan settings: The Scan Settings tab consist of the following options:
1. Resolution
2. User can choose resolution from 75-19200 ppi.
3. Output Type
Output type includes:
• Millions of Colors (24-bit)
• 256 Colors (8-bit)
• 256 color web pallete
• 256 color system pallete
• 256 gray shades (8-bit grayscale)
• Black and White (1-bit)
Scan Picture Settings
Save settings: The Save Settings tab consists of the following options:
1. Save To
2. Indicates the file location
3. Save as File Type
Options include:
• Bitmap image (*.bmp)
• TIFF image (*.tif)
• TIFF image (compressed) (*.tif)
• Jpeg Image (*.jpg)
• GIF Image (*.eps)
Preferences: Crops the scanned pictures automatically. Default un-checked.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
281
282
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
toolbox
toolbox
The Toolbox provides status and maintenance information about the all-in-one.
The Toolbox contains three tabs, which displays the Printer status, Information and
Services.
HP Officejet 9001 Series Toolbox
Printer Status Tab
The Printer Status tab displays status of the printer and ink level information. The
drop down list displays the currently selected MFP. The tab has following fields:
• Printer Selection: Allows the user to select a printer to monitor. It will list printers
that are compatible with the Toolbox.
• Status Area: Displays messages related to current printer status, such as Printing
job, Top cover open, and Ink Cartridge empty. Printer status is shown in the
status window. When there is a status error or warning message displayed,
the user can click on the printer icon and invoke the help file to display
more information about the error status. The user can also configure
whether or not the help file should be displayed using the Preferences
dialog box to set the options.
• Ink Level Information: Ink levels will be displayed with a 10% increment, with
ink levels below 11% showing a warning picture. Toolbox will display ink
levels in levels by 10%. For the ink, level to display the Toolbox has to
establish an active connection through either PML or SNMP. Once this is
successful, user can view the ink level in each cartridge. When the ink level
reaches below 10%, Toolbox begins to display a warning help dialog to
inform the user to order supplies.
• Order Supplies: Allows user to order supplies online.
• Ink Cartridge Information: Displays ink cartridge info such as model no. Display
the Cartridge type and Expiry Date information for each type of cartridge.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
283
• Preferences: Allows user to configure the Toolbox behaviour for all printers that
need to be monitored and maintained.
Information Tab
Information tab provides the user with the functions to display printer Information.
It also allows the user to get help on usage of devices.
Information Tab
The Information tab consists of Printer information, and Help.
1. Printer name: Provides information about print name and driver.
2. Printer Information: Provides information about myPrintMileage, Printer
Hardware, Printhead Health, and Job Accounting.
• myPrintMileage: Allows user to keep track of the printer usage
information such as ink and media usage.
• Printer Hardware: Displays the model, Firmware version, service ID, tray
2 installed, and Duplexer installed.
• Printhead Health: Displays health of printhead in graphical format.
Three levels condition levels are indicated: Good, Fair and Bad.
• Job Accounting: User can view device usage and job tracking. User
can access to job accounting information on the Information tab of
all-in-one Toolbox. When the Job Accounting button is clicked, a
separate dialog box will appear. In this dialog box, user can view
consumables usage, job information and perform usage tracking.
There are 3 tabs on the Job accounting dialog box: Consumables,
Job and Tracking. The Toolbox solution is accessible on direct
connected all-in-one. For network connected all-in-one, Toolbox will
not have the Job Accounting button on the information tab.
284
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Job Accounting
Consumables
The following information will be shown on the Consumables tab:
Accumulated ink usage for:
• Cyan
• Magenta
• Yellow
• Black
Accumulated media source usage for:
• Tray 1
• Tray 2
• Duplex
• Total
Accumulated media type usage for:
• Plain Paper
• Transparency
• Photo Paper
• Inkjet Paper
• Brochure
Accumulated media size usage for:
• A4
• Letter
• Legal
• Envelopes
• Other Sizes
All this info rmation is obtained through PML objects. Toolbox will query this
information before the Job Accounting dialog box is displayed. To refresh
this information, user needs to exit Job Accounting dialog and activate it
again through the Information tab of Toolbox.
Job
The Job tab only displays information about the last 20 jobs if job tracking
is enabled on the Track tab. The information displayed is:
• Job ID
• User Name
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
285
• Time
• Pages Printed
• Media Type
• Print Quality
• Black Ink Used
• Cyan Ink Used
• Magenta Ink Used
• Yellow Ink Used
All the above information is obtained through reading the file specified in
the Track tab. Toolbox will query for all this information before the Job tab
dialog box is visible. To refresh this information, user will have to exit Job
Accounting dialog and activate it again through the Information tab of
Toolbox.
Job Accounting
Track
On the Track tab of Job accounting dialog, user can enable job tracking.
User will also specified the file to save the job information to. The only file
generated will be a CSV (comma separated values) file, the format is
defined in section CSV File Format. When the View Report button is clicked,
the default application for handling .csv file will be opened.
If tracking is enabled, Toolbox will have to be running all the time. This is
due to the fact that Toolbox has to download the job information from allin-one at the end of every job. If user closes Toolbox when tracking is
enabled or when the user shutdown the PC, a dialog box will pop up to
inform user that doing so will cause the loss of job information. The
mechanism for uploading job information is through PML objects.
Job information uploaded will be stored in the file specified by user. The
expected life cycle of all-in-one is 120,000 pages and the estimated size for
one job information is 250 bytes. Hence, the estimated maximum
generated file size will be 120,000 X 250 bytes = 30 Mbytes.
286
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Job Accounting
Help
Provides help information about the all-in-one topics such as HP Instant
Support, registering all-in-one, user queries, troubleshooting, and contact
information.
1. HP Instant Support - Shows HP instant support web page.
2. Register your printer - Provides online registration of the printer
driver either by opening the link for online registration or by
displaying a help screen, which contains the link.
3. How do I - Provides helps on maintenance activities of the printer.
4. Troubleshooting - Provides helps on troubleshooting Printer, Printing
and Paper problems.
5. Contact HP - Provides information about the web and telephonic
support for user assistance.
Services Tab
This tab provides the user with the functions to perform device services.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
287
Toolbox
1. Save fax speed dials and fax settings: Saves the device fax speed dials and
fax settings to a file that is specified by user. It is available only for direct
connected all-in-one. Clicking Save fax speed dials and fax settings button
on Services tab will allow user to save the settings into a file. The file will be
saved with a .SAV extension and will be in a proprietary format.
2. Restore fax speed dials and fax settings: Restores the device fax speed dials
and fax settings from a file that is specified by user. This option is available
only for direct connected HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one. Clicking Restore
fax speed dials and fax settings button on Services tab will allow user to
restore the settings that are save earlier in a file. The file MUST be saved
using the Save fax speed dials and fax settings button on Services tab. A
dialog box will pop up to warn user that it will erase all fax speed dials and
settings on the device.
The following information will be saved and restored:
• All Fax speed dials, individual or group
• Fax local phone number
• Fax minimum rings before pickup
• Fax answer mode, manual or automatic
• Fax station name
• Fax forwarding enable time, disable time and phone number
288
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
overview of Mac Laserjet Utility
overview of Mac Laserjet Utility
The steps to install the Laserjet utility from the hybrid CDROM are:
1. Insert the Mac driver CD, and browse to the Network Print Installer folder.
HP OJ 9100 Series NPI Application
2. Double-click the HP OJ 9100 series NPI application.
Network Print Installer
3. A user authentication window is displayed. Type the appropriate username
and password. Click OK to continue.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
289
Authenticate
4. The License window appears. Click Accept to continue the installation.
License
5. In the HP OJ 9100 series NPI, select the Easy Install option, and click Install
to continue.
HP OJ 9100 Series NPI
290
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Congratulations
6. After the HP software is installed, click Continue to run Setup Assistance.
The Laserjet utility is successfully installed in the Utilities folder of the Mac hard disk.
To display the HP LaserJet Utility options, follow these step s:
1. Browse to HP Laserjet Utility as follows: Macintosh HD- Applications Hewlett-Packard- Utilities - HP Laserjet Utility. Double-click HP Laserjet Utility
to start the utility.
2. In the Network Print Setup window, select the IP Printing option. Click OK
to continue.
Network Print Setup Window
The Current Printer window is displayed. The window consists of Printer Info, and
Preferences options in the left pane. Select the Printer Info option, and click Select
Printer.
Network Print Setup Window
HP Laserjet Utility
In the next window select the Connect Using option to Appletalk. In addition,
select PostScript Printer as the Select a: option. Choose the HP officejet 9100 series
from the available list of printers. Click OK to continue.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
291
HP Connect Using Option to Appletalk
The next window displays the Current Printer information. Click the Select Printer
option.
Printer Option
Printer Option
In the next window select TCP/IP option. Click Edit option to configure TCP/IP
settings. Select the Automatically obtain TCP/IP configuration from the DHCP
server option, and click OK to continue.
Printer Option
292
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
TCP/IP
Click the Fonts option to download the fonts in printer memory from the
Macintosh hard disk. Select the fonts and add the fonts using the Add button.
Fonts Option
Download Fonts
After the fonts are downloaded, select the Save option to save the downloaded
fonts.
Download Fonts
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
293
Download Fonts
To download file, select the Files option from the left pane of the Current Printer
window. Choose the file to download. Click the Select button.
Current Printer Window
In the next window check the option Receive response from printer . This option
produces a sound after the file is downloaded. Click the Download button to
continue.
The Preferences option in the left pane of the Current Printer window has the
following options:
294
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
• Remember last selected printer: This option when checked remembers the last
selected printer if the current printer is not attached.
• The Show printer status consist of .. and speak using and ..but speak only error
condition options. The former option when checked produces sound to
remind the user that the printer is in the ready state. The later options
produces sound when there are some printer related errors.
• The user can check the When current printer is locked with a password option
to hide secured features.
• In addition, the user can set the option for the password once every per
session and before each setting change.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
295
HP Instant Support (HPIS) is a web-based tool that has the following
features:
1. Provides the user with printer specific services, troubleshooting tips, and
usage information
2. Maximizes produce uptime and improves TCE.
3. Provides easy access to other HP resources that satisfy the needs of a user
on purchase of an HP product and other support services
4. Helps reduce support cost, such as the number of calls and call lengths
5. Reaches out to install base
Advantages of HPIS
The advantages of HPIS are:
1. Self help: Provides information about the printer and other maintenance
tips. The self-diagnostic test gathers and analyzes both the operating
system and the printer data. The tests include a disk space check and an
update check for the printer drivers and the HP JetDirect firmware.
296
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Self Help
2. Troubleshooting tips: Provides tips, customized for a specific printer, which
prevents problems from occurring, or troubleshoots existing problems
3. Usage information: Provides information about ink and media usage
Opening HP Instant Support
Use HP Instant Support from the Toolbox (Windows users only) or embedded Web
server if the all-in-one is connected to an IP-based network.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
297
From the Toolbox (Windows only)
On the Information tab in the Toolbox, click hp instant support. Follow the
instructions to display the current hp Instant Support information for the all-in-one.
298
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Online Private Statement
From the embedded Web server
In a Web browser, type the IP address assigned to the all-in-one. In the Other Links
section of the Information or Settings tab, click HP Instant Support.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
299
300
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
301
Note
302
Since Web pages used to display hp instant support (as well as myPrintMileage) are
dynamically created, creating a bookmark or favorite for these Web pages and
connecting using this bookmark or favorite will not display the most current
information. Instead, connect from the embedded Web server or from the Toolbox.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
my print mileage
my print mileage
myPrintMileage describes the transfer and processing of MFP usage information,
which includes many fields, such as the number of pages printed in the first input
bin, the number of pages printed in the second bin, ink usage, etc.
myPrintMileage tracks MFP usage information to help plan the purchase of
consumables. myPrintMileage consists of two parts:
• myPrintMileage website
• myPrintMileage Autosend utility installed on the computer with the Toolbox
Note
After user enables AutoSend, it is recommended that user send data for three to six
months before using myPrintMileage. This allows a meaningful amount of data to
accumulate.
In order to use the myPrintMileage website and the myPrintMileage Agent, user
must have the following:
1. Toolbox installed
2. Internet connection
3. All-in-one connected
4. AutoSend enabled
Visit the myPrintMileage Web site from the Toolbox by clicking the myPrintMileage
button on the Information tab or by double-clicking the myPrintMileage Agent
icon in the Windows taskbar (near the clock). This Web site contains the following
items:
• Print analysis to indicate the amount of ink that has been consumed. Based on
this, a forecast of the number of ink cartridges that may get consumed in
one year is also given. Whether black or color ink is used more.
• The average quantity of media used per month, for each media type.
• The number of pages printed, and the estimated number of pages that can
be printed with the remaining amount of ink.
• Scan lamp life
• Faxed, copied, and printed pages based on job
• Print accounting
• Reporting ability for ink and job
To open myPrintMileage
To open myPrintMileage from the Embedded Web server:
In the embedded Web server, click myPrintMileage in the left pane. As a result,
the myPrintMileage window appears.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
303
My Print Milage
To open myPrintMileage from the Toolbox:
On the Information tab in the Toolbox, click myPrintMileage. Follow the
instructions to display the current myPrintMileage information.
My Print Milage Toolbox
Note
304
myPrintMileage Web pages are dynamically created. Bookmarking this site and
opening the site using the bookmark does not display current information. Instead,
open the Toolbox and, in the Information tab, click the myPrintMileagebutton.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
embedded web server
embedded web server
The all-in-one includes an embedded Web server (EWS) when the all-in-one is
connected to a network using a recommended HP JetDirect internal print server.
The EWS provides an interface with a computer connected to a network and uses
a standard Web browser can open and use. Use the EWS to view status
information, change settings, and manage the all-in-one.
Using a standard Web browser, this remote management tool enables the
following tasks:
• Configuring network protocol settings
• Configuring network security settings
To use the EWS, a Web browser is necessary and the printer should be connected
to an IP-based network. The EWS cannot be used when the printer is connected
directly to a computer.
Gaining access to the embedded Web server
Gain access to the EWS from any supported Web browser. Type the IP address
assigned to the printer on the Web browser. For example, if the printer IP address is
123.123.123.123, type http://123.123.123.123 on the Web browser.
The IP address of the all-in-one is listed on the HP JetDirect configuration page. To
print this page, press the Test button on the print server card.
Embedded Web Server pages
The embedded Web server contains pages that are used by the user to view the
MFP related information such as ink supplies and usage. In addition, the user can
also change the configuration settings from these pages. These pages include:
Pages
Contents
Information
Settings
Networking
Use and Maintain
Printer:
Shows information about the all-in-one, such as the model
and serial number, and the trays and memory installed. Ink
cartridge levels are also shown.
Ink Supplies:
Shows information about the ink cartridges and
printheads. User can see the current ink cartridge levels
and printhead health status for the all-in-one. User can
also see the estimated number of pages that can be
printed with the remaining ink for full color, business color,
or black text documents.
Usage:
Shows usage statistics for supplies, jobs, and users.
Log:
Shows logs that record all-in-one events.
Shows the settings that have been configured for the allin-one and gives user the ability to change these settings.
Shows network status and the network settings that have
been configured for theHP JetDirect print server for the allin-one. These pages do not appear if the all-in-oneis
connected to a network using anything other than an HP
JetDirect print server card.
hp confidential
305
Other Links
Connects user to other resources. User must have an
Internet connection to use these e-services.
HP Instant Support is a suite of Web-based troubleshooting
tools for desktop computing and printing products. ISPE
helps in quickly identifying, diagnosing, and resolving
computing and printing problems.
Order Supplies
This page shows the remaining life of the different ink
cartridges and provides links for the onscreen ordering of
supplies, such as ink cartridges and print media.
myPrintMileage
This tool helps in managing printing activities and the allin-one supplies more effectively.
Embedded web server pages
306
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
HP Web Jetadmin
HP Web Jetadmin
One of the unique features of the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one is remote
installation and configuration. The HP Web Jetadmin is the management tool
used for remotely installing, configuring, and managing a wide variety of HP and
non-HP network peripherals.
HP Web Jetadmin functions in the following network operating systems:
• Windows 2000 Professional, Server and Advanced Server
• Windows XP Professional
• Windows NT 4.0 Server and Workstation with service pack 3 or later
• Red Hat Linux 7.3
• SuSE Linux 8.0
Network administrators can use HP Web Jetadmin to configure:
• Network peripherals (HP and non-HP) individually or in batch mode
• Manage features
• Conduct remote diagnostics
• Monitor status, including levels for supplies
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
307
administrator functions and tools
administrator functions and tools
The various administrator tools available with the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one
are:
Control panel - The control panel provides access to menus to perform various
actions and change the settings. It has a displaYes that shows the all-in-one status
and messages.
Embedded Web server (EWS) (network) - The EWS provides troubleshooting,
diagnostic, and configuration information for the all-in-one when it is connected
to a network.
Toolbox (direct) - The Toolbox provides status, maintenance, and job accounting
information about the all-in-one apart from some useful links.
• HP Web Jetadmin - The HP Web Jetadmin is a management tool used for
remotelYes installing, configuring, and managing a wide varietYes of HP
and non-HP network peripherals.
• HP Instant Support - The HP Instant Support is a collection of Web-based
troubleshooting tools for desktop computing and printing products.
myPrint Mileage - myPrintMileage helps in tracking the all-in-one usage to plan the
purchase of supplies.
HP Photo and Imaging Software - The HP Photo and Imaging software provides
onscreen help for troubleshooting problems related to the HP Photo and Imaging
software installed on a computer directly connected to the all-in-one.
The following table details the functions of the administrator tools.
Function
Control
EWS
Toolbox
HP
HP
myPrint
HP Photo
Panel
(network) (direct)
WebJetadmin Instant Mileage and
Support
Imaging
Software
Monitoring
operation
and status
Monitoring
media and
supplies
Monitoring
use
Monitoring
jobs
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
-
Y
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
Monitoring the all-in-one
Function
Control
Panel
Changing the Y
administrator
PIN
308
EWS
Toolbox
(network) (direct)
Y
-
HP
WebJetadmin
-
hp confidential
HP
myPrint
Instant Mileage
Support
-
-
HP Photo
and
Imaging
Software
-
Use and Maintain
Configuring
authorized
users
Configuring
job
accounting
options
Managing
security
Setting up
alerts and
notifications
Saving and
restoring
settings
Resetting the
HP Jetdirect
print server
Upgrading
firmware on
the all-in-one
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
Y
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
Y
-
-
-
-
Y
-
Y
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Administering the all-in-one
Function
Control
Panel
Setting
language and
country/region
Setting
PowerSave
mode time
Setting ring and
beep volumes
Setting the
automatic
paper-type
EWS
(network)
Toolbox
(direct)
HP
HP
myPrint HP Photo
WebJetadmin Instant Mileage and
Support
Imaging
Software
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Configuring system options
Function
Configuring
I/O timeout
Configuring
network
parameters
Control
Panel
EWS
Toolbox
(network) (direct)
HP
WebJetadmin
HP
myPrint
Instant Mileage
Support
HP Photo
and
Imaging
Software
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
Y
-
-
-
Configuring network options
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
309
Function
Setting print
defaults
Setting tray
defaults
Setting PCL
font defaults
Enabling and
disabling
printing
ofPostScript
errors
Enabling and
disabling
unattended
printing
Setting
personality
Control
Panel
EWS
Toolbox
(network) (direct)
HP
WebJetadmin
HP
Instant
Suppor
t
myPrint
Mileage
HP Photo
and
Imaging
Software
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Configuring print options
Function
Control EWS
Panel
(network)
Enabling Y
and
disabling
color
copying
Y
Toolbox HP
HP Instant
(direct) WebJetadmin Support
-
-
-
myPrint
Mileage
-
HP Photo
and
Imaging
Software
-
Configuring copy options
Function
Configuring
network
settings
Customizing the scan
feature in the
HP Photo and
Imaging
software
Control
Panel
EWS
Toolbox
(network) (direct)
HP
WebJetadmin
HP
myPrint
Instant Mileage
Support
HP Photo
and
Imaging
Software
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Configuring scan options
310
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Function
Control
Panel
Enabling
Y
and
disabling
the photo
(memory
card)
feature
EWS
(network)
Y
Toolbox
(direct)
-
HP
WebJetadmin
-
HP
Instant
Suppor
t
-
myPrint
Mileage
-
HP Photo
and
Imaging
Software
-
Configuring photo (memory card) options
Function
Administrator tool
Control Panel
EWS Tool
(netw box
ork) (dir
ect)
Configuring defaults for e-mail message
format
Configuring automatic blind copy (BCC)
Configuring SMTP
Configuring LDAP
HP
HP
WebJeta Inst
dmin
ant
Sup
port
myP
rint
Mile
age
HP Photo
and
Imaging
Software
-
Y
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
Configuring e-mail options
Function
Setting
automatic
printing of fax
reports
Enabling and
disabling color
faxing
Making an
extension
phone
available to
receive faxes
Setting fax
errorcorrection
mode
Control
Panel
EWS
Toolbox
(network) (direct)
HP
WebJetadmin
HP
Instant
Suppor
t
myPrint HP Photo
Mileage and
Imaging
Software
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
311
Setting silence
detection on
older-model
fax machines
Setting the
dial type
Setting the
redial options
Connecting
the all-in-one
to a phone
line
Connecting
additional
devices
Configuring
fax header
Configuring
time and date
Setting the
answer mode
(autoanswer)
Setting
answering ring
pattern
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Configuring fax options
The following table details the celsius hot button combinations. PRESS and HOLD
the following combinations, then power up to enable:
Power-on keypress
UP DOWN SELEC MINUS STOP Blk/Co STAR
T
l
T
Emergency Reflash
(bsp)
Mfg
Mfg Test
EIO cold reset
NVM reset
Language select
Mechless
Cancel stored faxes
Service menu
DIMM test (bsp)
LCD test (bsp)
-
-
Select
-
-
-
Start
Up
Up
Down
Down
Select
Select
Select
-
Minus
Minus
Minus
Minus
-
Stop
Stop
-
BlkCol
BlkCol
-
Start
-
Celsius Hot Button Combinations
Note
312
SELECT = ENTER = "Tick" Button
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
administering MFP and its users
administering MFP and its users
Administering the all-in-one
Changing the Administrator PIN
The various administrative tasks, such as authorizing users and allowing the use of
color for copying and faxing are performed using the ADMIN SETUP menu in the
control panel. An administrator PIN is required to open this menu. Users can also
synchronize the administrator PIN with the embedded Web server password by
giving the same four-digit number to both.
To change or clear the administrator PIN, follow these steps:
1. Control panel - Open the ADMIN SETUP in the control panel using the +
and - buttons. Using the Set admin PIN option, change the administrator
PIN.
2. EWS (network connection only) - Open the EWS, click the Settings tab, and
click Security in the left pane.
To synchronize the administrator PIN and the embedded Web server password,
follow these steps:
1. Open the EWS.
2. Click the Settings tab and click Security .
3. Select the Synchronize Front Panel Display PIN and Web server Password
check box.
4. Enter the same four-digit number in the Password and PIN fields.
Configuring the all-in-one for Usage by Authorized Users
The administrator can configure the all-in-one so that only authorized users have
the permission to use the all-in-one from the control panel. Any activity that
requires pressing a control panel button is then locked for other users. Other users
can however, start a job from a computer connected to the all-in-one.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
313
Administrator can define up to 20 authenticated users using the administrator PIN.
The administrator assigns a 4-digit PIN to each user. Associated with each
authenticated user is a set of three counters: pages printed, black ink used, and
total color ink used.
To add, change, and delete users, follow these steps:
1. EWS (network connection only) - Open the EWS, click the Settings tab, click
Security, and click the Users PIN tab.
2. Control panel - Open the ADMIN SETUP by + and - buttons. Use the (down)
button to reach the Configure users option. Select the Configure users
option using the (select) button.
Configuring job accounting options
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one provides job accounting feature that can be
configured to track individual usage. This can be especially useful for client billing.
User can perform the following configuration:
• Enable or disable the job accounting feature
• Set a network folder in which the information is stored
• Set a login name and password (only when configured from the EWS)
To configure job accounting options
1. EWS (network connection) - Open the EWS , click the Settings tab, and click
Job Information .
314
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
2. Toolbox (direct connection) - Open the Toolbox, click the Information tab,
and click the Track tab.
Managing Security
The various security features available with the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one
are:
• Administrator PIN to control administrator functions.
• Authorization of selected users to access the all-in-one from the control panel.
• Passwords for network operations, such as for LDAP and SMTP.
• Blind carbon copies for e-mail transmissions to prevent impersonation.
• Prevention of changes to the text in the FROM field of e-mail messages to
prevent impersonation.
• Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (https) encryption is not supported for network
passwords configured through the EWS. Passwords are encoded in Base64
format without encryption.
To set a password for the network, follow these steps:
1. Open the EWS.
3. Click the Webserver tab and type a password.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
315
To synchronize the network password with the administrator PIN, follow these
steps:
1. Open the EWS.
3. Click the Control Panel tab to synchronize the password and the
administrator PIN.
To configure passwords for SMTP and LDAP, follow these steps:
1. Open the EWS.
3. Click Digital Send and use the SMTP Server and LDAP Server tabs to
configure the passwords.
316
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Setting Up Alerts and Notifications
The following alerts and notifications can be set:
• Email notifications about supplies and problems occurring in the media path
• Audio alerts for error conditions
• Error messages on the control-panel display for error conditions
• Automatic sending of usage information from the all-in-one to HP to
accurately track usage
To set up alerts and notifications, follow these steps:
click Alerts . Use the Notification tab to configure e-mail alerts about
supplies and media path problems. For automatic transfer of usage
information to HP, enable the AutoSend feature.
2. Toolbox (direct connection only)- Open the Toolbox and click Preferences
on the Printer Status tab. Set preferences for when alerts and notifications
should occur and what error conditions are to be reported.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
317
Resetting the HP JetDirect Print Server
Resetting the HP JetDirect print server restores the factory default values of the HP
JetDirect print server. On restoring the factory default values; all previously stored
EIO settings are lost.
To reset the HP JetDirect print server, follow these steps:
1. Press the POWER button to turn off the all-in-one.
2. While holding down Down , Minus and Black/Color buttons on the control
panel, turn on the all-in-one.
318
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
configuring options
configuring options
Configuring system options
The all-in-one allows the user to configure system options such as:
• Setting the language and country/region
• Setting the PowerSave mode time
• Setting the ring and beep volumes
• Setting the automatic paper-type sensor
Setting the language and country/region
The setting for language controls the following things:
• Language used for messages on the control panel display
• Keyboard functionality for the selected language (if a keyboard is installed)
The MFP will assume a default localised keyboard version for the language selected. However, the
localised keyboard type can be selected separately from the control panel menu inside the ADMIN
SETUP menu.
The setting for country/region controls the following things:
• Rings-to-answer setting for fax - Determines the number of times the phone
rings before an incoming call is answered
• Working of the cloning feature for the copy function - Different cloning sizes
are used for different countries/region
To set the language, follow these steps:
click Language.
2. Control panel - Press MENU, open the ADMIN SETUP menu, and set the
language using the Language option.
To set the country/region, follow these steps:
1. Control panel - Press MENU, open the ADMIN SETUP menu, and use the
Country option to set the country/region.
Setting the PowerSave mode time
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
319
This option is used to set the time duration the all-in-one needs to remain idle
before entering the PowerSave mode. PowerSave mode minimizes the amount of
power consumed by the all-in-one when it is idle and reduces wear on electronic
components.
When the all-in-one enters PowerSave mode, the backlight turns off and the
following message appears on the control-panel display: Power Save On. Any
interaction with the all-in-one takes the all-in-one out of PowerSave mode.
To set the PowerSave mode time, follow the steps:
Control panel - Press MENU, open the MAINTENANCE menu, and use the
Setpowersave mode time option to set the time duration.
Setting the ring and beep volumes
User can control the volume of the following sounds:
• The beeps emitted on pressing the control-panel buttons
• The beeps emitted on the detection of originals in the ADF
• The phone line sounds for outgoing faxes
• The ring volume for incoming faxes
To set the ring and beep volumes, follow these steps:
click Fax. Use the Ring/Beep Volume option to set the ring and beep
volumes.
2. Control panel - Press MENU, open the MAINTENANCE menu, and use the
Ring/Beep volume option to set the ring and beep volumes.
Setting the automatic paper-type sensor
User can set the all-in-one to automatically select the print settings that are
appropriate for the media in the printer. On enabling this feature, the all-in-one
detects the type of media, such as plain paper, glossy media, or transparencies
and automatically selects the media type and the most suitable print quality for
the job.
To set the automatic paper-type sensor, follow these steps:
Control panel - Press MENU, and use +/- buttons to reach the Printer menu. Select
the Configure tray option to open the TRAY submenu and use the Automatic
media type sense option.
320
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
The paper type sensor works most of the time, but it is not 100% accurate. It may
detect the media type incorrectly occasionally. Turning the paper-type sensor on
may slow down printer speed slightly.
Configuring network options
Configuring the I/O timeout
User can set the length of time that the all-in-one waits for remaining data for a
print job. If that time is exceeded, the all-in-one prints the print job.
To configure I/O timeout, follow these steps:
• Control panel - Press MENU, open the NETWK and IO menu, and use the IO
timeout option.
Configuring network parameters
If the all-in-one is connected to a network with an HP internal JetDirect print
server, user can configure the following protocols for the all-in-one:
• DLC/LLC (Data Link Control/Logical Link Control)
• IPX/SPC (Internetwork Packet Exchange/Small Peripheral Controller)
• TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol)
• Atalk (AppleTalk)
By factory default, all the supported network protocols are enabled. However,
they can be disabled. Disabling the unused protocols has the following benefits:
• Decrease in network traffic generated by the all-in-one
• Prevention of unauthorized users from using the all-in-one
• Provision of only relevant information on the Configuration page
• Display the protocol-specific error and warning messages on the control panel
Note
Do not disable the IPX/SPX protocol if the all-in-one user group comprises Windows
98, Windows NT, Windows Me, Windows 2000, or Windows XP users.
To configure the network parameters, follow these steps:
1. EWS (network connection only) - Open the EWS and click the Networking
tab.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
321
2. Control panel - Press MENU, open the NETWK and IO menu, and use the
Enhanced IO option. The items available for configuration depend on the
print server that is installed.
Configuring print options
Setting the print d efaults
Users can set the print defaults through the EWS over the network and through the
control panel.
The print defaults that can be set through the EWS are:
• The tray to be used and the paper size and paper type for each tray
• Automatic sensing of media type
• Print speed
The print defaults that can be set through the control panel are:
• Number of copies
• Paper size, paper type, paper quality, and paper-size overrides
• Auto-duplexing
• The tray to be used and the paper type and paper size for each tray
• Automatic sensing of media type
• PCL font characteristics
• Printing of PostScript errors
• Unattended printing
• Personality
To configure the print default, follow these steps:
click Paper Handling .
2. Control panel - Press MENU and use the options on the PRINTING menu.
Configuring copy options
Enabling and disabling color copying
• Users can enable and disable the ability to copy in color. Disabling color
copying conserves ink in the color ink cartridges.
To enable or disable color copying, follow these steps:
322
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
click Color Usage.
Color copying option.
Configuring scan options
Configuring the network settings for scanning
The all-in-one facilitates scanning originals and placing them in a folder on a
network. This requires:
• HP JetDirect print server installed and configured for TCP/IP (HP JetDirect 615 or
later)
• WINS server address and subnet mask configured (if the HP JetDirect print
server is configured to use DHCP)
• DNS server configured
If a WINS server is not configured, the all-in-one can connect only to computers on
the same subnet. However, if a computer outside the subnet has a known IP
address, the IP address can be used instead of the computer name.
To configure the WINS server, subnet mask, and DNS server, follow these steps:
1. Open the EWS.
2. Click the Settings tab and click Digital Send.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
323
3. Enter the relevant information on the SMTP Server and Alternate SMTP
Server tabs.
Customizing the scan feature in the HP Photo and Imaging software (direct
connection only)
To use the scan feature in the HP Photo and Imaging software, users must first
customize the scan feature.
To customize the scan feature, follow these steps:
1. Open the HP Photo and Imaging software.
2. Click Customize and click the Button Customization tab.
3. Click OCR and click Options.
4. Select a word-processing program from the Select Application drop-down
list.
5. Click Next and select the icon if it is not already selected.
6. Click Finish.
7. Click Apply or OK to save the selection.
Configuring photo (memory card) options
Administrators can configure the all-in-one to control the usage of the PHOTO
mode. When the all-in-one is connected directly to a computer, the memory card
reader appears as a drive. If administrator disables the photo feature from the
control panel or EWS, the memory card reader still shows as a drive. To remove
the memory card reader as a drive, administrators must additionally disable it by
using the Device Manager (Windows 2000 and Windows XP) or by removing the
device (Windows 98 and Windows Me). Similarly, to enable the photo feature,
administrators need to do the reverse.
To enable or disable the feature, follow these steps:
click Memory Cards . Turn the all-in-one off and then turn it on to enable
the changed settings.
324
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Photo mode option. Turn the all-in-one off and then turn it on to enable the
changed settings.
After disabling the memory card slot in the firmware, the administrator has the
option of installing a memory card slot cover over the memory card slot. The
memory card slot cover hides the photocard slots from a user's view. It is included
with HP Officejet 9130 series. However, it can be purchased as a service part.
The steps to remove the memory card reader from the list of drives in various
operating systems are:
Operating
Method of Removing the Memory Card Reader from
System
the List of Drives
Windows 2000
1. Open the Device Manager from the computer.
and Windows
(The method and location will vary according to
XP
operating system of the computer.)
2. Open the folder for disk drives.
3. Right-click the drive for the memory card reader.
The drive may be labelled as all-in-one storage
device or Printer card reader
4. Click Disable or Enable.
5. Click Yes to confirm the action.
Windows 98 and WIndows 98 and Windows Me do not provide a method
Windows Me
for disabling and enabling photo (memory card)
options. User can only remove and add the memory
card device.
Configuring e -mail options (network connection only)
The all-in-one facilitates scanning originals and attaching them to e-mail
messages. This requires:
• HP JetDirect print server installed and configured for TCP/IP (HP JetDirect 615 or
later)
• SMTP server configured on the network
• LDAP server configured on the network to use the company e-mail address
book
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
325
Configuring the defaults for e-mail message format (network connection
only)
Users can configure the following defaults for e-mail messages sent from the all-inone:
• Maximum attachment size
• Default text for the FROM line
• Permission change the FROM line
• Default text for the SUBJECT line
• Default file format (PDF or TIFF)
• Default document type
When attachment size is configured, attachments larger than the configured size
are split and sent as multiple e-mail messages. The message body is fixed, and
contains the following information:
• Description of how the e-mail message was generated
• Link to the all-in-one IP address
• Properties of the attached file (name, date and time scanned, and scan
settings)
• Email job number (same for all e-mail messages that are part of a multiplepart transmission)
• Link to download Acrobat Reader, if the PDF file format has been used
To configure defaults for e-mail message format, follow these steps:
• EWS (network connection only) - Open the EWS, click the Settings tab, click
Digital Send , and click the SMTP Server tab.
Configuring automatic blind copy (BCC)
Users can use this option to configure the all-in-one to send an automatic blind
copy of every e-mail message to an e-mail address of choice.
To configure automatic blind copy, follow these steps:
Digital Sen d , and click the SMTP Server tab. In the Auto BCC field, type the
e-mail address of choice.
2. Control panel - Press MENU, open the E-MAIL SETUP menu, and use the Auto
BCC option.
326
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Configuring SMTP
Users can configure the SMTP server name and port number, authentication logon
account name and password, and e-mail attachment size.
To configure SMTP, follow these steps:
1. EWS (network connection only) - Open the EWS , click the Settings tab, click
Digital Send , and click the SMTP Server tab to enter the required
information.
2. Control panel: Press MENU, open the E-MAIL SETUP menu, and use the
Configure SMTP option.
Configuring LDAP
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Address Protocol) functionality allows using the
company address book. A maximum of 99 email addresses can be configured
using this functionality.
To configure LDAP, follow these steps:
• EWS (network connection only) - Open the EWS, click the Settings tab, click
Digital Send , and click the LDAP Server tab.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
327
Configuring fax options
Users can set the all-in-one so that it automatically prints a report of the last fax
that was sent or received through the all-in-one. The fax report includes the
following information:
• Fax number
• Duration
• Number of pages
To enable the automatic printing of fax reports, follow these steps:
Fax, and click the Advanced tab. Select the Automatic Report Setup
option to enable the automatic printing of fax reports.
Control panel - Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUPUP menu, and use the Auto
reports option.
328
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Enabling and disabling color faxing
Users can enable/disable the color fax through the all-in-one. Disabling color
faxing conserves ink in the color ink cartridges.
To enable or disable color faxing, follow these steps:
click Color Usage.
Color faxing option.
Making an extension phone available to receive faxes
With the extension phone setting turned on, users can alert the all-in-one to pick
up the incoming fax call by dialing 1-2-3 sequentially on the phone keypad (in
tone-dial mode only). The default setting is on. This setting should be turned off
only if the user uses pulse dialing or if the Phone Company also uses the 1-2-3
sequence. The service does not work if it conflicts with the all-in-one.
Setting fax error-correction mode
Normally, the all-in-one monitors the signals on the phone line while it is sending or
receiving a fax. If the all-in-one detects an error signal during the transmission and
the error-correction setting is on, the all-in-one can request that a portion of the
fax be resent.
Turn off error correction only if user is having trouble sending or receiving a fax,
and user wants to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting
might be useful when user is trying to send a fax to another country or receive a
fax from another country, or if user is using a satellite phone connection.
To set fax error-correction mode, follow these steps:
Fax, and click the Advanced tab. Use the Error Correction Mode option to
set fax error-correction mode.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
329
2. Control panel - Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUPUP menu, and use the
Error correction mode option.
Setting silence detection on older-model fax machines
This setting controls whether or not users can receive faxes from older-model fax
machines that do not emit a fax signal during fax transmissions. Turn on silent
detect only if user regularly receives faxes from someone who uses an older-model
fax machine.
To enable silence detection, follow these steps:
Fax, and click the Advanced tab. Use the Silent Detect option to enable
silence detection.
330
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Silent detect option.
Setting the dial type
Use this procedure to set the all-in-one to tone-dialing or pulse dialing mode. The
factory-set default is TONE. The pulse-dialing option is not available in all
regions/countries.
To set the dial type, follow these steps:
Fax, and use the Dial Mode option.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
331
2. Control panel - Press MENU, open the FAX SETUPUP menu, and use the Dial
type option.
Setting the redial options
If the all-in-one was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did
not answer or was busy, the all-in-one attempts to redial based on the settings for
the busy-redial and no-answer-redial options. Use the following procedure to turn
the options on or off.
Busy redial : If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if it
receives a busy signal. The factor-set default for this option is ON.
No answer redial : If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if
the receiving fax machine does not answer. The factory-set default for this option
is OFF.
To set the redial options, follow these steps:
Fax, and click the Advanced tab. Use the Busy Redial and No Answer
Redial options to set the redial options.
332
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
No answer redial option.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
333
cleaning and maintaining printheads
cleaning and maintaining printheads
Follow these guidelines before changing a printhead:
• Replace the printheads when the following message appears on the control
panel display
• Replace [color] Printhead
• Incompatible [color] Printhead
Cleaning the Printheads
The printheads for the all-in-one have microscopic nozzles. The all-in-one is
designed to prevent nozzles from drying out when the all-in-one is idle and when it
is turned off.
Clean the printheads for the following reasons:
1. When the printhead nozzles become clogged. Nozzles can become
clogged when exposed to the air for more than a few minutes. A
printhead that is not used for long periods of time can also clog, resulting
in a noticeable decrease in print quality. The user will notice white or light
colored lines across the printed page (along the width of the page).
2. When lines or dots are missing from printed text or graphics.
Cleaning the printheads takes several minutes. When the process is complete, the
all-in-one prints two pages with cleaning patterns.
Note
Clean the printhea ds only when necessary. Cleaning the printheads when defects
do not occur in printed text or graphics wastes ink and shortens the life of the
printheads.
To clean the printheads:
2. Press the (up) or (down) button to move to MAINTENANCE, and then press
the (select) button.
3. Press the (up) or (down) button to move to Clean printheads, and then
4. Press the (up) or (down) button to move to Exit, and then press the (select)
button.
Cleaning the Printhead Contacts
If lines or dots are still missing from printed text or graphics after cleaning the
printheads, the printhead contacts might be dirty.
Clean printheads contacts only after cleaning the printheads. Printhead contacts
Caution contain sensitive electronic components that can be damaged easily.
To clean printheads contacts:
1. Turn the all-in-one on.
2. Open the print-carriage access door by lifting the door handle up.
334
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
3. Lift the printhead latch from the rear, and then pull it forward and down
to release the hooks from the metal catch.
4. Lift and push the latch toward the back of the all-in-one.
5. To remove a printhead, place the index finger in the loop of the printhead
handle, and gently pull up until the printhead releases from the carriage
assembly.
6. Remove the power cord to disconnect the all-in-one.
7. Using a soft, dry, lint-free cloth, carefully remove any ink from the contact
pads on the printhead and inside the printhead slot in the all-in-one.
8. Reinsert the printhead into its color-coded slot. Press down firmly on the
printhead to ensure proper contact. If a message such as Missing or bad
printhead appears on the control-panel display, the all-in-one is not
recognizing the printhead. Repeat this step to make proper contact.
9. Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the remaining printheads.
10. Pull the printhead latch all the way forward and down, and engage the
metal catch with the hooks. Push the latch towards the back of the all-inone. Apply some pressure to close the latch.
12. Wait w hile the all-in-one aligns the printheads. This can take a few minutes.
When the process is complete, an alignment page prints.
Caution
Do not clean the ink nozzles on the bottom of the printhead.
Aligning Printheads
To align printheads from the control panel:
1. On the control panel, Press MENU.
2. Press the (up) or (down) buttons to move to MAINTENANCE, and then press
(select).
3. Press the (up) or (down) buttons to move to Align printheads, and then
press (select).
4. Press the (up) or (down) buttons to move to EXIT, and then press (select).
Calibrating Color
When the printhead or an ink cartridge is changed the all-in-one automatically
calibrates color.
To calibrate color from the control panel
2. Press the (up) or (down) buttons to move to MAINTENANCE, and then press
(select).
3. Press the (up) or (down) buttons to move to Calibrate color option, and
then press (select).
4. A calibration page (with instructions) prints and the following message
appears on the
5. Control panel display: Select color patch NUMBER
6. On the calibration page, find the box that matches the background color,
and note its number.
7. On the control panel, press +/- buttons to select the number of the box,
and then press (select).
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
335
Calibrating Linefeed
The all-in-one allows calibrating the linefeed if regular horizontal bands appear in
printed text or graphics.
The steps to calibrate linefeed are:
2. Press (up) or (down) to move to MAINTENANCE, and then press (select).
3. Press (up) or (down) to move to Calibrate linefeed, and then press (select) .
4. A calibration page (with instructions) prints and the following message
appears on the control panel:
Select least light/dark lines
5. On the calibration page, find the box that has the fewest horizontal bands
across it, and note its number.
6. On the control panel, press the +/- buttons to select the number of the
box, and then press (select).
336
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
maintaining ink cartridges
maintaining ink cartridges
The ink gauges in the all-in-one depicts the ink level status. The control panel
displays the following messages when the ink in the ink cartridges is low:
When the ink cartridge is low (less than 16 percent full) the following message is
displayed: ORDER [COLOR] CARTRIDGE.
When the ink cartridge is empty, the following message is displayed: REPLACE
[COLOR] CARTRIDGE.
To replace ink cartridge:
1. Open the print carriage access door.
2. Remove the ink cartridge that requires replacement.
3. Insert the new ink cartridge into its own color-coded slot. The cartridge
should snap into place.
4. Press down firmly on the new cartridge and close the print carriage access
door.
The warranty does not cover damage to the all-in-one that results from modifying or
Caution refilling ink cartridges or from using non-HP ink cartridges.
Note
Do not replace all four ink cartridges when one of them is used up. Only replace the
empty ink cartridge.
To find out the amount of ink in the cartridge, check ink levels from the Toolbox.
The all-in-one control panel can also help identify the ink level.
To replace the ink cartridge:
1. Turn the printer power on and lift the print carriage access door. Remove
the ink cartridge that requires replacement by grasping it between the
thumb and the forefinger and pulling it firmly away from the printer.
2. Insert the new ink cartridge into its own color-coded slot.
3. Press down firmly on the new cartridge to ensure proper contact after
installation.
4. Close the print carriage access door. It should snap into place.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
337
Troubleshooting copy problems
The scan related problems with the all-in-one and their troubleshooting methods
are:
Scan
Troubleshooting Methods
Problems
Scanner did
nothing
Scanner
makes a loud
clicking or
grinding noise
Scan takes
too long
•
•
Wait for the all-in-one to reach the READY state.
The all-in-one may be coming out of PowerSave
mode after a period of inactivity.
• Ensure that the scanner is unlocked.
• Check the original for correct loading.
Ensure that the scanner is unlocked.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Part of the
image did
not scan or
text is missing
•
•
•
•
•
338
Check the settings.
The resolution may be too high resulting in delay in
processing the scan job takes longer and larger
files. Therefore, do not use a resolution that is
higher than the required resolution.
Color scanning takes longer than black-and-white
scanning. Change the settings through the TWAIN
application so that the original scans in black and
white.
Check the status of the all-in-one.
The scanning process may be slow because of a
print or copy job taking place.
Check the computer bi-directional communication
setting on the PC connected to the all-in-one.
Change the basic input/output system (BIOS)
settings. The recommended bi-directional setting
for the parallel port is ECP. USB is always bidirectional communication.
Check the direct connection type for Windows
computers.
If the all-in-one is connected directly to a computer
running Windows, use the USB connection for
optimal scanning performance.
Check the original for correct loading and media
size specifications.
Change the settings before scanning the original,
or try enhancing the image after scanning the
original.
Check the settings.
Ensure that the input media size is large enough for
the original.
When using the HP photo and imaging software
(direct connection), check the settings/properties.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Text cannot
be edited
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Error
messages
appear
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use and Maintain
Check the settings.
Ensure that the OCR software is set to edit text.
Select a document type that creates editable text.
If text is classified as a graphic, it will not be
converted to text.
Ensure that OCR program is linked to a wordprocessing program that performs OCR tasks.
Check the originals.
Ensure that the original has good image quality.
For OCR, ensure that the original is loaded into the
ADF with the top forward and face-up. If using the
flatbed scanner, place the original face-down on
the flatbed scanner with the top-left corner of the
document located in the lower-right corner of the
scanner glass.
"Unable to activate TWAIN source" or "An error
occurred while acquiring the image"
If the image is acquired from another device, such
as a digital camera or another scanner, ensure
that the device is TWAIN-compliant. Devices that
are not TWAIN-compliant do not work with the allin-one software.
Check if the USB Device Cable (A-B) or IEEE 1284-Bcompliant parallel cable is connected to the
correct port on the back of the computer.
Check if the computer has EPP-compliant (bidirectional) or ECP-compliant parallel port. Use of
an ECP parallel port is strongly recommended.
Some devices, such as an external hard drive, or a
network switchbox connected to the same USB or
parallel port, as the all-in-one may not share the
parallel port with the all-in-one. To connect and
use the all-in-one, disconnect the other device or
use two ports on the computer. If an additional
parallel interface card is required, use an ECP
parallel interface card.
Verify that the correct TWAIN source is selected. In
the software, check the TWAIN source by selecting
Select Scanner on the File menu.
hp confidential
339
Scanned
image quality
is poor
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Steps
•
•
•
•
•
•
340
Check if the original is a second-generation photo
or picture.
If the original is a reprinted photograph, the scan
quality may be poor with unwanted patterns.
Reduce the size of the image after scanning.
Print the scanned image to see if the quality is
better.
Make sure that the resolution and color settings are
correct for the type of scan job.
Use the flatbed scanner instead of the ADF for
better scanning.
Text or images on the back of a two-sided original
appear in the scan.
Two-sided originals can bleed text or images from
the back to the scan if the originals are printed on
media that is too thin or too transparent.
The image quality is better when printed.
The image that appears on the screen is not always
an accurate representation of the quality of the
scan. Change the computer monitor settings to
use more colors (or levels of gray).
The scanned image is skewed (crooked).
Check for the correct loading of the original. Use
the media guides when loading the originals into
the ADF. For better and more accurate scans, use
the flat bed scanner glass.
The scanned image shows blots, lines, vertical white
stripes, or other defect.
Ensure that the flatbed scanner glass is clean.
Graphics look different from the original.
Check the graphics settings. The graphics settings
may not be suitable for the type of scan job that is
required.
to improve the scan quality:
Use the flatbed scanner for better quality scans.
Use high-quality originals.
Load the media correctly.
Adjust the software settings according to how the
scanned page should be used.
Use or make a carrier sheet to protect the originals.
Clean the scanner glass.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Scan defects
are apparent
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Blank pages.
Ensure that the media is loaded correctly.
Too light or dark.
Use the appropriate resolution and color settings.
Unwanted lines.
Ensure that the scanner glass and ADF lid backing
are clean and devoid of any unwanted substance,
such as ink, glue, or correction fluid.
Black dots or streaks.
Ensure that the scanner glass and ADF lid backing
are clean.
Unclear text.
Use the appropriate resolution and color settings.
Size is reduced.
Check if the HP software settings are set to reduce
the scanned image.
Troubleshooting scan problems
The fax related problems with the all-in-one and their troubleshooting methods
are:
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
341
Fax Problems
The original
stops feeding in
the middle of
faxing
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The all-in one
receives faxes
but does not
send them
•
•
•
•
•
342
Check the original.
The original might be too long
for the ADF. The faxing of a
page stops if the length of the
paper exceeds 381 mm (15
inches).
The original might be too small
or the original might be
jammed.
Check the all-in-one.
The printer might be jammed.
Clear any jam that exists and
resend the fax.
When duplexing the fax from the
ADF, ensure that a supported
paper type for the ADF is being
used. Duplexing with legal size
paper is not supported.
Therefore, make the fax singlesided.
Check the receiving fax
machine.
There might be problems in the
machine in which the fax is
being sent.
Try sending the fax to a different
fax machine.
Check the phone line.
Disconnect the all-in-one from
the phone jack and connect a
telephone to it. Next, try to
make a call to ensure that the
phone line is working.
In a private network, use the
procedure for monitoring the
dialing.
Check the setup.
The Private Branch Exchange
(PBX) might be generating a
dial tone that the all-in-one
cannot detect. Use the
procedure for monitoring the
dialing.
Check the phone connection.
The connection for the phone
line might be poor. Try sending
the fax later.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
•
•
•
Faxes that are
sent are not
arriving at the
receiving fax
machine
•
•
•
•
All of the
numbers in a
long fax number
cannot be
dialed
Use and Maintain
•
•
Check the settings.
The all-in-one automatically
redials a fax number if the busy
redial setting is set to on. Press
STOP to stop the redial while the
all-in-one is working.
Check the receiving fax
machine.
Ensure that the machine
receiving the faxes is functioning
properly. In addition, the
receiving machine may have
received the fax but have not
printed the same due to a
paper jam or out of paper
situation.
Check to see that the fax is still
waiting in memory.
When the all-in-one is waiting to
redial a busy number, the jobs
ahead of it lie in a queue, or the
fax has been scheduled.
Check the fax number dialed.
A maximum of 50 digits can be
used in a fax number.
hp confidential
343
Voice calls are
not being
received by the
phone that is
connected to
the line
344
•
Check the phone cord
connection.
• Ensure that the phone cord is
connected correctly between
the phone and the all-in-one.
The all-in-one must be the first
device connected to the phone
line.
• Check the answer mode setting.
To change the answer mode setting
follow these steps:
• Press the Menu button.
• Press the ( up) or ( down) button
to move the FAX SETUP option
and press the Select button.
• Press the +/- buttons to select
the Autoanswer option and
then press the Select button.
• Check the phone.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Incoming fax
calls are not
answered by the
all-in-one
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use and Maintain
Check the answer mode setting.
If the answer mode setting is set
to manual, the all-in-one does
not answer calls. Start the
process so that the all-in-one
begins answering.
Check the phone cord
connection.
Ensure that the phone cord is
connected correctly between
the phone and the all-in-one.
The all-in-one must be the first
device connected to the phone
line.
Check the devices that are
connected to the phone line.
For optimal performance,
connect only one additional
telephone device to the all-inone.
Check the media supply.
Check the media and its
memory. Load media if it is not
present. In addition, check the
memory of the AIO for the job. It
may have received the fax but
not printed it.
Check the all-in-one.
The fax memory might be full.
The maximum number of faxes
that can be stored in memory is
about 50. If the media in the allin-one is jammed or the ink
supply is out, faxes cannot be
printed and therefore are stored
in memory. Clear the jam or
replace ink cartridges.
hp confidential
345
Faxes are
transmitting or
being received
very slowly
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Faxes are not
printing or being
printed
incorrectly
346
•
•
Check the fax that is being sent
and received.
A complex fax, such as one with
graphics takes longer to be sent
or received.
The resolution at which the fax
was sent or received might be
very high. Although, a higher
resolution provides better
quality, it requires a longer
transmission time. Lower the
resolution for faster transmission.
Check the modem speed of the
fax receiving machine.
The all-in-one sends the fax at
the fastest modem speed that
the receiving machine can
receive. However, the receiving
fax machine might have a
lower modem speed.
Check the phone line
connection.
In a poor phone line connection,
the all-in-one and the receiving
fax machine slow down the
transmission to adjust for errors.
Resend the fax if necessary.
Check the media supply
Check the media and the AIOs
memory. Load media if it is not
present.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Faxes are printing
Check the autoreduction To reduce the
two pages instead of setting.
faxes to fit a
one
page, the auto
reduction
setting should
be on.
Received faxes are
Contact the sender. The
too light or are
fax sent may be too light.
printing on only half Ask the sender to resend
of the page
the fax after altering the
settings at the originating
machine.
Troubleshooting fax problems
The photo (memory card) related problems with the all-in-one and their
troubleshooting methods are:
Photo (Memory
Card) Problems
The all-in-one is not
responding
•
•
•
Use and Maintain
Check the control-panel.
The photo mode might be restricted due to
which the all-in-one does not perform photo
functions. Check the administrator settings.
On Mac computers, the Photo Save button still
appears in the HP Photo and Imaging
software even when the photo mode use has
been restricted. However, clicking the button
causes the all-in-one to stop operating. If this
happens, quit the program.
hp confidential
347
•
•
The all-in-one
cannot read the
memory card
Check the memory card.
Ensure that the memory card is one that is
supported by HP.
The memory card may require more electrical
power to work than supplied the all-in-one
can supply. This can occur with some less well
known and less popular brands or memory
cards.
Some memory cards have a switch that
controls how they can be used. Ensure that
the switch is set such that the memory card
can be read.
Inspect the ends of the memory card for dirt or
material that close the hole or spoil the metal
contact. Clean the contacts with a lint-free
cloth and small amounts of isopropyl alcohol.
The memory card might be corrupt.
The photos might be in a format that the all-inone does not recognize. Use the procedure for
printing photos from the control panel as
more formats might be recognized.
Check the memory card slot.
Ensure that the memory card is inserted fully
into the correct slot.
Remove the memory card (when the light is
not blinking) and shine a flashlight into the
empty slot. Ensure that the small pins are not
bent. Straighten the bent pins using the tip of
a thin, retracted ballpoint pen. If a pin is bent
in such a way that it touches another pin,
replace the memory card reader or have the
all-in-one serviced.
Make sure that only one memory card has
been inserted at a time in the slots. An error
message should appear on the control-panel
display if more than one memory card is
inserted.
Check the photo files.
Print a proof sheet and note which photos are
corrupt. Set up the print job so that it does not
include the corrupted photos.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Some photos on
the memory card
will not print,
causing the print
job to cancel
•
•
Solving photo (memory card) problems
The color related problems with the all-in-one and their troubleshooting methods
are:
Color Problems
Colors do not
appear
348
•
•
Check the configuration.
The color capability might be restricted.
Check the settings for color.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Printouts appear
faded or dull
•
•
•
•
•
Colors are printing
as black and white
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use and Maintain
Check the settings.
The Fast print quality setting might be
selected. This setting is good for printing
drafts. To achieve a better colored printout
set the print quality setting to Normal or Best.
Check the media type.
An incorrect media type setting might be
selected. When printing on transparencies or
other special media types, select the
corresponding media type in the printer
driver or on the control panel.
Ensure that supported papers or media is
used. Some papers do not work well with the
all-in-one.
Check the settings.
Ensure that the correct printer driver is
selected in the program.
• The black and white printing option
is selected in the printer driver.
Follow the instructions for the
operating system to check the
setting.
Windows: From the software program, on the
File menu, click Print, and then click Setup or
Properties. Make sure that the Grayscale
option is not selected.
Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x): On the main
pop-up menu in the Print dialog box, select
HP Image Quality. Make sure that the Print
Color as Gray option is not selected.
Mac OS 9.2.x: On the main pop-up menu in
the Print dialog box, select Color Matching.
Make sure that the Black and White or
Grayscale options are not selected on the
Print Color pop-up menu.
Check the configuration for the all-in-one.
Print a configuration page. If no color
appears in the configuration page, contact
HP support.
Printhead nozzles may require cleaning.
Nozzle protective tape may not have been
removed.
Remove all printheads and remove the
protective tape.
hp confidential
349
Colors on the
printout do not
match the colors as
they appear on the
screen
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Color prints
inconsistently after
a new ink cartridge
is installed
•
•
•
•
Colors do not line
up closely with
each other
Thin colored
objects or lines
contain black
sections in copy
jobs
350
Check the printer driver.
Make sure that the correct printer driver is
selected in the software program.
Check the original.
If extremely light or extremely dark colors are
not printing correctly, the program could be
interpreting these colors as white or black.
Avoid using extremely light or dark colors, or
use a different software program.
Check the media type.
An incorrect media type setting might be
selected.
Check ink cartridges.
The ink cartridges might have been refilled. HP
does not guarantee or support refilled ink
cartridges. Refilling processes and the use of
incompatible inks might disrupt the intricate
printing system, potentially resulting in
reduced print quality and even damage to
the all-in-one.
Check the ink cartridges.
The ink cartridges might have poor contact.
Try removing and then reinstalling the ink
cartridges, making sure that they snap firmly
into place as explained in the topic "low or
excess use of ink in printouts".
Check the printheads.
The printheads might be clogged and need
cleaning as explained in the topic "incorrect
color printouts".
• Check the printheads.
The printheads might need to be aligned. The
printheads are automatically aligned when a
printhead is replaced. However, performing
the alignment procedure may bring some
improvement to the print-quality.
• Check the graphics in the
document.
The graphics in the document might not be
placed correctly. Use the zoom or printpreview feature of the software program to
check for gaps in the placement of graphics
on the page.
• Colors are tinted or incorrect.
The all-in-one might need color calibration.
• Check the settings.
The default enhancement setting might not
be suitable for the job. Check the setting and
change it to text or photographs, if needed.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Stray dots of color
surround some text
in copy jobs
• Check the settings.
The default enhancement setting might not
be suitable for the job. Check the setting and
change it to enhance text or photographs, if
needed.
Solving Color Problems
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
351
Paper Jam Clearance
paper jam clearance
paper jam clearance
Clearing Paper Jams in the all-in-one
To clear a paper jam in all-in one, follow these steps:
1. Turn off the all-in-one by pressing the (Power) button.
2. Remove all media from the output tray.
3. Check the auto-duplex unit as follows:
• Remove the unit by pushing both buttons on either side of the autoduplex unit.
• Grasp the jammed media in all in one with both hands and pull it out.
• If there is no paper jam, push the button on the top of the auto-duplex
unit and lower the auto-duplex cover. If there is a paper jam,
carefully remove the jammed media. Close the cover.
• Reinsert the auto-duplex unit in the all-in-one.
• Go to step 2 if not able to locate the paper jam in the auto-duplex
unit.
4. Lift the output tray and check for a paper jam in tray 1.
• If the media is jammed in tray 1, pull out tray 1, else, go to step 5.
• Pull the paper out.
• Lower the output tray and reposition Tray 1.
5. If the paper jam is not yet found and tray 2 is installed, pull out tray 2, else,
go to step 5.
6. If possible, remove the jammed media from tray 2.
• If the jammed media is not located by removing tray 2 from the all-inone, turn off the all-in-one and then remove the power cord.
• Lift the all-in-one off tray 2.
• Remove the jammed media from the bottom of the all-in-one or from
tray 2.
• Reposition the all-in-one on top of tray 2.
7. Open the print carriage access door and check for the media inside the
all-in-one in the print zone. If there is paper inside the all-in-one, use the
steps listed in this step, else, go to step 7.
352
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
• While lifting the print carriage access door, the carriage should return
to its position on the right side of the printer. Turn the all-in-one off if
the carriage does not return to the right side of the all-in-one.
• Ensure that the AIO is off and the power cord disconnected.
• Free any wrinkled media and pull the sheet out from the top of the allin-one.
8. After clearing the jam, close all covers and turn on the all-in-one.
To prevent a paper jam, follow these guidelines:
1. Ensure that the printhead latch is properly engaged, and nothing is
blocking the paper path.
2. Avoid overloading the trays. Tray 1 can hold up to 150 sheets of papers at
a time, whereas tray 2 can hold up to 250 sheets or 500 sheets of media. Be
sure the media does not exceed the maximum stack height as indicated
on the labels in each tray.
3. Load media properly.
4. Do not use damaged, curled, or wrinkled media. In addition, avoid using
media with cutouts or perforations or media that is heavily textured or
embossed.
5. Avoid media that is too thin, has a slick texture, or "stretches" easily. Such
media does not feed properly through the all-in-one.
6. During the scanning and the printing operations avoid loading the media
in to the all-in-one.
Clearing Media Jams in the ADF
1. If the page is sticking out of the area, gently try to remove it without
tearing the page.
2. Remove the ADF input tray and open the ADF cover.
3. Remove the jam cleanout part. Using both hands lift up the two handles
until the part unsnaps. Rotate and lift out the cleanout and set it aside.
4. Gently try to remove the page.
5. Open the ADF and gently loosen the media with both hands.
6. When the media is free gently pull it out.
7. Close the ADF.
8. Lower the green lever.
9. Reinstall the jam cleanout part.
10. Close the ADF and replace the ADF input tray.
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
353
monitoring operations and status
monitoring operations and status
Following operations can be monitored in all-in-one:
• Status of Operation: Monitor whether all-in-one is in a ready state or is in the
error condition.
• Status of Configuration: Monitor the current configuration such as, firmware
version and what accessories are installed.
• Status of Jobs: Monitors the current jobs being processed.
• Occurred Events: Monitors status of events such as, faxes that have been
received and sent.
Following can be used to monitor the all-in-one operations:
Methods
How
Control Panel
Configuration
Page
Setup Menu
Map
EWS
354
The lights and messages on the control panel can be
used to gain information on the current jobs that are
being processed and the operating status of the printer.
This page provides general information about the all-inone, installed accessories, log of recent events.
This map displays the structure and contents of all the
Setup menus and their locations.
The Log in the EWS provides information on the Events,
Incoming Fax, Outgoing Fax, and Digital Send operations
that have occurred.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
troubleshooting print quality related problems
troubleshooting print quality related problems
The following table displays common print quality problems, their causes and how
to troubleshoot them:
Troubleshooting Print Problems
Nothing is printed
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use and Maintain
Check the ink cartridges and printheads.
Ensure that there is appropriate ink in the ink
cartridges and printheads. Replace them in
case they are empty.
Alternatively, remove the protective tape of
the printheads if it is not removed from the
printheads.
Check the status of the all-in-one.
Check whether the all-in-one is not coming
out of the PowerSave mode. Wait until the
all-in-one reaches the ready state.
Ensure that the all-in-one is not processing any
complex job. These jobs take longer time to
start printing.
Check whether any other job has the priority
over the current job.
Check the control-panel display for any error
message.
Check the connections.
Check the power cord is properly connected
to both the all-in-one and the working power
outlet. Ensure that the all-in-one is turned ON.
Check that the USB, parallel, and the network
cable is connected properly. Alternatively, try
restarting the all-in-one.
Try printing a Demo page.
Print a demo page to ensure that the all-inone is in the working condition.
Check the settings in the printer driver.
Check the settings in the printer driver to
ensure that conflicting settings are not being
selected.
hp confidential
355
The all-in-one takes
longer time to print
a job
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Blank pages
printed
•
•
•
•
•
The all-in-one does
not print on both
the sides of media
•
•
•
•
Text or graphics are
placed incorrectly
•
•
•
•
•
•
356
Check the characteristics of the print job.
Several things can cause a job to take longer
to print. For example, automatic duplexing,
and complex graphics.
Check the system configuration.
Check whether the computer meets the
minimum system requirements. A slow
computer will generally take longer to print.
Make sure that the computer has enough hard
disk space
Check this option while printing complex
graphics.
Check whether the all-in-one is in the Ready
state.
Check the control panel for error messages.
Ensure that the protective tape is removed
from the printheads.
Check the file that is being printed.
Check whether the file to be printed does not
contain blank pages.
Check the settings.
Make sure that the duplex option is selected.
The media type or size is not supported by the
Auto Duplex unit.
Some of the media types does not support
print on both sides such as transparencies and
envelopes.
Check the settings.
Ensure that the paper size and page
orientation selected in the software
application match the settings in the Print
Settings dialog box.
Check the media.
For Tray 1, ensure that the tray contains no
more than 150 sheets of media. Tray 1 can
hold a maximum of 30 transparencies. For Tray
2, ensure it contains no more than 250 sheets
of media.
Check ADF.
If copying from the ADF, problem of skew can
be due to the ADF.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
Text or graphics are
cut off at edges of
a page
•
•
•
•
Wrong fonts are
printed
•
•
•
•
•
•
Text is jagged at
the edges
•
•
•
•
Printout is incorrect
or a part of it is
missing
•
•
•
•
Meaningless
characters are
printed
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use and Maintain
Check the Settings.
Ensure that the margin settings for the
document do not exceed the printable area
of the printer.
Check the ADF.
If copying from the ADF and the truncation is
at the bottom of the duplexed page then it is
an ADF limitation. In such cases, use a flatbed
scanner.
Check the fonts.
Ensure that the correct fonts are used.
Ensure that the all-in-one is selected as the
current or the default device.
Check the software program.
Check whether the software program is
running properly.
Check the fonts.
Ensure that the correct fonts are used.
Check the media.
The media used should not be heavily textured
and should accept the ink well. In addition,
ensure that supported media is used.
Check the settings.
Make sure that the margin settings for the
document match or exceed the minimum
margins for the all-in-one.
Make sure that the all-in-one is selected as the
current or default device.
Check the cable connection.
Check the cable connection between the allin-one and the computer. Make sure that the
connection is good at both ends.
Restart the system.
Restart the system, and try printing again.
Make sure that the all-in-one is selected as the
current or the default device.
Check the file that is being printed.
Check whether the document file to be
printed is not damaged.
Check the network for viruses.
Check for the viruses on the network. Viruses
can sometimes cause meaningless characters
to print.
hp confidential
357
Ink is smearing
•
•
•
•
•
•
358
Ink is not filling the
text or graphics
completely
•
•
•
•
•
Print quality is poor
•
•
Check the printout.
The document might not have had enough
time to dry. When printing documents that
use a lot of ink, allow the document more
time to dry before handling it. This is especially
true for transparencies.
Check the media and media type.
Some types of media do not accept ink well,
which causes the ink to dry more slowly and
results in smearing. In addition, ensure that
supported media is used.
If the problem occurs repeatedly for jobs,
faulty printheads might be the problem. Try
cleaning the printheads and then cleaning
the printhead contacts. If cleaning does not
resolve the problem, replace the printheads.
Check the media types.
Check the settings.
Check the memory.
Check whether the all-in-one have enough
memory to process a job.
Check the resolution.
Do not enlarge images that are low
resolution.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
low or excess use of ink in printouts
low or excess use of ink in printouts
The following table displays common problems due to low or excess ink in
printouts, their causes and how to troubleshoot them:
Symptom
Cause
Solution
Ink is smearing Cause 1: The
printout did
not have
time to dry
Solution 1: While printing documents that
use a lot of ink, allow the document more
time to dry before handling it. This is
especially true for transparencies.
• Select the Best mode in the printer
driver to set a longer dry time for
printing transparencies, if the print
job is not being attended to
personally.
• The paper type might be causing
smearing. Some types of paper do
not accept ink well, which causes
the ink to dry slowly and smear.
• Ensure that the media is supported
by the AIO.
Cause 2: Too Solution 2: Color documents with rich,
much ink on blended colors might use excess ink, which
the page
wrinkles the page during printing and
causes
causes smearing. Try using the Normal , Fast
Normal or Draft print qualit y setting to
wrinkling
reduce ink or use HP premium paper
designed for printing vivid color
documents.
Cause
Solution 3: Select the right kind of media
3:Media does that accepts ink well.
not accept
ink
Ink is not filling Cause 1: Print Solution 1: Try removing and reinstalling
the text or
cartridges
print cartridges. Ensure to snap them firmly
graphics
have poor
into place.
completely
contact
Cause 2: The Solution 2: The print cartridge might be out
print
of ink. Replace the empty print cartridge.
cartridge is
out of ink
Cause 3: An
Solution 3: Some media types are not
incorrect
suitable for use with the printer. Ensure that
media type is the media is supported by the AIO.
being used
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
359
Output is
faded or dull
360
Cause 4:
Printhead not
clean
Cause 1:
Incorrect
paper type
setting
Cause 2:
Incorrect print
mode
selected
Cause 3:
Defective or
empty ink
cartridge
Cause 4:
Printhead not
clean
Solution 4: Clean or replace the printhead.
Solution 1: Select the corresponding media
type in the Print Settings dialog box.
Solution 2: Select the Normal or Best mode
in the printer driver.
Solution 3: Replace the defective ink
cartridge with a new cartridge.
Solution 4: Clean or replace the printhead.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
incorrect color printouts
incorrect color printouts
The following table displays common color printout problems, their causes and
how to troubleshoot them:
Symptom
Cause
Solution
Wrong colors Cause 1: The
are printing Print in
Grayscale
option is
selected in the
printer driver
Cause 2: The
printer might
have run out of
one or more
colors of ink
Cause 3:
Clogged
printheads
Solution 1: In the application, open the
Printer Properties dialog box. Click the
Color tab and ensure that Print in
Grayscale is not selected.
Solution 2: Check the status of ink
cartridges in the Toolbox or from the
control panel and replace any low-ink or
empty ink cartridges.
Solution 3: Clean printheads, open the
Toolbox, click the Printer Services tab and
click Clean Printheads. For Macintosh, use
the control panel.The printheads may
need replacement.
Bleeding
Cause 1: The
Solution 1: Some paper type settings, such
colors in
print setting is as transparency, and print quality settings,
printouts
using too
such as Best, require more ink than others
much ink
do. Choose different print settings in the
printer driver. In addition, ensure that the
correct paper type is selected in the printer
driver for the media being used.
Cause 2: An
Solution 2: Some paper types are not
incorrect paper suitable for use with the printer. In
type is used
addition, ensure that the media type is
supported by the AIO.
Cause 3: Ink
Solution 3: HP does not guarantee or
cartridges
support refilled ink cartridges. Refilling
have been
processes and the use of incompatible inks
tampered with might disrupt the intricate printing system,
potentially resulting in reduced print
quality and printer damage.
Colors do not Cause 1:
Solution 1: Improve quality by performing
line up
Printheads
the alignment procedure as explained in
properly with need to be
page 211.
each other
aligned
Use and Maintain
hp confidential
361
-
362
Cause 2:
Graphics in the
document are
not placed
properly
Solution 2: Use the Zoom or Print Preview
feature of the software to check for gaps
in the placement of graphics on the page.
If copying from the ADF, the ADF feed may
be skewing. Ensure proper paper feeding
in the ADF. In addition check the paper is
properly loaded in the input trays and the
length and width adjusters are set
properly.
hp confidential
Use and Maintain
4
table of contents
print process ..........................................................................................................................365
scan process ..........................................................................................................................367
copy process..........................................................................................................................370
fax process.............................................................................................................................372
writing systems.......................................................................................................................374
Carriage System.....................................................................................................................375
ink delivery system (IDS) .........................................................................................................377
ink supply station................................ ................................ ................................ ...................378
service station........................................................................................................................379
all-in-one interfaces ...............................................................................................................380
paper path-paper feed motor and jam detection...............................................................381
electronics .............................................................................................................................385
power supply unit ..................................................................................................................386
logic PCA...............................................................................................................................387
control panel PCA.................................................................................................................388
carriage PCA .........................................................................................................................389
fax card .................................................................................................................................390
scan carriage.........................................................................................................................391
control panel .........................................................................................................................392
sensors and encoders ............................................................................................................394
firmware reflashing/upgrade.................................................................................................395
driver architecture for mac................................ ................................ ................................ ...399
Installer................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...400
I/O..........................................................................................................................................401
known issues and resolutions.................................................................................................402
crew/user replaceable parts .................................................................................................403
repackaging by customer to return to HP.............................................................................405
repackaging kit: setup the exchanged unit..........................................................................406
how HP packs to send back to customer.............................................................................407
product escalation path by region .......................................................................................408
white papers......................................................................................................................... 409
Service and Repair
hp confidential
363
table of figures
Print Process ................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................365
Scan Process ..........................................................................................................................367
Copy Process .........................................................................................................................370
Fax Process.............................................................................................................................372
Ink Delivery System .................................................................................................................377
front of the printer .................................................................................................................380
Paper Path-Paper Feed Motor and Jam Detection ..............................................................381
Paper Path for Scanning Top Side of a Document................................................................383
Paper Path for Scanning Both Sides of a Document.............................................................383
Left of Control Panel .............................................................................................................392
Right of Control Panel ................................ ................................ ................................ ...........392
Center of Control Panel ........................................................................................................393
Driver Architecture for Mac....................................................................................................399
Crew/User Replaceable Parts................................................................................................403
Repackaging by Customer to Return to HP ..........................................................................405
Repackaging Kit: Setup the Exchanged Unit.........................................................................406
364
hp confidential
Support
print process
print process
Print Process
Printer Control language (PCL) is a popular printer language. It is a set of
commands that defines the formatting of the printed document. On powering
up, the all-in-one will initialize. The process evaluates the all-in-one's "readiness to
print". It consists of:
• Carriage Movement Checks - unlock and lock
• Pen Check - uncap, spit, wipe, and cap
• Firmware Check
On launching a print job from the computer application, the all-in-one driver
generates a PCL language print file, which is sent to the all-in-one. This PCL
language print file includes description of:
• The Font styles
• Size and type of graphics
• Graphic placement
• Color treatment
• Print resolution or number of dots per inch
The language file also contains information about how to place the pixels or dots
of the document on a page.
The all-in-one interprets the PCL print file commands and generates internal print
data. This internal print data is a rectangular array of pixels and is called a raster
Support
hp confidential
365
image . This raster image may be further processed to improve the quality of the
printed image.
Finally, the printing system breaks up the raster image in small blocks of data,
which is relayed to the print engine. The print engine translates this block of data
into actual firing pulse, which fires the pen at the right speed and location to
create the desired print image.
How the All-In-One Translates Information
The all-in-one translates information using the following steps:
• Based on the raster image generated, the pens fire a pattern of ink droplets on
the paper. The microprocessor in the printer coordinates the movement of
the paper, the pens, and firing of the nozzle to create the desired print
image.
• The paper feed system moves the paper through the all-in-one, allowing the
pens to cover the entire length of the paper while the carriage drive
mechanism moves the pens across the width of the paper.
• The rollers on Drive Shaft/Pivot Assembly pick up each paper from the Input
tray and move it past the printheads.
• As the printheads traverse the paper, ink droplets from the nozzles are fired on
to the surface of the paper. The nozzle height above the paper is
accurately controlled to ensure that the ink droplets fall onto the exact
location on the paper. This distance is called the pen-to-paper spacing
(PPS). The speed and position of the pens are also carefully controlled to
ensure accurate placement of the ink droplets.
• After completing a print job, the printheads, which contain the print nozzles,
are serviced by the service station. Here the print nozzles are fired to clear it
of any ink residue and wiped. The pens are finally capped to prevent the ink
in the nozzles from drying out. The printheads also get serviced as and when
needed during a print job.
366
hp confidential
Support
scan process
scan process
Scan Process
The scan process can be initiated in one of the following ways:
1. From a computer connected directly to the all-in-one or via the network
(using CUE or TWAIN)
2. Directly from the all-in-one
Components Involved in the Scanning Process
TWAIN Application (Third Party Component)
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one is TWAIN-complaint and works with
programs that support TWAIN-compliant scanning devices. A TWAINcompliant program, such as MS Office, Adobe Photoshop allows scanning
an image directly into the program from the scanning device. Therefore,
users can start the scanning process from a TWAIN -compliant program on
their computers.
CUE Software
This component of the all-in-one provides the front-end for HP Director
based scan. Users can start the scanning process using the CUE software.
The CUE software and the TWAIN program are the two ways of initiating a
scan job from a computer connected directly or via network to the all-inone.
Support
hp confidential
367
Button Manager
This component allows for the user to start the scanning process from the
all-in-one. After receiving the user's actions for scanning, the rest of the
scanning operations are initiated.
Preview Application
Once the scan process is initiated from either Button Manager or
CUE/TWAIN Application, the Preview application comes into play. The
Preview application allows the user to preview the document and specify
the type of image to be scanned. The application then calls the TWAIN
driver and instructs the driver on the type of image the user has selected to
scan.
TWAIN Driver
The TWAIN driver interacts with the Image Processing component as well as
the Device Configuration Component.
Image Processing
This component interacts with the Preview Application and the TWAIN
Driver to enable the all-in-one to create the image as per the user
requirements.
Device Configuration
This component interfaces with the all-in-one in to retrieve information
from it on the capabilities to carry out the scan job as specified by the user.
The Scan Process Flow
Power On -> Photo Response Non-Uniformity (PRNU) Correction
On turning the all-in-one one, the all-in-one moves the scan carriage,
checks the system, beams light, and checks against the calibration marks.
These are done for the following tests:
• Position Test - enables the all-in-one to identify where to scan from
(position of the original). This test is also known as homing
calibration.
• Magnification Test - enables the all-in-one to ensure uniformity of pixels.
• Calibration Test - enables the all-in-one to identify the black and white
on every pixel in the CCD. This test is also known as scanner color
calibration.
ADF Initialization
The ADF initialization process takes approximately 10 seconds of time. The
sequence of steps during ADF initialization is:
1. Firstly, the Pick Roller rises up. Prior to ADF initialization, the Pick
Roller remains locked in a lower position to avoid occurrence of
any damage to the all-in-one.
2. Now, the all-in-one is in the Ready State and is ready to process
scan jobs from the flat bed scanner glass as well as the ADF, as the
case may be. The sensor in the ADF checks for originals in it. If there
is no original in the ADF, then the all-in-one scans the original from
the Flat Bed.
368
hp confidential
Support
3.
Support
The next step is to capture the image from the original. The all-inone captures each line row-by-row by moving the original. In case
of two-sided scanning, the user needs to flip the original placed on
the flat bed to scan the other side. The ADF, on the other hand, flips
the paper automatically to perform back-to-back scanning.
hp confidential
369
copy process
copy process
Copy Process
The copy feature can be used from any of the following:
1. ADF
2. Flat Bed Scanner Glass
The Copy Process Flow
After turning on the all-in-one and initiating a copy job, the process flow that
follows is:
• The all-in-one moves the scan carriage, checks the system, beams light, and
checks against the calibration marks to perform position, magnification,
and calibration tests. The ADF initializes and the all-in-one is in a Ready state
and ready to process scan jobs. Next, the image is captured row-by-row
from the original.
• Based on the raster image generated, the pens fire a pattern of ink droplets on
the paper. The microprocessor in the all-in-one coordinates the movement
of the paper, the pens, and firing of the nozzle to create the desired image.
• The paper feed system moves the paper through the all-in-one, allowing the
pens to cover the entire length of the paper while the carriage drive
mechanism moves the pens across the width of the paper.
370
hp confidential
Support
• The rollers on Drive Shaft/Pivot Assembly pick up each paper from the Input
tray and move it past the printheads.
• As the printheads traverse the paper, ink droplets from the nozzles are fired on
to the surface of the paper. The nozzle height above the paper is
accurately controlled to ensure that the ink droplets fall onto the exact
location on the paper. This distance is called the pen-to-paper spacing
(PPS). The speed and position of the pens are also carefully controlled to
ensure accurate placement of the ink droplets.
• After completing the job, the printheads, which contain the print nozzles, are
serviced by the service station. Here the print nozzles are fired to clear it of
any ink residue and wiped. The pens are finally capped to prevent the ink in
the nozzles from drying out. The printheads also get serviced as and when
needed during a print/copy job.
Support
hp confidential
371
fax process
fax process
Fax Process
The fax process can be initiated in one of the fo llowing ways:
1. Send Fax (from the device).
2. Print to Fax, which involves sending faxes from third party TWAIN
applications.
The Fax Process Flow
The fax process is similar to the scan process. As a result, the internal process flow is
also similar for both the operations. After turning on the all-in-one and initiating a
fax job, the process flow that follows is:
• The Fax module, a software component of the system, uses the TWAIN driver
and initiates the scanning of the document. The module renders the
document, sends instructions to the device, and assembles the scanned
image into a fax. It also sends the fax settings necessary for the fax protocol.
Note
372
However, unlike the scan process, there is no device to PC workflow in the fax
process.
hp confidential
Support
Support
hp confidential
373
writing systems
writing systems
Steps involved in the writing process are:
• Input of media from the tray
The paper feed system takes input of paper from the tray. The paper feed
system moves the paper through the printer, allowing the pens to cover
the entire length of the paper while the carriage drive mechanism moves
the pens across the width of the paper. The rollers on Pick Roller Assembly
pick up each paper from the Input tray and transfer each paper to the
Drive Roller. The Drive Roller in turn controls the paper feeding and moves
the paper past the print heads.
• Releasing ink on media
As the print heads traverse the paper, ink is fired on the paper surface. The
speed of the carriage movement and placement of the pens are also
carefully controlled to ensure accurate placement of the ink on the page.
• Drying of Ink
The ink present on the paper is given time to dry depending on the type of
printing done. The drying time increases as the amount of color on the
page increases.
• Servicing the printheads
After completing a print job, the pens are serviced by the rubber wipers in
the service station. The pens are wiped and capped to prevent the ink in
the nozzles from drying out.
Double Sided Printing Using the Auto-Duplex Unit
The all-in-one provides a facility to print on both sides of media with the autoduplex unit (ADU). Make the selection from the software program or printer driver
to enable this feature. The only difference in this printing process is that media
takes the reverse paper path for the double sided printing. The all-in-one prints on
one side of the paper first and then pauses for the ink to dry. The all-in-one then
takes back the paper in the auto-duplex unit where it flips the sheet and sends it
for printing.
Note
374
When using the ADU, do not remove the paper from the printer until both sides are
printed.
hp confidential
Support
Carriage System
carriage system
Physical Layout of the Carriage System
• Carriage Motor: The carriage motor is located in the left of the all-in-one and is
used for the movement of the carriage via the carriage belt.
• Encoder Strip: The encoder strip is located just below the top cover of the allin-one. The encoder strip has dark lines or bars marked on it. The lines/bars
are read from the strip such that the movement of the carriage can be
controlled.
• Carriage Assembly: The Carriage Assembly is positioned above the Service
Station when it is in its home position. The Carriage Assembly consists of the
Carriage Base and the Carriage PCA. The Carriage Base provides the frame
to hold the printhead. It holds the valves for the printheads to which the ink
supply tubes are attached.
• Carriage Belt: The carriage belt is connected to the Carriage Assembly and is
used to drive the assembly during printing.
Functioning of the Carriage System
• The carriage motor moves the carriage and the printheads horizontally in
order to create printed images on the media.
• The carriage belt loops around the Carriage Motor Pulley and the Idler System
Pulley . The carriage Motor turns the carriage Motor Pulley, which in turn,
moves the carriage belt.
• The carriage assembly is attached to the carriage belt, so that it moves
horizontally across the page when the carriage belt moves. Inside the
carriage are the printheads, which deliver ink to the page.
• The encoder strip is threaded through the carriage assembly. The Encoder Strip
is an encoded filmstrip that helps to provide information to the system to
determine the carriage position.
• The carriage PCA, which is a part of the carriage assembly, reads the encoder
strip and sends feedback on the carriage's position to the logic PCA.
List of Components in the Carriage System
The carriage system consists of the following components:
Part
Part
Description
Number
Lock Carriage C812440016
Encoder Strip C643680010
Media Sensor PCA Carriage SVC
-
Assy - Carriage C8125Base SVC
67017
Support
Locks the latch handle to prevent the latter
from being opened up before a power-up.
Provides information to the encoder so that it
can help to determine the carriage position.
Located under the carriage base. It is also used
during pen alignment.
The carriage PCA contains the electronics to
control the firing of the printheads so that the
right quantity of ink is delivered to the paper.
This is attached to the carriage rod. It holds
printheads.
hp confidential
375
Assy - Pen
C8124Latch with CG 67024
Arm
To lock the printheads down into position and
applying the correct pressure to all printheads.
Components in the Carriage System
376
hp confidential
Support
ink delivery system (IDS)
ink delivery system (IDS)
Ink Delivery System
The components of the Ink Delivery System (IDS) are:
1. Ink Cartridge (oasis) : The ink cartridge contains the ink.
2. Lifter (Bongo Pump): Lifter acts on the ink cartridge to pump ink. The
position of lifter is also used to detect whether the cartridges are out of ink.
3. Tube : The tube carries ink to the printheads.
4. Valve Housing : The valve housing is used to prevent ink from flowing out
of the tubes when the printheads are removed.
5. Print head upper body region: The printhead upper body region acts as
secondary ink container.
6. Screen The screen in the printhead filters out the contaminants.
7. Printhead: consists of the nozzles through which the ink drops are fired
during printing.
8. Printhead Contacts: Printhead Contacts are the electrical interconnects
which allow printhead firing signals to be transmitted from the carriage
PCA to the printheads.
Support
hp confidential
377
ink supply station
ink supply station
Location of the Ink Supply Station
The ink supply station is located at the right side of the printing supplies area. It
holds the ink cartridges, which are connected to the tubes through needles. The
tubes provide the path through which ink is supplied to the printheads. Therefore,
the main functions of the Ink Supply Station include holding the ink cartridges,
providing electrical connection to the Acumen, (actuation of the Oasis internal
pump to pressurize the ink), detecting the ink levels, and locating and supporting
the supply end of the Ink Delivery System.
The three main systems of the Ink Supply Station are:
1. Oasis Supply Retention Assembly - This is made up of the front and rear
walls, retention springs, spring retainers, floor, and label.
2. Pressurization Mechanism - This consists of the motor, belt drive, worm,
camshaft, cam followers (rockers), lifters, camshaft homing opto, PCA
(with 4 out of ink optos), and chassis.
3. Acumen Interconnect Assembly - This consists of the four interconnects, the
cable harness, and structural parts that support the Acumen interconnect.
378
hp confidential
Support
service station
service station
The service station performs the functions of receiving and containing ink fired
from the printheads during spitting, pen wiping, and capping. These functions help
to keep the printhead nozzles in top working condition. The service station
assembly starts working when the all-in-one is turned on.
The various functions of the service station are:
Function
Description
Receiving and
containing ink
fired from the
printheads during
spitting
Wiping
Capping
The printer spits ink into the spittoon, to help clear
clogged printhead nozzles and maintain print quality.
Spitting always occurs when the all-in-one is powered
on or when servicing the printheads.
Wiping removes dust, dried ink, and foreign particles
outside and around the printhead nozzles.
The Service Station Motor rotates the Service Station
Gear Train to place all the caps under the nozzles of
the printhead. A ramp translates further motor
rotation into vertical motion, capping the printhead.
This is called the "capped" position. Capping is done
to prevent the printhead nozzles from drying up.
Functions of Service Station
Support
hp confidential
379
all-in-one interfaces
all-in-one interfaces
front of the printer
1. "Phone" and "Line in" ports: The "Phone" and "Line in" ports are located at
the back of the all-in-one to enable the phone and fax features.
2. Enhanced Input Output (EIO) slot : The all-in-one has an EIO slot to support
the HP JetDirect 620n print server card and other internal HP JetDirect print
server cards. The EIO slot is at the back of the all-in-one.
3. Centronics Interface (Parallel Port): The all-in-one has a Centronics
interface that allows parallel port connection.
4. Universal Serial Bus (USB) port: The USB port provides plug and play support
for the all-in-one. The rear of the all-in-one has a dedicated port for the USB.
5. Power Input: The power input is located at the back of the all-in-one. The
amount of power consumed is:
• Printing and using photo (memory card) options (maximum): 73 watts
• Copying (maximum): 77 watts
• Faxing (maximum): 40 watts
• Scanning and sending e-mail (maximum): 40 watts
• During standby and while in PowerSave mode: less than 21.4 watts
• When off: less than 1 watt
• Additional RAM: The DIMM slots in the all-in-one accept additional RAM of 64
MB or 128 MB. Users can add extra RAM and increase the memory to 384 MB.
• Keyboard: The keyboard serves as an Input interface and comes with
localization support. It can be used to type e-mail addresses and network
folder destinations.
• ADF: The ADF can be used to load up to 50 originals.
• Photo Card Sl ot The photo card slot (memory card slot) can be used to insert
the memory card to print photographs.
380
hp confidential
Support
paper path-paper feed motor and jam detection
paper path-paper feed motor and jam detection
Paper Path-Paper Feed Motor and Jam Detection
Paper path refers to the path that a media will take in the all-in-one. There can be
different media paths with different device combinations, using multiple input
trays and the auto-duplex unit. From the table below, it can be summarized that
the all-in-one has 2 different media paths, formed by 2 input trays combining with
the auto-duplex unit.
Media Path
Capacity (sheets)
Media Type
Devices
Tray1 (150 sheets)
150
Paper, transparencies,
envelopes, cards (All supported
media)
Paper
Tray 2 (250/500
250/500
sheets -optional)
Auto-duplex unit N.A.
Paper, cards
Output tray
100
All supported media
The stages for the paper path are listed below:
• Input - This stage flips the media in the input tray and moves the media guide.
The paper motor feeds media into the printer, moves it horizontally while
text and images are printed on the page, and ejects the media from the
printer.
• Pulling paper into Printer - When a print command is given the motor is
activated, it picks up a piece of paper and pushes the paper against the
separation system, thus allowing only one sheet of paper to go through.
After the paper is inserted, the paper from the input tray reaches the
pressure plate. The pressure plate in turns pushes the paper against the
pinch roller, which is part of the separator system.
The pick system (separation and activation) provides:
• Optimum friction force between paper and roller.
• Pick speed.
• The paper is picked by the pick roller and driven through the paper path to
ensure that it is properly aligned for printing. The paper motor moves the
media into position for printing in the print zone.
Support
hp confidential
381
Feeding Paper Through Printer
• The paper is fed through the print zone by a large set of rollers on the Drive
Shaft/Pivot Assembly, pinch roller, and the drive roller.
• The paper motor powers these components.
• The encoder disk on the Drive Shaft/Pivot Assembly helps to control linefeed
accuracy.
• The carriage moves out of its "home" position over the service station and
ramps up to speed; the speed of the carriage across the paper is
determined by the print mode selected for a particular print job.
• The pen starts printing from the first firing point.
• The disk encoder has dark lines or bars marked on it. Each line is equivalent to
four position counts. It helps to verify the rotational position of the feed
roller.
Ejecting Paper From Printer
The output system consists of three components:
• Kicker
• Output roller
• Output tray
After the paper comes out of the pinch roller and the drive roller, the paper is
passed to the output roller. This is the component from where the paper is ejected
and stacked into the output tray.
Double-Sided Printing Process
Double-sided printing can be done manually or automatically:
• Manual: After printing one side of the paper, turn the paper over in the tray
and then repeat the print job on the second side.
• Auto-duplex: Automatic duplexing (double-sided printing) is turned on in the
all-in-one by default. Make the appropriate selections from the software
program to enable double sided printing.
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
The ADF and the flatbed scanner are the features available in the all-in-one for
versatile scanning capabilities. The ADF can hold up to 50 sheets of paper, and the
flatbed scanner can be used for originals that cannot be fed through the ADF. If
originals are present both in the ADF and on the flatbed scanner glass, the ADF
takes priority.
The ADF transports the top side of a document for scanning by following the
paper path, as displayed in the figure below.
382
hp confidential
Support
Paper Path for Scanning Top Side of a Document
The ADF transports both sides of a document for scanning by following the paper
path, as displayed in the figure below.
Jam Detection
Paper Path for Scanning Both Sides of a Document
A paper jam normally occurs in the paper path during the input, printing and the
ejection process. The paper jam occurs when the paper gets stuck during one of
these processes. The areas in the paper path where paper jams most likely occur
are the auto-duplex unit, the pick roller, and the pusher rail. A paper jam is
indicated with the following message on the LCD screen:
PAPER JAM, REMOVE REAR ACCESS PANEL/ AUTO-DUPLEX UNIT TO CLEAR PAPER.
PRESS RESUME TO CONTINUE
To clear a paper jam, follow these steps:
• Remove all media from the output tray.
• Check the auto-duplex unit/rear access panel.
Support
hp confidential
383
• Push the buttons on either side of the auto-duplex unit/rear access panel and
remove it.
1. If the jammed media is located inside the printer, grasp it with both
hands and remove in the outward direction.
2. If a jam is not there, push the latch on the top of the auto-duplex
unit and lower its cover. If the jam is inside, carefully remove it and
close the cover.
3. Reinsert the auto-duplex unit/rear access panel into the all-in-one.
4. If the jam in the auto-duplex unit/rear access panel cannot be
located, then go to the next step.
• Lift the output tray and check for a jam in tray 1.
1. If the media is jammed in tray1, then pull out tray1.
2. Pull out the paper.
• Once the paper jam is removed, press Resume button to resume job.
Warnin
g
384
Do not reach into the all-in-one when the all-in-one is on and the carriage is stuck.
hp confidential
Support
electronics
electronics
Electronic components in the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one are:
• PCA-Door Sensor
• ASSY-PCA Logic
• ASSY-Power Module
• PCA-Duplexer INTERCON
• Support - Paper Cassette
Support
hp confidential
385
power supply unit
power supply unit
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one has a built-in power supply unit that supplies
the power required for proper functioning. It accepts any input voltage ranging
from 110 to 240 VAC (+ 10%) and provides two DC output channels, +32V(112W)
and +3.3V(16W) to drive the all-in-one. The +32V output is capable of delivering
peak power of 190W for 30 ms to meet the inductive loads used in the all-in-one.
The +3.3V output is powers the logic circuits in all-in-one. The other features that
the power supply offers are:
• Over Voltage Protection (OVP)
• Over Current Protection (OCP)
• Short Circuit Protection
• Fully enclosed casing for Fire Enclosure
• Standby power of less than 1W for Blue Angel requirements
• Universal AC input
• Remote On/Off
• Fan Control (Self Regulation + External Control )
• Power Factor Correction control
The details of the Power Supply system assembly:
Part Number
Part Description
C8140-67037
386
Power Supply
hp confidential
Support
logic PCA
logic PCA
The logic PCA is co-ordinates and controls the various functions of the all-in-one.
The logic PCA is the heart of the printer and controls the printer mechanism.
Following are the components of the logic PCA:
Component
Description
USB connector (5)
1284 connector (36)
Power Supply connector (7)
DC/DC converter for 1.2V
USB interface
Parallel interface
Universal (120 -240V) AC input
ERIDANI
100 PIN DIMM (2 nos)
32 MB SDRAM (2 nos)
NUCLEUS ASIC
8 MB Flash
Electron+
Memory slot
On board memory
ASIC CPU
Flash Memory
Components of Logic PCA
Support
hp confidential
387
control panel PCA
control panel PCA
The function of the control panel PCA is to provide a user interface for the all-inone. The control panel displays messages and menu items.
Following are the components of the control panel PCA:
Component
Description
8/16 bit I/O Expander
Front panel Harness
Connector (8)
Front panel Harness
Connector (2)
This is to allow more I/Os by just using 2 lines.
This is the link that contains the button signals,
power and GND lines.
This is the on/off signal to the power supply.
Components of Control Panel PCA
388
hp confidential
Support
carriage PCA
carriage PCA
The carriage PCA contains the electronics to control the energy delivered to the
printheads so that the right quantity of ink is delivered to the paper. The carriage
PCA reads the encoder strip and sends feedback on the carriage's position to the
logic PCA.
Following are the components of the carriage PCA:
Component
Description
SYNERGY
ENDEAVOUR
DIGITAL ENCODER
For controlling pen firing voltage
For voltage sensing and pen shorts detection
Used with Encoder strip to get position of
carriage
CALLISTO SENSOR
IDS MODULE CONNECTOR
Components of a Carriage PCA
Support
hp confidential
389
fax card
fax card
The fax card enables the user to transmit and receive faxes. To use the fax features
of the all-in-one, connect the all-in-one to the phone line.
A fax card can be used for the following:
• Sending and receiving faxes - users can send faxes from the control panel or by
using HP Director. In addition users can send faxes using a third party
software program, such as Microsoft Word.
• Scheduling faxes - uses can schedule faxes to be sent at a later time.
• Changes settings to a job - use features, such as collation and double-sided
printing.
• Forward faxes to other fax numbers - users can send the faxes to other
numbers. If the fax cannot be sent because of an error the all-in-one prints
the fax.
• Archiving incoming faxes - incoming faxes can be archived to an e-mail
address or to a network folder.
• Reducing and blocking incoming faxes - users can reduce long faxes to fit the
default paper size. In addition, users can block faxes sent by specific
people.
• Printing and viewing fax log - users can print and view the sent and received
faxes.
390
hp confidential
Support
scan carriage
scan carriage
The scan carriage helps in capturing the image of the original during the scanning
process.
• The scan carriage shines a beam of light on the original (the document to be
scanned).
• The image of the document is then transmitted to the Charge Couple Device
(CCD) through a series of reflections.
• The CCD translates the light beam in to voltage and sends it to copy board.
Note
Support
The scanner performs a calibration test at the start of a scan job. This is required for
the scanner to know what is white and what is black.
hp confidential
391
control panel
control panel
Left of Control Panel
The components located at the left side of the control panel are:
1. Speed dial buttons: For quick access to frequently used fax numbers and
email addresses
2. Option buttons: For quick access to frequently used task settings, such as
quality/resolution, reduce/enlarge, lighter/darker, and paper size settings
3. Contacts button: For quick access to incoming and outgoing email and fax
list and stored contacts data
4. List of speed dial entries: For displaying the speed dial entry of the selected
mode
Right of Control Panel
The components located at the right side of the control panel are:
1. Keypad: Allows the user to insert text or dial fax numbers. The text or
numbers typed by the user are inserted without overwriting the characters
to the right of the cursor.
2. Backspace button: Allows the user to erase the character to the left of the
cursor in the text input fields.
3. Reset/Hold for PIN button: Allows the user to reset all modes to their default
values. If the administrator has configured users for the all-in-one, holding
the button down for 2 seconds or more locks the all-in-one. A PIN is then
required to resume the operation.
4. Power button: Allows the user to turn ON/OFF the all-in-one. When the all-inone is ON, the light is green.
5. Stop button: Allows the user to cancel selected jobs without affecting
remote printing jobs.
392
hp confidential
Support
6. Black/Color button: Allows user to select between black copying or color
copying.
7. Start button: Allows the user to start any job.
8. Off-hook light: Lights when the fax line is in use.
9. Redial/Answer button: Allows the user to redial the most frequently dialed
fax number when the all-in-one is in the READY state. The Answer button
answers the phone manually for an incoming fax.
Center of Control Panel
The components located in the center of the control panel are:
1. Mode buttons: The COPY, SCAN, PHOTO, E-MAIL, and FAX mode buttons are
used to start these jobs. The mode button is lit when the user presses it, and
remains lit while the user is in the mode.
2. Help button: The Help button provides information about the messages
and menu that appear in the control panel display.
3. Wrap-around attention LED: Provides easy visibility in a workgroup
environment.
4. + and - buttons: Allows the user to cycle through the values available for
an option. In the text input fields, the + and - buttons moves the cursor left
of right.
5. (select) button: Allows the user to select or save the displayed setting.
6. (up) button and (down) button: Allows the user to move up or down for a
list of options.
7. (back) button: Allows the user to return to the previous level.
8. Control panel display: The control panel display shows status and error
messages, mode and setup menus and their options, help information,
and ink cartridge levels.
Support
hp confidential
393
sensors and encoders
sensors and encoders
The following table gives the different Encoders and Sensors in the all-in-one:
Sensors and Description
Encoders
ASSY-OOP
Sensor SVC
Out of Paper Sensor. When no paper is in the a-, the OOPS
flag interrupts the light path of the OOPS optical sensor.
When paper is inserted into the a-, the paper moves the
OOPS flag out of the light path of the optical sensor; this
creates the OOPS signal.
PCA-DOOR The Door Sensor is a combined sensor for the Top Cover,
Sensor SVC Printhead Access Cover, and Ink Cartridge Cover.
Currently, the pen/ink access door sensor is common to the
top cover sensor. Opening the Printhead Access Cover or
Ink Cartridge Cover causes the carriage to move to its pen
change position.
Encoder Strip Tracks the paper movement.
Spot sensor Detects the edge of the sensor.
Paper input Detects the presence of paper in the ADF tray.
sensor
Document Detects the presence of paper on the flat scan bed.
sensor
Edge sensor Detects the edge of the paper so that the scanner knows
when to grab the image.
ADF cover
Detect if the cover is open.
sensor
Home sensor Located on the scanner carriage, the home sensor detects
if the carriage has home so that it can do calibration.
Encoder disc Located on the scanner carriage motor, the encoder disc
and sensor and sensor control the accurate movement of the scanner
carriage.
Sensors and Encoders
394
hp confidential
Support
firmware reflashing/upgrade
Firmware reflashing is required to upgrade firmware. Firmware reflashing/upgrade
is a continuous process and should not be interrupted until the flashing process is
complete. Firmware upgrade provides additional functionality and improved
performance and reliability. The various methods for firmware upgrade are:
Firmware Download Utility (FDU)
The FDU downloads the file from HP Support website or the HP Instant Support
(HPIS) and executes the file.
Following are the steps to upgrade firmware using the FDU:
• Download and store the latest firmware upgrade file from the HP website on
the computer.
• Browse to the location of the file and double-click it to start the FDU.
Firmware Reflashing in Mac OS:
Firmware Download Utility (FDU) is a standalone utility that downloads the
firmware reflash file to the all-in-one with or without the all-in-one software
installed on the user's machine. The FDU is a carbon application that runs both on
OS 9.x and OS X.
To download the firmware flash file to the device, the user has to select the
firmware file that has to be flashed onto the device and select the device that
needs to be flashed. The FDU facilitates flashing the same firmware to 'n' number
of devices of the same type connected locally or over the network. When the
application is launched, by default it will list only the devices connected locally. By
selecting the network option, the application searches for all devices present on
the local network with their IP and Mac address listed. By selecting the option to
enter the IP address, the application lists the device with the entered IP address
only. If the entered IP address is wrong, then an appropriate error message is
displayed by the application.
The Sequence of Execution of the FDU:
1. Launch the Firmware Download Utility.
2. Quit HP Communications if it is running.
3. List all the devices connected locally (by default) to the host machine. For
reflashing the device on the network, select the
Network
connection type.
There are three different modes through which a user can select a device
that needs to be reflashed:
• Local - Lists all the devices connected through USB to the Host
machine.
• Network - This Lists all the devices connected over the network through
TCP/IP.
• Enter IP Address - Displays a dialog box to enter the IP Address of the
required device connected over the local network.
4. Enter the full path of the firmware reflash file in the edit box or click the
Browse button to select the firmware re-flash file.
5. Choose the device that has to be flashed from the list of devices.
6. Click the Download button to download the firmware to the device.
Support
hp confidential
395
7. Click Yes to download the firmware file to the device.
8. Click the Close button or quit the application once reflashing is done.
MS DOS Prompt
To upgrade firmware from MS DOS Prompt:
1. Type Copy /b Firmware filename Port name.
2. Press Enter .
Note
When upgrading the firmware from MS DOS Prompt, you need to be in the drive
where the firmware file is located.
Memory Card
To upgrade firmware using Memory Card:
1. Create a directory named HP.
2. Rename the flash file to autoprint_pcl and copy it to the HP directory.
3. Insert the memory card. The all-in-one automatically upgrades the
firmware.
4. When the all-in-one auto reboots, pull out the memory card.
HP LaserJet Utility (for Mac)
The HP LaserJet Utility allows control of features that are not available in the printer
driver.
Use the illustrated screens to select printer features and complete tasks with the
printer such as the following:
• Download files, view fonts, and change many of the printer settings
• Check the ink cartridge levels
• Configure and set the printer for Internet Protocol (IP) or AppleTalk printing
FTP
To upgrade firmware using FTP:
1. From the command prompt, connect to FTP.
2. Enter Username and Password.
3. Go to the directory where the firmware file is located.
4. Type the firmware file name at the prompt to upgrade the firmware.
Web JetAdmin
To upgrade firmware using Web JetAdmin:
1. Open the Web JetAdmin utility and select Update from the drop-down list.
396
hp confidential
Support
2. The Update Options will be displayed. Ensure that the Update Printer
Firmware option is selected and click Next.
3. Select the version to flash from the Select New Firmware Version list and
click on Update Firmware.
Support
hp confidential
397
Note
398
The Web JetAdmin utility also allows uploading the firmware flash file to the Web
JetAdmin server.
hp confidential
Support
driver architecture for mac
driver architecture for mac
Driver Architecture for Mac
Printing Architecture for Mac
The printing architecture of the Mac operating system can be divided into a set of
nine modules. These modules are conceptually divided into the following client
and server groupings:
• Application Services framework and Carbon framework modules - these
modules provide the drawing and printing APIs for applications.
• Print Center and Printer browser modules - these modules handle client
interaction during the printing cycle.
• Print server, Print job manager, Converters, Printer, and I/O modules - these
modules constitute the printing system's server backends, which accepts
print jobs from local clients and renders them to the destination printer.
The nine modules work together to:
• Present all printing user-interface elements.
• Accept raw drawing commands from applications and spool the data to be
printed.
• Render print jobs to the destination printer.
Support
hp confidential
399
Installer
installer
Goldstone Customization Utility
Goldstone customization utility is only available with unattended/attended mode
option. In other words, the utility only allows the administrator to create a silent
customized installer. The following are the advantages of using Goldstone
customization utility:
• Unattended installation : Goldstone provides the option of creating
unattended installer, which is a timesaving option for administrators
working in a corporate environment. The only difference between the
original package and the customized package are the language
dependent components. The customization utility extracts one of the
selected language components from the original installer. This
implementation is mainly due to the caching MSI database on the user
system after the first time installation. For instance, if the administrator only
chooses to have one driver personality and toolbox without other
accompanied components, the consequence of extracting these
components is that other components such as fonts or driver personalities
will never get installed on the user system for subsequent installations.
• Flexibility : Customization utility offers flexibility for changing the settings during
runtime. A few items such as port selection, printer naming, printer share
name, printer comment and location can be modified during runtime.
• Virtual ports: Goldstone Customization Utility is capable of creating Virtual
ports such as DOT4 and USB installation.
• Installation and MFP sharing : Goldstone can also be used to install client setup
through silent installer as well as setting printer sharing with vending drivers
installed.
ICE
ICE is an installer responsible for installing the CUE software for scan, fax, and
photo.
Mariner
Mariner is a combination of Goldstone customization utility and ICE.
400
hp confidential
Support
I/O
I/O
The HP Officejet 9100 series uses DOT4 for Input/ Output (I/O). Dot4 is an IEEE
industry standard that supports multi-function peripherals within an operating
system. Microsoft Windows provides DOT4 drivers for XP and 2000 that creates
different port settings for each function of the multi-function peripherals. When the
HP Officejet 9100 all-in-one is installed the port tab indicates the DOT4 port, which
is the virtual port. However, the printer is physically connected to the parallel port.
Dot4 technique provides print, scan, fax, and Mass Storage Devices Class (MSDC)
driver over a single channel. DOT4 technique can be used over USB or Parallel
cable.
Note
MSDC is drive letter access to a device's photocard slot. So user goes to windows
explorer and copies files to the drive just like any other drive.
Note
Some other I/O techniques such as Device ID are used to query for ink level, error
status, and printer servicing.
The advantages of DOT4 are:
• Status updates and myPrintMileage support when printing
• Does not require a language monitor, and helps in remote installation
Support
hp confidential
401
known issues and resolutions
known issues and resolutions
The known hardware issues with the all-in-one:
Issue/Limitation
Why Does it Happen?
All-in-one takes time
to print when turned
on
Resolution/Workaround
Printer takes some
Wait to let the printer
minutes to initialize so
initialize
that it can:
• Set on the turnon voltage
• Calibrate color
• Align printheads
Known Hardware Issues
The known software issues with the all-in-one:
Issue/Limitation
Why Does it Resolution/Workaround
Happen?
Unable to spool print
job
Not enough
space in the
hard disk for
spooling
MS Word document in
Lack of
double-sided mode is
orientation
not printed in correct
and binding
orientation and binding order
order
Empty Recycle Bin and also free
space from the TEMP directory
Check whether page orientation
setting in the MS Word
application matches with that in
the printer Property's dialog box
Known Software Issues
402
hp confidential
Support
crew/user replaceable parts
crew/user replaceable parts
Crew/User Replaceable Parts
CREW Parts are the user removable and replaceable components of the all-inone.
The crew parts of the all-in-one are given in the table below:
Part Name
Part Number
cover-dimm SVC
Support
hp confidential
C8140-67002
C8140-67003
C8140-67004
C8140-67006
C8140-67007
C8140-67008
C8140-67009
C8140-67010
C8140-67013
C8140-67020
403
Fax PCA Assy SVC
ADF Bogie Assy SVC
404
hp confidential
C8140-67022
C8140-67024
C8140-67025
C8140-67036
C8140-67041
C8140-67042
C8140-67043
C8140-67044
C8140-67045
C8140-67046
C8140-67047
C8140-67048
C8140-67049
C8140-67050
C8140-67051
C8140-67052
C8140-67053
C8140-67054
C8140-67055
C8140-67056
C8140-67057
C8140-67058
C8140-67059
C8140-67060
C8140-67061
C8140-67062
C8140-67063
C8140-67064
C8140-67065
C8140-67066
Support
repackaging by customer to return to HP
repackaging by customer to return to HP
Repackaging by Customer to Return to HP
The steps to remove the components of the all-in-one to return to HP:
• Turn-off the all-in-one.
• Unplug the all-in-one from mains power and from the computer or network.
• Remove the ink cartridges from the printing supplies area.
• Remove the printheads from the printing supplies area.
• Lift the all-in-one off Tray 2.
• Remove Tray 1 with the output tray.
• Remove the HP JetDirect 620n print server card (or any other internal HP print
server card).
• Remove the Auto Duplex unit.
• Remove the ADF input tray.
• Remove additional memory, if present.
• Remove keyboard.
The following are the steps required to pack the all-in-one to return to HP:
• Pack the all-in-one.
• Tape the doors and the pen latch.
Support
hp confidential
405
repackaging kit: setup the exchanged unit
repackaging kit: setup the exchanged unit
Repackaging Kit: Setup the Exchanged Unit
The main steps to setup the exchanged unit are:
• Install Tray 1 and the output tray.
• Install Tray 2 (if applicable) by aligning and placing the all-in-one on top of the
tray.
• Install printheads (4 printheads).
• Install ink cartridges (4 ink cartridges).
• Install the HP JetDirect 620n print server card (or other supported HP internal
print server card).
• Install additional memory into the DIMM slots (if any).
• Install the Auto Duplex unit.
• Install the keyboard.
• Install the ADF input tray.
• Turn on the all-in-one.
• Print a demo page.
406
hp confidential
Support
how HP packs to send back to customer
how HP packs to send back to customer
Support
hp confidential
407
product escalation path by region
product escalation path by region
The following is the list of regions with the product escalation path offered by
each region:
Asia Pacific
• Support Flow: End Customer -> Call Center -> Response Center -> Division
• Escalation Flow: End Customer -> Call Center -> Response Center -> Division
Europe
North America
USA
Canada
408
hp confidential
Support
white papers
white papers
The available white papers for the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one are:
1. Celsius Security
2. Reliability
3. Expandability
4. Networking
5. Contention Management
6. Digital Send
7. Device Management
8. Memory Management
9. Paper Handling
10. Celsius Software and Installer
11. Copying
Support
hp confidential
409
5
table of contents
demo page................................ ................................ ................................ ...........................412
diagnostic page....................................................................................................................413
serial number .........................................................................................................................414
born-on date .........................................................................................................................415
jet configuration page..........................................................................................................416
color calibration test page................................ ................................ ................................ ...419
customer service checklist .....................................................................................................423
paper path test .....................................................................................................................424
final test utility........................................................................................................................425
diagnostic test utility..............................................................................................................426
exploded view .......................................................................................................................427
repair flow chart....................................................................................................................431
shared service parts...............................................................................................................433
tools for repair .......................................................................................................................434
crew parts..............................................................................................................................436
non V-coded parts ................................................................................................................438
troubleshooting all-in-one problems .....................................................................................439
field replacement unit: cust omer replaceable......................................................................442
Service and Repair
hp confidential
410
table of figures
Color Calibration Test Page ..................................................................................................419
Service and Repair
hp confidential
411
demo page
demo page
A demo page is used to verify if the printing mechanism of the all-in-one is
operating correctly.
The steps to print a demo page are:
1. Switch on the Officejet 9100 series all-in-one.
2. Type the authentication PIN, if any.
3. Press the Menu button on the control panel.
4. Press the + or - buttons to go to the PRINT REPORT menu.
5. Press (Up) or (Down) buttons to reach the Demo page option.
6. Press the (Select) button to print the Demo page.
412
hp confidential
Service and Repair
diagnostic page
diagnostic page
The diagnostic page provides device and printhead information. The diagnostic
page can be printed using the control panel .
The steps to print a diagnostic page are:
1. Switch on the Officejet 9100 series all-in-one.
2. Type the authentication PIN, if any.
4. Press the + or - buttons to go to the MAINTENANCE menu.
5. Press (Up) or (Down) buttons to reach the Print diagnostic page option.
6. Press the (Select) button to print the print diagnostic page.
The information present on a diagnostic page includes the following:
Device Information
• Product name
• Product model number
• Product serial number
• Service ID
• Location
• Asset number
• Firmw are version
• Tray2
• Duplexer
• Printer memory
• DIMM slot 1
• DIMM slot 2
• Pages printed
Printhead Information
Use of the Diagnostic page
The main purpose of a diagnostic page is to troubleshoot pen nozzle problems. It
contains the Nozzle Stair Step pattern, which can be used to identify any clogged
nozzles.
Service and Repair
hp confidential
413
serial number
serial number
Serial number is a unique number given to a printer and is available on the
configuration page. This number is used to log service requests with the call center
for repair purposes. This number can be used to identify details, such as the country
where the printer was manufactured, its manufacturing date, and its version
number. For example, if the serial number of an hp Officejet 9100 series all-in-one is
CN387110GJ, then the following details can be derived:
Country: The first 2 letters refer to the country where the printer was
manufactured. Here, CN means China. The codes of some other countries where
the printer is manufactured are:
• SG - Singapore
• CN - China
• MY - Malaysia
Year of manufacture: The third letter refers to year of manufacture. It equals the
last numeral of the year. In this case, the year is 2003.
Month of manufacture: The fourth letter refers to the month of manufacture. The
numeral refers to the month of the year starting from January. In this case, the
month is August. The list of codes for the months is given below:
• January - 1
• February - 2
• March - 3 and so on till September
• September - 9
• October - A
• November - B
• December - C
Day of manufacture:The fifth letter refers to the day of manufacture (base 36;
includes 0-9 and A-Z). The numeral refers to the day of the month starting from 1. In
this case, it is the 7th of the month. The list of codes for the days is given below:
•1 -1
• 2 - 2 and so on till 9
•9 -9
• 10 - A
• 11 - B and so on till the end of the month
Version number:The sixth letter refers to the version number (base 30; 0-9, and A-Z
except A, E, I, O, U and L).
Production line:The seventh letter refers to the production line that builds the
printer.
Number of the device:The digits in the 8, 9 and 10th positions make up the
number of the printer. It will be reset to '001' at midnight (base 30; 0-9, and A-Z
except A, E, I, O, U and L).
Note
414
Two additional characters follow the 10-digit number on the bar code printed on
the rear serial label of the printer. However, they are not displayed on the
configuration page.
hp confidential
Service and Repair
born-on date
born -on date
Born-on date is used to provide an accurate warranty start date. When a
customer installs the printer driver for the first time, the system date of the
customer's machine is downloaded to the printer's NVRAM. This date is not
erasable in most cases. This makes the Born-on date as the electronic Proof of
Purchase.
Born-on date is available on the configuration page as Service ID. HP follows the
Service ID in the YYDDD format. YY is the actual year or the year since 1990. DDD is
the number of days since 1st January or number of days since 1st January while
assuming that each month is 30 days.
To calculate the Born-on date from the Service ID:
• The year will be the number obtained by adding 1990 to YY. For example, if YY
is 09, then the year will be 09 + 1990 = 1999.
• The month will be the number obtained by dividing DDD by 30. If there is a
remainder, add 1 to the result. For example, if DDD is 280, then month is: 280
divided by 30 = 9; add 1 to it (as there was a remainder: 10) to make it 10.
Hence, the month is October.
• The day is the remainder of the division of DDD by 30. If there is no remainder,
then the date is 30. For example, if DDD is 281, then the date is the
remainder or 11.
Service and Repair
hp confidential
415
jet configuration page
jet configuration page
The HPJetdirect configuration page or the EIO configuration page can be printed
when the printer is connected to the network.
The steps to print an EIO configuration page are:
1. Turn the all-in-one on.
2. Type the authentication PIN, if required.
4. Press the + or - buttons to go to the PRINT REPORT menu.
5. Press the Up or Down buttons to reach the Device config. option.
6. Press the (Select) button to print the EIO Configuration page .
The information present on the EIO configuration page includes the following:
HP Jetdirect Configuration
Displays the following information:
• Status
• Model Number
• Hardware Address
• Firmware Version
• LAA
• Port Config
• Auto Negotiation
• Manufacturing ID
• Date Manufactured
Security Settings
• Admin Password
• Secure Web
• Cert Expires
• SNMP Versions
• SNMP Set Cmty Name
• Access List
Network Statistics
• Total Packets Received
• Unicast Packets Received
• Bad Packets Received
• Framing Errors Received
• Total Packets Transmitted
• Unsendable Packets
• Transmit Collisions
• Transmit Late Collisions
TCP/IP
• Status
• Host Name
416
hp confidential
Service and Repair
• IP Address
• Subnet Mask
• Default Gateway
• Config By
• DHCP Server
• TFTP Server
• Config File
• Domain Name
• DNS Server
• WINS Server
• Idle Timeout
• Web JetAdmin URL
• MDNS Service Name
IPX/SPX
• Status
• Primary Frame Type
• Network
• Frame Type
• Rcvd
Novell/NetWare
• Status
• Node Name
• NetWare Mode
• NDS Tree Name
• NDS Context
• Attached Server
• SAP Interval
AppleTalk
• Status
• Name
• Zone
• Type 1
• Type 2
• Network Number
• Node Number
DLC/LLC
• Status
Use of the EIO Configuration Page
The EIO configuration page provides the information about the network settings
of the printer. It also confirms whether the EIO is correctly installed on the Officejet
9100 series all-in-one. In addition, the EIO configuration page provides information
about the following:
1. Diagnosing faults in the network settings
Service and Repair
hp confidential
417
2. Protocols used and their status
3. Printer name and the IP address
418
hp confidential
Service and Repair
color calibration test page
color calibration test page
Color Calibration
Color Calibration Test Page
The all-in-one automatically calibrates color when a printhead or ink cartridge is
changed. Manual calibration is required if the appearance of colors is not
satisfactory.
The steps to calibrate color are:
1. On the control panel, press the Menu button.
2. Press the + or - buttons to go to the MAINTENANCE menu.
3. Press the (Select) button.
4. Press the (Up) or (Down) buttons to reach the Calibrate color option, and
press (Select) to print the color calibration page.
The message [COLOR CALIBRATION] appears on the control panel.
5. Use the + and - buttons to select the color patch number.
6. Press (Select) button to save the settings.
Service and Repair
hp confidential
419
Calibrating Linefeed
If regular horizontal bands appear in printed text or graphics, linefeed calibration
is required. To calibrate linefeed using the LCD control panel:
2. Press + or - buttons to go to the MAINTENANCE menu, and press the
(Select) button.
3. Press the (Up) or (Down) buttons to reach the Calibrate Linefeed option.
Next, press the (Select) button.
A calibration page with instructions prints and the following message
appears on the control panel: Select least light/dark lines .
4. On the calibration page, find the box that has the fewest horizontal bands
across it, and note its number.
5. On the control panel, press + or - buttons to highlight the number of the
box, then press the (Select) button to save the settings.
420
hp confidential
Service and Repair
align printhead test page
Service and Repair
hp confidential
421
When replacing a printhead, the printer automatically aligns the printheads for
the best possible quality. Misaligned printheads produce jagged edges or stray
dots on printouts. If the appearance of printed pages indicates that the
printheads are misaligned, user can align the printheads from the control panel.
The steps to align printheads from the control panel are:
2. Press the + or - buttons to go to the MAINTENANCE menu, and press the
(Select) button.
3. Press the (Up) or (Down) buttons to reach the Align printheads option and
When the process is complete, the all-in-one prints a page with alignment
patterns.
422
hp confidential
Service and Repair
customer service checklist
customer service checklist
Before the Tear Down
Before a tear down or reconfiguration of the printer, a record of the following
information is required. (The information is even more important if replacement of
the Logic PCA is anticipated).
Record the following information:
• Total page printed
• Firmware version
• Born-on date
Print a configuration page:
The configuration page describes the current configuration settings (firmware
version, model, accessories installed, cartridge and print nozzle head information).
The configuration page is required for troubleshooting and any subsequent
reinstallation procedures.
The customer is also required to have a copy of this page.
Note
The configuration page is required for the serial number. (Serial number is found on
the serial label pasted on the rear of the printer) of the ROM during the final
hardware test or check the rear serial label.
Once the Printer is Fixed
After the all-in-one is fixed, reprogram it (if required) with the user's customized
settings present in the configuration page, which had been printed earlier.
After all the customized settings have been reset, reprint a configuration page
and validate with the original settings.
Ensure that all the customized settings have been reset, before returning the all-inone to the customer.
Service and Repair
hp confidential
423
paper path test
paper path test
Paper path refers to the path that the media takes within the all-in-one during the
various options.
To test paper path from the control panel:
2. Press the + or - buttons to go to the MAINTENANCE menu, and press
(Select) button.
3. Press the (Up) or (Down) buttons to reach the Paper path test option. Next,
4. Use the (Up) or (Down) buttons to set the Source option as Tray 1 or Tray 2
and set the Duplex option as ON or OFF .
The user can also set the COPIES option for the number of copies.
5. Press (Up) or (Down) button to select Start test option, and then press
(Select) button.
Paper Path Test Menu
This menu allows testing various components of the all-in-one so that problems
can be identified and solved.
The items on this menu test the paper handling features of the all-in-one. This
feature is used when the user is having difficulty printing from one of the trays, or
printing on both sides of the page. This test verifies that the paper path is working
properly.
424
hp confidential
Service and Repair
final test utility
final test utility
Service and Repair
hp confidential
425
diagnostic test utility
diagnostic test utility
426
hp confidential
Service and Repair
exploded view
exploded view
The following is the list of various parts in the exploded view:
S.No.
Part Number
Part Name
Service Level
1.
C8140-67001
*
C8140-67005
2.
**
C8140-67002
C8140-67003
3.
C8140-67004
4.
5.
6.
C8140-67006
C8140-67007
C8140-67008
7.
C8140-67009
Service and Repair
MFP Celsius Base CHN
SVC
MFP Celsius Base SGP
SVC
Grover Bulk Pack SVC
Grover Single Pack ADF
Unit SVC
Photocard Slot Cover
SVC
Paper Cassette 1 Assy
150 SVC
250 SVC
hp confidential
FRU
FRU
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
427
428
8.
C8140-67010
***
C8140-67011
***
C8140-67012
9.
C8140-67013
10.
11.
C8140-67014
C8140-67015
12.
C8140-67016
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
C8140-67017
C8140-67018
C8140-67019
C8140-67020
CC8140-67021
C8124-67022
19.
C8140-67023
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
C8140-67024
C8140-67025
C8140-67026
C8140-67027
C8140-67028
25.
26.
27.
C8140-67029
C8140-67030
C8140-67031
28.
29.
30.
C8140-67032
C8140-67033
C8140-67034
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
C8140-67035
C8140-67036
C8140-67037
C8140-67038
C8140-67039
C8140-67040
37.
38.
C8140-67041
C8140-67042
****
C8140-67043
500 SVC
Accessory Tray 2 Assy 250
SVC
Accessory Tray 2 Assy 500
SVC
Assy - Qwerty Cover Top
SVC
Assy-Scanner SVC
Scanner handle and
latch - Assy SVC
Assy - Qwerty Keyboard
Drawer SVC
Assy - Case Main SVC
Rear Cover Assy SVC
Left Cover SVC
cover-dimm SVC
Right Cover SVC
Nameplate Bundle Assy
SVC
Photocard Slot
Faceplate SVC
Copy PCA Cover SVC
Output Floor SVC
Extender-Base-Chassis
SVC
Extender-Hanger SVC
Assy - Gas Spring SVC
Cable Harness Kit Assy
SVC
Cable - Motor SVC
Main PCA Assy SVC
Copy / Fax PCA Holder
Assy SVC
Copy PCA Assy SVC
Fax PCA Assy SVC
Assy - Power Supply SVC
Control Panel Assy SVC
EIO Enclosure Assy SVC
PCI Interconnect Assy
SVC
ADF Bogie Assy SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - USCF
SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - G
SVC
hp confidential
CREW
FRU
FRU
CREW
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
CREW
FRU
CREW
FRU
CREW
CREW
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
CREW
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
CREW
CREW
CREW
Service and Repair
****
****
C8140-67044
C8140-67045
****
C8140-67046
****
C8140-67047
39.
C8140-67048
*****
C8140-67049
*****
C8140-67050
*****
C8140-67051
*****
C8140-67052
*****
C8140-67053
*****
C8140-67054
*****
C8140-67055
*****
C8140-67056
*****
C8140-67057
*****
C8140-67058
*****
C8140-67059
*****
C8140-67060
*****
C8140-67061
*****
C8140-67062
*****
C8140-67063
*****
C8140-67064
*****
C8140-67065
*****
C8140-67066
40.
41.
42.
C8140-67067
C8140-67068
C8140-67069
Service and Repair
Qwerty Keyboard UKISPP SVC
Qwerty Keyboard - SFND
SVC
Qwerty Keyboard UKGTHC SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - English SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Turkish SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Portuguese SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - German SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Spanish SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - French SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Dutch SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Norwegian SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Swedish SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Greek SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Finnish SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Danish SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Italian SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Czech SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Hungarian SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Polish SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - T. Chinese SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - Korean SVC
Control Panel Cover
Assy - S. Chinese SVC
Protective Sheet SVC
Label - scanner lock SVC
FKeyboard Tray Lock SVC
hp confidential
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
FRU
FRU
429
Exploded View
* This part is the same as MFP Celsius Base CHN SVC
** This part is the same as Grover Bulk Pack ADF Unit SVC
*** These parts are the same as Paper Cassette 2 Assy 250 SVC and Paper Cassette
2 Assy 500 SVC
**** These parts are the same as Qwerty Keyboard - USCF SVC
***** These parts are the same as Control Panel Cover Assy - English SVC
430
hp confidential
Service and Repair
repair flow chart
repair flow chart
Service and Repair
hp confidential
431
432
hp confidential
Service and Repair
shared service parts
shared service parts
The following table describes the shared service parts of the printer:
Part Number Part Name
Printer Names
C8124-67017
C8124-67018
C8124-67019
C8124-67020
C8124-67022
C8125-67016
C8125-67017
C8124-67024
C8125-67018
C8124-67026
C8124-67027
C8124-67028
C8125-67003
C8124-67036
C8124-67037
C8124-67033
C8124-67034
ASSY ASSY ASSY ASSY -
PICK ROLLER SVC
WINGFRAME, RT SVC
WINGFRAME, LT SVC
PUSHER RAIL SVC
business inkjet 2300
business inkjet 1100/ business
inkjet 2300
AUTO DUPLEXOR SVC
inkjet 2300
ASSY - CLEANOUT
ASSY - CARRIAGE BASE SVC
ASSY - PEN LATCH W/ CG ARM hp1100/hp2300/Curie
ASSY - SERVICE STATION SVC
ASSY - REPLACEABLE IDS SVC hp1100/hp2300/Curie
ASSY - INK SUPPLY STATION SVC hp1100/hp2300/Curie
RUBBER FOOT SVC
hp1100/hp2300/Curie
ASSY - CURIE PRN MECHANISM business inkjet 2300
SVC
Sponge-MY/CYAN SS, SVC
inkjet 2300
ENCODER STRIP SVC
inkjet 2300
CORRUGATED SUPPORT - RIDs business inkjet 1100/ business
SVC
inkjet 2300
PEN - DUMMY FOAM SVC
inkjet 2300
Shared Service Parts
Service and Repair
hp confidential
433
tools for repair
tools for repair
The tools for repair are:
1. T-10 screwdriver (short)
2. Long T-10 screwdriver
3. T-20 screwdriver
4. Tweezers
5. Flat head screwdriver (a small one to be used for removing e-clips)
6. Philips heads screwdriver
7. Needlenose pliers
Before disassembling the all-in-one:
1. Remove all the accessories attached to the all-in-one.
2. Remove printheads and ink cartridges.
3. Power off the printer, remove the power cord, and wait for at least 5
seconds before beginning the disassembly process or remove the power
cord without turning off the all-in-one using the power button (This ensures
that the carriage remains unlock for tear down/ repair).
Note
434
To prevent ink from becoming encrusted on the printhead nozzles, place each print
nozzle head in a paper envelope and then seal it in a plastic bag.
hp confidential
Service and Repair
To avoid electrical shock, completely discharge the capacitors before handling the
Warnin power supply components. To discharge the capacitors, power off the printer before
g
unplugging the power cord. Wait for at least five seconds before disassembling the
printer.
Tips for disassembling the printer: Many parts of the printer use plastic snap-fit
assembly method. Therefore, remove the parts carefully. Excessive force could
break the snaps off the parts.
Use the correct screws while reassembling the printer.
Note
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) from the body can damage the Printer Circuit
Assemblies (PCAs). Before removing any PCA, ensure that the work area is staticfree, wear ESD dissipative straps, use an ESD mat, or work at an ESD protected
workstation.
Service and Repair
hp confidential
435
crew parts
crew parts
The following table lists the crew parts of the Officejet 9100 series all-in-one:
SNo Part Number
Part Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
436
C8140-67002
C8140-67003
C8140-67004
C8140-67006
C8140-67007
C8140-67008
C8140-67009
C8140-67010
C8140-67013
C8140-67020
C8140-67022
C8140-67024
C8140-67025
C8140-67036
C8140-67041
C8140-67042
C8140-67043
C8140-67044
C8140-67045
C8140-67046
C8140-67047
C8140-67048
C8140-67049
C8140-67050
C8140-67051
C8140-67052
C8140-67053
C8140-67054
C8140-67055
C8140-67056
C8140-67057
C8140-67058
C8140-67059
C8140-67060
C8140-67061
C8140-67062
C8140-67063
C8140-67064
C8140-67065
C8140-67066
C8140-67069
cover-dimm SVC
Fax PCA Assy SVC
ADF Bogie Assy SVC
Keyboard Tray Lock SVC
hp confidential
Service and Repair
Crew Parts
Service and Repair
hp confidential
437
non V-coded parts
non V-coded parts
The following table lists the non V-coded parts of the all-in-one:
Part Number
Part name
Service Category
C8140-67006
C8141-67005
C8124 - 67017
C8124-67022
C8124-67028
C840-67020
C8125-67016
C8140-67015
C8140-67014
C8140-67013
C8140-67012
C8140-67035
C8124-67019
C8124-67018
C8140-67030
C8124-67020
C8124-67024
C8125-67018
C8124-67026
C8124-67027
Assy - Paper cassette SVC
Assy - Output tray SVC
Assy - Pick Roller SVC
AUTO DUPLEXOR SVC
RUBBER FOOT SVC
Cover dimm
ASSY - CLEANOUT
Rear Cover Assy SVC
Right Cover SVC
Left Cover SVC
ASSY - WINGFRAME, LT SVC
ASSY - WINGFRAME, RT SVC
Main PCA Assy SVC
ASSY - PUSHER RAIL SVC
ASSY - PEN LATCH W/ CG ARM
ASSY - SERVICE STATION SVC
ASSY - REPLACEABLE IDS SVC
ASSY - INK SUPPLY STATION SVC
Crew
Crew
Crew
Crew
Crew
Crew
Crew
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
FRU
Non V-Coded Parts
438
hp confidential
Service and Repair
troubleshooting all-in-one problems
troubleshooting all-in-one problems
The following table displays common paper related problems, their causes and
solutions:
Failure Symptom and
Root Cause
Solution
Observation
Single Tyre Mark on ADF
documents when duplexing
The all-in-one failed to power
up (due to PS connector out)
Left or right Wing dislodged.
May have paper jam.
Printer unable to do
Copy Test via ADF.
LCD display
message "Reload
originals on ADF and
then restart the job.
Press tick to
continue".
Note: Defect symptom most
often seen when copy in draft
+ duplex mode (i.e. 2>2 scan
and copy).
Power Up failure (due to open
fuse F3)
Smurf printout during copy flatbed and ADF
Service and Repair
The problem may be due to There is no
transfer of inkjet copy targets solution to
onto the separator pads.
this
problem.
This problem can be due to
poor workmanship.
This problem is suspected to
be due to intermittent or no
pick at the ADF.
-
the following:
• Power cable
connector at PS
module getting
dislodged (poor
workmanship).
• Rework (where
connector is not very
accessible during
partial teardown in a
rework.)
From ADF:
This can be caused
by scanner carriage
parking at offset
position at ADF.
From Flatbed: This can be
caused by fw on improper
color mapping calibration
hp confidential
439
ADF Bogey Assy dislodge/drop The Bogey Assembly is that is
off
latched onto the main
engine is loose.
ADF Boggie clicking noise
This is a normal noise. Some
(from gears) during faxing, but units may produce a louder
not observed during normal
noise than others. However
copying
the problem can also be due
to inferior parts.
Error message at LCD displays "Printer error - Paper jam at
duplexer". Note:During
normal/draft/best mode copy
Cmech cannot do duplex
This can be due to the paper
copy
at Cmech not reversing back
to do a duplex copy.
Error message at LCD displays This can be due to a faulty
"Printer error - Paper jam at
Pick Cam. Swapped faulty
duplexer". Note: During best
pick cam
mode copy (pick cam)
Error Msg "Magenta Ink
The cause of this problem is
Cartridge Empty"
unknown.
Fail to perform APA.
unknown.
Color fax from Celsius to
Scorpio - Error prompt "C01FD99B7 lib_corvette.c:509 tidle
(in ISR) happens after few
attempts. OK upon power
cycle. Tested with FW 24A.
There is a long line feed after
pkg drop
Control panel displays "Printer
Error"
unknown.
Scanner lamp could not turn
on when power up unit.
unknown.
-
-
Replace
the part
The solution
to this
problem is
unknown.
The solution
to this
problem is
unknown.
The solution
to this
problem is
unknown.
-
-
unknown.
The solution
to this
problem is
unknown.
The solution
to this
problem is
unknown.
-
"PRNU err" @ 0deg and
ambient
Carriage taping came off
Likely to be test execution
which resulted in print
lapse.
carriage moved to the center.
440
Park Bogey
down
during test.
Buy superior
quality
parts
hp confidential
A proper
tapping
should be
used.
Service and Repair
USB label came off from the
unit.
ADF does not pick paper. Only
for 22lb short grain paper laser
printed targets in a full stack
ie. >40sheets.
Control panel cover warp
Missing EIO metal cover
The control panel displays
"Replace Cya n Printhead" @
0degC.
Missing rubber damper (topfront-left of C-mech).
Mysterious Black Streak on
copy through ADF
-
-
The following can be the
cause of the problem:DFStack-Stop-Link-Hinge Broke.
#2 ADF-Load-ARM is
assembled incorrectly.
Insufficient clearance
between paper stack and
guiding fins.
This problem may be due to
poor workmanship.
-
-
This problem may be due to
poor workmanship.
unknown.
-
Auto power shutdown
unknown.
Ptr Crg Screeching noise
during APA
unknown.
Frequent Ptr "No pick" during
random survival and
operating vibration
ADF input tray dropped off
ADF failed to sense document
but able to copy
Scanner Stall during retrace @
0deg
loose fine length adjuster in
Celsius paper cassette.
-
-
The solution
to this
problem is
unknown.
The solution
to this
problem is
unknown.
The solution
to this
problem is
unknown.
-
-
Troubleshooting
Service and Repair
hp confidential
441
field replacement unit: customer replaceable
field replacement unit: customer replaceable
The following is the list of FRU parts of the Officejet 9100 series all-in-one:
S.No
Part Number
Part Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
C8140-67001
C8140-67005
C8140-67011
C8140-67012
C8140-67014
C8140-67015
C8140-67016
C8140-67017
C8140-67018
C8140-67019
C8140-67021
C8140-67023
C8140-67026
C8140-67027
C8140-67028
C8140-67029
C8140-67030
C8140-67031
C8140-67032
C8140-67033
C8140-67034
C8140-67035
C8140-67037
C8140-67038
C8140-67039
C8140-67040
C8140-67067
C8140-67068
C8140-67069
MFP Celsius Base CHN SVC
MFP Celsius Base SGP SVC
Accessory Tray 2 Assy 250 SVC
Accessory Tray 2 Assy 500 SVC
Assy-Scanner SVC
Scanner handle and latch - Assy SVC
Assy - Qwerty Keyboard Drawer SVC
Rear Cover Assy SVC
Left Cover SVC
Right Cover SVC
Photocard Slot Faceplate SVC
Copy PCA Cover SVC
Output Floor SVC
Extender-Base-Chassis SVC
Extender-Hanger SVC
Assy - Gas Spring SVC
Cable Harness Kit Assy SVC
Cable - Motor SVC
Main PCA Assy SVC
Copy / Fax PCA Holder Assy SVC
Copy PCA Assy SVC
Assy - Power Supply SVC
EIO Enclosure Assy SVC
PCI Interconnect Assy SVC
Protective Sheet SVC
Label - scanner lock SVC
Keyboard Tray Lock SVC
FRU Parts
442
hp confidential
Service and Repair
index
A
accessories, 33
all-in-one interfaces, 375
B
born-on date, 410, 417
browse documentation, 109
C
carriage PCA, 384
carriage system, 370, 371
components, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 33
contention management, 266
contents of the box, 52, 54
contents of the software CD-ROMs, 87
control panel, 168, 169, 170, 173, 174, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 186, 192, 203, 204, 205, 206,
207, 208, 209
control panel PCA, 383
copy process, 366
crew parts, 37, 430
customization utility, 111, 119
D
demo page, 407
diagnostic page, 408
dimensions, 20
E
electronics, 380, 384
embedded web server, 300, 305
enabling accessories in the printer driver, 69
F
fax card, 385
fax process, 368
firm ware reflashing/upgrade, 390
firmware upgrade procedures, 212
front view, 21
G
guidelines for loading paper, 80
H
how HP packs to send back to customer, 402
HP Instant Support (HPIS), 293, 303
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Mac, 244
HP Photo and Imaging software (HP Director) for Windows, 234
HP Web Jetadmin, 304, 305
I
I/O, 394, 396
ink delivery system (IDS), 372
ink supply station, 373
install software, 87, 89, 91
install the MFP driver software for Windows (network), 120
Service and Repair
hp confidential
443
installer, 395
installing auto-duplex unit, 62
installing HP JetDirect print server, 63
installing ink cartridges, 70
installing keyboard, 67
installing memory modules, 65
installing printheads, 72
installing tray 2, 61
K
key selling points, 6
L
localization, 13, 15, 16, 17
logic PCA, 382, 384
M
marketing statement, 8
mfp overview and features, 167
my print mileage, 300
N
non V-coded parts, 431
O
optional software, 119
options, 29, 30, 33
overview of Mac Laserjet Utility, 286
P
paper path test, 418
paper type matrix, 74
performing print operation, 255
performing scan operations, 273
power supply unit, 381
print a configuration page, 159, 160
print supplies area, 23
printing a demo page, 82
product features, 5
product overview, 3
R
regional repair strategy, 47
register product, 110
S
scan carriage, 386
scan process, 363, 364, 368
scanning using OCR software, 258
serial number, 408, 409, 417
service station, 362, 367, 369, 374
setup issues, 158
setup menu, 169
shared service parts, 427
startup page of CD browser for windows, 89
startup page of the cd browser for MAC, 127
T
toolbox, 146, 147, 155
444
hp confidential
Service and Repair
toolbox, 280
tools for repair, 428
W
white papers, 404
Service and Repair
hp confidential
445

hewlett packard officejet reflash

Transcription

Similar documents

Ejercicios

INDUSTRIAL INKJET PRINTER

SHARK FBR 2512 - Wensco Sign Supply

SHARK FBR 2532 - Wensco Sign Supply

information flyer - Penwell

How to remove Jammed Paper C5100/C5200/C5250/C5300/ C5400

Remanufactured Parts - Depot International

Product-Dispensador de Agua 2 - Oasis

Canon™ Pixma iX-iP-i-MP-BC-MG-MX-S series. A3 printer models

PRICE TOTAL $ FIBA Shot Clock *pair